Vol. 43 JANUARY 1967 No. 1

THE

Pan-Pacific Entomologist

SHELDON AND JEWETT — Stonefly emergence in a Sierra Nevada stream - .1

BUTLER — Biological observations on Ptilothrix sumichrasti (Cresson) in

southern Arizona 8

TURNER — ^Sex and age ratios in a natural population of Sympetrum danae

(Sulzer) 15

BEER — A new western Chrysobothris , 18

NOONAN — Observations on the ecology and feeding habits of adult Scaphi-

notus punctatus LeConte 21

BLAND — Notes on rearing Melanoplus lakinus Scudder 23

CHEMSAK AND LINSLEY — A reclassification of tbe Western Hemisphere

Methiini 1 28

CHEMSAK AND LINSLEY — Review of the genus Sphaerionillum Bates 40

CHEMSAK — Review of the genus Championa Bates 43

BRIGGS AND HOM — New Phalangodidae from the Sierra Nevada mountains 48

HUCKETT — New Diptera from California 53

HEPBURN — Observations on Platypeza polypori Willard 56

PHILIP — Tbe relationship of Japanese to American Tabanidae witb strongly

toothed antennae . 59

JAMES — The Hermetia comstocki group 61

GRANT AND RENTZ — A biosystematic review of the family Tanaoceridae,

including a comparative study of the proventriculus 65

BOOK REVIEWS 75

SCIENTIFIC NOTES 79

PROCEEDINGS, PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 81

IMPORTANT NOTICE FOR CONTRIBUTORS 96

SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1967

Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

H. V. Daly, Editor

E. G. Linsley R. W. Thorp, Asst. Editor E. S. Ross

P. D. Hurd, Jr. G. L. Rotramel, Editorial Assistant H. B. Leech

P. H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer W. H. Lange, Jr., Advertising

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-

ings appearing in the January number. All communications regarding nonreceipt of

numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be

addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Paul H. Amaud, Jr., California Academy of Sci-

ences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.

Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be

addressed to the Secretary, Dr. Bobbin W. Thorp, Department of Entomology, Uni-

versity of California, Davis, California 95616

The annual dues, paid in advance, are $5.00 for regular members of the Society

or $6.00 for subscriptions only. Single copies are $1.50 each or $6.00 a volume.

Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific Entomologist.

The Pacific Coast Entomological Society

Officers for 1967

W. H. Lange, Jr., President Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer

K. S. Hagen, President-elect Robbin W. Thorp, Secretary

Statement of Ownership

Title of Publication: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist

Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October)

Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher, Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast

Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California

94118.

Editor: Dr. Howell V. Daly, Room 214 T-9, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720

Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders : none.

This issue mailed 11 April 1967.

Second Class Postage Paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A.

ALLEN PRESS, INC.

LAWRENCE, KANSAS

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist

VoL. 43

January 1967

No. 1

Stonefly Emergence in a Sierra Nevada Stream

(Plecoptera)

Andrew L. Sheldon and Stanley G, Jewett, Jr.

University of California, Berkeley and Portland, Oregon

Temperate zone streams show great seasonal variation in their faunal

characteristics (Hynes, 1961). The emergence patterns of aquatic

insects reflect underlying life history patterns and are expressions of

the phenology of running waters. The stoneflies (Plecoptera) are a

characteristic and often dominant element in the stream fauna. In the

United States our knowledge of the taxonomy of this order is reasonably

complete but little is known about the life histories and ecology of these

insects. During 1965 frequent collections of adult stoneflies were made

in a small trout stream in the Sierra Nevada of California.

The study area. — Sagehen Creek is a small stream rising at 2400 m

on the eastern slope of the Sierra Nevada in Nevada County, California.

It enters the Little Truckee River at 1750 m in Sierra County. Collec-

tions were made at 1900 m near the Sagehen Creek Field Station of the

University of California. The study section is approximately 800 m long.

The stream is 2 to 5 m wide at summer discharge of 2-4 cubic feet/sec-

ond (cfs) (0.1 cubic meters/second). Two-thirds of the study area

consists of pools and riffles while the lower portion contains several

beaver ponds with short stretches of fast water between them. Increased

activity by the beavers flooded much of the stonefly habitat. The

stream passes through a series of small meadows separated by stands of

willows and lodgepole pines.

The substrate of Sagehen Creek is chiefly rubble, although sand,

gravel and some clay occur in the deeper pools and in the vicinity of

the beaver ponds. Rooted plants are confined to a few backwaters, but

the main stream course supports a dense growth of Nostoc and other

algae in late summer. The running waters between the beaver ponds

were characterized by large amounts of wood fragments and other

detritus.

The chemistry of Sagehen Creek is described by Card (1961) and

Johnson and Needham (in press). The water is slightly alkaline with

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43; 1-8. January 1967

2 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

Fig. 1. Weekly maximum and minimum water temperatures.

a usual pH of 7. 5-7. 7. A maximum methyl orange alkalinity of 75

ppm is attained in late summer, but this may be reduced to 30 ppm

during the spring melt.

Methods. — From late November to late April the ground was com-

pletely covered with snow and the insects were simply picked up with

forceps. A sweep net was used during the summer and fall. The various

perlodids and Acroneuria calif ornica were collected under boards on a

small dam and in instrument shelters at the upper end of the section.

Few of the larger stoneflies were collected by sweeping. Collections

were made at weekly intervals or more often.

Seasonal regime. — Figures 1 and 2 show seasonal variations in

water temperature and stream discharge. The temperature was recorded

by a Taylor thermograph at the head of the area, and the discharge data

were furnished by the U. S. Geological Survey from a Stevens A-35

recorder located in the middle of the study area. Temperature data are

presented as weekly maxima and minima, and discharge as maxima for

5-day periods. The maximum flow in April was exceeded in December

1964 when discharge was 530 cfs (15 cubic meters/second). This

flood moved both substrate and insects and made it impossible to

January 1967] sheldon & jewett — stonefly emergence

associate newly emerged insects with any particular section of the

stream.

Air temperatures usually exceeded 5° C on clear winter days. The

freezing point was reached in every month but August, and frosts usually

occur even in that month.

The stonefly fauna. — The stonefly fauna of Sagehen Creek is

diverse. Table 1 lists the 31 species collected. Nomenclature follows

Jewett (1959, 1960, 1966) and Nebeker and Gaufin (1965). Additional

species occur in spring-fed tributaries and at higher elevations.

Emergence periods. — In Sagehen Creek, adult stoneflies are present

during every month of the year. Fig. 3 shows the pattern of emergence

in the study area. A few species are very abundant during winter and

early spring, but the majority emerge during May and June. Only two

autumn species were collected, Nemoura californica and N. Columbiana.

The latter seems to have a split emergence period. The fall and spring

broods are probably not isolated very effectively since this species is

abundant in spring-fed tributaries and emerges throughout the winter.

Prolonged emergence periods are characteristic of cold springs (Brinck,

1949).

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

Table 1. Stoneflies of Sagehen Creek. The estimates of relative

abundance are based on collections of adults and naiads.

Family

Abundant

Common

Rare

Peltoperlidae

Peltoperla brevis Banks

Nemouridae

Nemoura cinctipes

Nemoura besametsa

Nemoura calif ornica

Banks

Ricker

Nemoura delicatula

Claassen

Leuctra sara

Claassen

Nemoura Columbiana

Claassen

Nemoura nevadensis

interrupta Claassen

Nemoura oregonensis

Claassen

Nemoura producta

Claassen

Nemoura frigida

Claassen

Leuctra occidentalis

Banks

Pteronarcidae

Capnia scobina

Jewett

Capnia sierra Nebe-

ker and Gaufin

Capnia barberi

Claassen

Capnia glabra Claassen

Eucapnopsis brevi-

cauda (Claassen)

Brachyptera raynoria

(Claassen)

Pteronarcella regularis

(Hagen)

Perlodidae

Arcynopteryx cur-

vata Hanson

Arcynopteryx aurea

(Smith)

Diura knowltoni Frison

Arcynopteryx picticeps

Hanson

Isogenus nonus (Need-

ham and Claassen)

Isoperla marmorata

(Needham and

Claassen )

Rickera sorpta (Need-

ham and Claassen)

Chloroperlidae

Alloperla townesi

Alloperla pallidula

Alloperla delicata Fri-

Perlidae

Ricker

(Banks)

Acroneuria califor-

nica (Banks)

son

Hastaperla chilnaulna

Ricker

January 1967] sheldon & jewett — stonefly emergence

Capnia

scobma

gtabra

sierra

barberi

Eucapnopsis brevicauda

Brachyptera raynoria

Leuctra

occidenfah's

soro

Pteronarcetta regutaris

Pettoperta brevis

Nemoura besametsa

californica

cinctipes

Columbiana

deiicatuia

inierrupta

oregonensis

producta

frigida

Arcynopferyx aurea

curvata

A. picticeps -

Diura knowitoni

Isogenus nonus

Isoperla marmorafa

Rickera sorpta

Alloperla paltidula

A. townesi

A. deli cat a

Hastaperla chilnaulna -

Acroneuria californica -*

J FMAMJ JA SOND

Fig. 3. Seasonal emergence patterns. The vertical lines represent the median

time of emergence and the heavy har includes the 25-75 percentile range. The

light lines span the entire occurrence of a species. Median and percentile ranges

w^ere calculated for species represented by more than 200 individuals. The num-

bers indicate the number of species emerging in a particular month.

lilies (1952), Brinck (1949) and others have described seasonal

changes in sex ratio. Males usually emerge first and the last individuals

found are gravid or spent females. Fig. 4 shows the progressive change

in sex ratio in members of 4 genera. The results are variable and, in

Leuctra sara, the first individuals collected were largely females. There

is no question, however, that the last survivors are females. lilies (1952)

concludes that the major breeding period is shorter than the total flight

time and that this emphasizes temporal isolation between species.

Discussion

Seasonal cycles in streams provide an abundance of factors which

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

Li_

100 -

60-

40-

20 -

COD

ADD

• •

€•

Nemoura o

besametsa

A! toper la townesi

□

Leuctra

Sara

Capnia

scobina

O o O

□ °

• •

Fig. 4. Seasonal changes in sex ratio for members of four genera.

may trigger emergence and regulate life histories. The majority of

stoneflies emerge during the vernal increase in temperature but two

species emerge as temperature decreases. Autumnal species are some-

what more abundant in European streams (Miron, 1964) than in Sage-

hen Creek. Members of the genus Capnia emerge during a period of

little temperature change. Casual observations in 1966 indicate that

most species emerged about two weeks earlier than in 1965, although

the sequence was maintained. Presumably temperature and photoperiod

interact to govern emergence timing, since emergence, although earlier,

occurred at slightly higher water temperatures in 1966.

lilies (1952) stresses the point that closely related species are tern-

January 1967] sheldon & jewett — stonefly emergence

porally isolated. This is essentially true in this area, particularly for

the following pairs of species:

Nemoura oregonensis and N. Columbiana in the subgenus Zapada.

Nemoura producta and N. interrupla in the subgenus Soyedina.

Leuctra sara and L. occidentalis in the subgenus Paraleuctra.

In each of these pairs the genitalia are similar, yet quite distinct

morphologically, and the members of each pair emerge at different

seasons as shown in Fig. 1. Among the species of Capnia the only pair

closely similar in genitalic morphology, C. scobina and C. glabra,

emerges during the same period. Among other genera such as Arcynop-

teryx and Alloperla there are no pairs that are closely similar in geni-

talic structure. Indeed, there are no pairs which are closely related;

European stonefly systematists would probably place the North Ameri-

can species of both taxa in several genera.

Selection for temporal isolation could arise from a need for reproduc-

tive isolation or for reduced competition among the nymphs if the

time difference is preserved throughout the life cycle. Objections can

be made to both points. The genitalia of most stoneflies are highly

species specific, thus reducing or eliminating the need for temporal

isolation under present conditions. Macan (1958) shows that many

aquatic insects have short emergence periods but hatching occurs over

long periods, thus producing nymphs of varying sizes at the same time.

He suggests that this is a device for reducing intra-specific competition.

On the other hand, it would ensure that some members of one species

would be the same size as those of another and, presumably, increase

interspecific interactions. Whatever the cause, it seems likely that a

detailed study of the ecology of the immature stages would be profitable.

All temperate zone stoneflies require at least a year to complete develop-

ment while virtually all individual adults live less than a month.

The actual degree of temporal isolation of the adults needs further

study. Gledhill (I960) found little evidenee of temporal segregation

in his emergence trap studies. lilies (1952) and our study are based

on samples of the total population present at one time. The two ap-

proaches measure two different things and should be combined.

The material presented here should have considerable predictive value

when applied to areas with similar ecological conditions and a similar

fauna.

Acknowledgments

A portion of this study was supported by NSF grant GB-3726 to S. G.

Jewett, Jr. Laboratory facilities were provided by a grant from the

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

Max C. Fleischmann Foundation of Nevada. Mr. Vernon Hawthorne

assisted in the field work. Mr. Gene M. Christman prepared the figures.

Literature Cited

Brinck, P. 1949. Studies on Swedish Stoneflies (Plecoptera) . Opuscula Ento-

moL, Suppl., 11: 1-250.

Card, R. 1961. Effects of beaver on trout in Sagehen Creek, Calif. J. Wildl.

Mgmt., 25: 221-242.

Gledhill, T. 1960. The Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, and Trichoptera caught by

emergence traps in two streams during 1958. Hydrobiologia, 15: 179-

188.

Hynes, H. B. N. 1961. The invertebrate fauna of a Welsh mountain stream.

Arch. Hydrobioh, 57 : 344-388.

Illies, J. 1952. Die Plecopteren und das Monardsche prinzip. Ber. Limnol.

Flussst. Freudenthal, 3: 53-69.

Jewett, S. G., Jr. 1959. The stoneflies (Plecoptera) of the Pacific Northwest.

Oregon State Monogr., Studies in EntomoL, 3: 1-95.

1960. The stoneflies (Pleocoptera) of California. Bull. Calif. Insect Surv.

6: 125-177.

1966. Some species of Capnia from western North America (Plecoptera).

Wasmann J. Biol., 24: 101-108.

Johnson, C. M. and P. R. Needham. (In press). Ionic composition of Sage-

hen Creek, California, following an adjacent fire. Ecology, 47.

Macan, T. T. 1958. Causes and effects of short emergence periods in insects.

Verh. int. Ver. Limnol., 13: 845-849.

Miron, I. 1964. Beitrage zum Studium der Steinfliegen (Plecoptera) der

Ostkarpaten. Gewasser und Abwasser, 34/35: 81-92.

Nebeker, a. V., AND A. R. Gaufin. 1965. The Capnia Columbiana complex

of North America (Capniidae, Plecoptera). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc.,

91: 467-487.

Biological Observations on Ptilothrix sumichrasti (Cresson)

in Southern Arizona^

(Hymenoptera : Apoidea)

George D. Butler, Jr.^

University of Arizona, Tucson

A nesting site of the anthophorid bee Ptilothrix sumichrasti (Cresson)

at Marana, Arizona was observed during August 1954. The site was

visited from time to time in subsequent years, but no nesting activity

was noted until August and September of 1962, when additional ob-

^University of Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station Journal Series No. 1174.

^Presently with the USD A, Cotton Insects Branch, Tucson, Arizona.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 8-14. January 1967

January 1967] butler — biology of ptiloteirix

servations were made. This paper discusses these observations ac-

cording to an outline adapted from Linsley et al. (1953). Specimens

collected in 1954 were determined by Dr. P. H. Timberlake. The species

is apparently widespread in Mexico, but the only known locations

within the United States are in the Santa Cruz and Gila River Valleys

in southern Arizona.

Description of Habitat

The soil in the Santa Cruz Valley nesting sites at both Sahuarita

and Marana, Arizona is of a sandy loam type that is fairly generally

distributed throughout southern Arizona in alluvial fans and flood

plains. Analysis of 4 surface samples indicated an average of 58% sand,

31% silt, 11% clay, and a pH of 8.1. Analysis of 6 samples from 150 mm

depth averaged 54% sand, 34% silt, 13% clay and a pH of 8.0. This

combination of physical characteristics may be of particular importance

since the bees could not make pellets or construct turrets with less clay,

and more clay would make the soil more difficult to moisten and dig.

The Arizona sites are similar to those mentioned by Linsley et al.

(1956), “flat, hard-packed, barren areas suitable for nesting, near-by

sources of water and an abundance [of pollen plants].” The areas were

all on or immediately adjacent to roadways, with the soil packed hard.

The dry soil was very difficult to dig and cells were excavated with a

hoe and linoleum knife only with difficulty.

Temperatures at and just beneath the soil surface at Marana fluctu-

ated greatly during the day. A thermograph probe just beneath the soil

surface registered temperatures above its 120° F maximum from noon

until 4 P.M. every day for the week of 22 August 1962. The temperature

at the soil surface was 140° F from 1 to 5 P.M. on 30 August. These

high surface temperatures are of particular interest since most of the

bees close the nests and start new ones between noon and 2 P.M.

Thermograph readings at the 150 mm level in the soil averaged a low

of 84° F at noon and a high of 95° F from 5 to 9 P.M. A thermometer

inserted into nest tunnels read 100° F at 3 and 5 P.M. on one day and

102° F at 5 P.M. on another day. These high temperatures may account

for the very rapid development of the larvae.

The sites were open to the sun all day, had unrestricted air movement,

and were relatively free of vegetation. Following the summer rains in

mid-August some sites were invaded by puncture vine, Tribulus terres-

tris, and by bermuda grass, Cynadon dactylon, but the bees continued to

construct nests close to and sometimes beneath the plants. A survey was

made along 7.5 km of farm roads and hard-packed ditchbanks at Marana

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

on 27 August 1962. The nesting site under observation was found to

be the only major concentration of bees in the area. Only 3 scattered

sites were observed in other field roadways. Another nesting site was

found at Sahuarita (28 km south of Marana) in 1959 on a farm road at

one side of an isolated cotton field, surrounded by desert. The popula-

tion was relatively small. Nests were found in the road for about 485 m.

In one 160 m section only 50 turrets were found. In the Gila Valley at

Safford, Arizona, nests were also found in 1964 on hard-packed roads

in cotton fields, but nest abundance was not estimated.

Life History

No observations were made of overwintering and spring emergence

of Ptilothrix. It is believed that the mid-August observations represent

approximately the first activity of the bees for the season. Within

approximately 100 m of the Marana site were 86 turrets on 24 August,

158 on 26 August, 92 on 1 September and 9 on 13 September 1962.

Nesting activity. — The excavation of the nests is discussed in detail

by Linsley et al. (1956). In Arizona the females collected water from

irrigation ditches and sometimes from rainwater pools. They alighted

on the surface and collected a load of water in about 5 seconds. In

1954, round trips from the nest to water at a nearby flooded roadway

averaged 24 seconds. In 1962, the distance to water in irrigation ditches

fluctuated according to the irrigation schedules of the cotton fields.

When the water in the ditches dried up, there was a supply at a pump.

The bees dug the moistened soil very energetically with their man-

dibles. At times they were observed to stand on their heads in an effort

to dig at soil particles. Several bees were observed to lose their balance

and turn a somersault. As the hole was deepened, the bee backed into

it and with its mandibles formed a turret from dirt pellets which had

been pushed up around the hole. When the turret was completed, in

about 8 minutes, the bee continued to dig the main burrow. Small

pellets of moistened dirt were carried up to the entrance and ejected

with the hind legs, being tossed 150 to 290 mm from the nest opening.

One female constructed a turret and dug to a depth of 65 mm in 60

minutes. The depth to the top of 20 cells averaged approximately 134

mm and varied from 102 to 160 mm, somewhat deeper than those

recorded by Linsley et al. (1956). The time of day when the nests

were begun is given in Table 1. Some females were seen searching for

a nesting site as early as 10 A.M. but most nests were started between

noon and 2 P.M. It has already been noted that the temperature at the

soil surface reached approximately 140° F. One mutillid female

January 1967] butler — biology of ptilothrix

Table 1. Number of Ptilothrix sumichrasti nests being closed and

started. Marana, Arizona, 22 August 1962.

Time

Nests Being Closed

Nests Being Started

10 a.m.

11 a.m.

noon

1 p.m.

2 p.m.

placed on the ground died in 1 minute and another in 1.5 minutes, yet

the bees were able to alight and walk around on the surface to search

for a suitable site and then dig their nests.

The nest plan of P. sumichrasti in Mexico is figured by Linsley

et al. (1956) and shows a burrow with 3 cells. The majority of the

nests in Arizona consisted of single cells. The few nests with 2 cells

had cells beside each other, with very short connections, or had one

cell on top of the other.

Provisioning of cell. — The activity of bees from early morning

to the closure of the nest openings in mid-afternoon was observed for

several days. Each departure and arrival was timed with a stop watch

and recorded. These observations were aided by small wire cones placed

over the nest openings, as suggested by Michener et al. (1955). These

cones were also useful for closing off a nest opening at a particular time

of day or for opening the nest at a more convenient time to determine the

stage of construction or provisioning.

Sunrise was at 5:45 A.M. on 25 August and the sun’s rays slanted

over the nesting area through a high thin overcast at 6:30. At 6:39, the

first bee put its head up at the entrance of one of the several burrows

under observation. It then started to clean out its burrow, backing up

and tossing out debris. At 6:48 it flew out, circled a few times above

the entrance and flew off. In 16 minutes it was back with a load of

pollen. On 28 August, most of the bees were observed to leave for the

first time from 7 to 7 : 30 A.M. sometimes looking out for several minutes

at the entrance to their burrows. Bees were observed to retreat back

into their burrows when they encountered ants or mutillids at the en-

trance or when trucks rumbled by on an adjacent road. Six of the

bees collected an average of 22 loads of pollen (19 to 25) in an average

of 240 minutes (200 to 252) to provision each cell.

Several cells were opened at hourly intervals on 27 August 1962.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

At 8 A.M., 2 cells were empty and 3 had a small amount of pollen. At

9 A.M. 1 cell was empty and 4 cells had some pollen. At 10 A.M. 1 cell

was empty and 2 cells had a considerable amount of pollen that was not

shaped. At 11 A.M. 4 cells had shaped pollen balls with eggs and 2 of

these had the top of the cell closed. At noon, 4 of 5 cells had the tops

of the cells completed.

Closure of nest. — One bee was observed through a provisioning

period and until she had closed the nest opening. On the first trip to

close the nest the bee moistened the top 12 mm of the turret for 45

seconds. She then flew off, returned 40 seconds later, back into the

burrow shaft, and moved up and down, putting water on the sides of

the shaft. On the next trip she again backed in, wetting the sides down

to about 25 mm. The sides were wet again after the next trip. After

the fifth trip, she backed into the shaft and chewed at the dirt, pushing

it downward. On the 6th trip she went in head first. On the 8th trip

she knocked some dirt pellets into the opening, which was now somewhat

constricted about 15 mm down, the pellets sticking to the damp sides.

She packed more pellets in, pushing them down with her back legs and

smoothed the surface. The plug thus formed was approximately 15 mm

thick. After 2 more trips for water she had made the ground almost

smooth. She then left. It took a total of 20 minutes and 10 loads of

water to complete the closure of the burrow. In but a few minutes the

ground was dry and showed almost no evidence of where the nest open-

ing had been. With the high air temperature and low relative humidity,

a drop of water was discernible for only 1.5 to 2 minutes on the soil

surface. This was the general pattern of closure if a turret remained

but if the turret was missing at the time of closure, the bee moistened

the dirt around the opening and used it to make the plug, leaving a

dish-shaped depression about 12 mm wide and 3 mm deep. The num-

ber of nests being closed at hourly intervals is shown in Table 1. Due

to the rapid drying of the soil, some of the closures were undoubtedly

missed, but the table does indicate that most of the nests were closed

between noon and 1 P.M.

Development of immature stages. — Active nest openings were

marked each day with a circle of paint from different colored spray

bombs. Cells were opened at various intervals and the stage of develop-

ment determined. After several weeks of marking, I arrived at the nest-

ing site one morning to find that the county road scraper had removed

the top layer of soil from the observation area and with it most of the

paint markings. From the cells that had been opened previously, and

a few that remained, the duration of the developmental stages was de-

January 1967] butler — biology of ptilothrix

termined approximately as follows: egg, 1.5 days; larva, 4.0 days; pre-

pupa, 3.5 days; pupa, 8.0 days; adult before emerging, 3.0 days, or a

total period of 20 days.

Flower relationships. — The bees were most common on cotton

and the color of the pollen brought to the nest indicated that some loads

consisted of long-staple and other loads of short-staple cotton pollen.

The most abundant native bees on cotton in this area belonged to the

genus Melissodes (Butler et al. 1960) . Some of the Ptilothrix bees

brought in bright orange pollen, which was probably that of Arizona

poppy, Kallstroemia grandiflora. On this flower 20 bees averaged about

6 seconds per visit. Males were quite numerous and were observed to

mate with females visiting the blooms. Many other species of bees and

wasps visit the Arizona poppy and competition for pollen may be an

important factor in areas where cotton is not present. In 1954, Ptilo-

thrix bees were observed visiting the related puncture vine, Tribulus

terrestris, but none were observed on this plant in 1962.

Special Relationships to Environment

Disease and parasites.^ — By far the most important factor affecting

the abundance of Ptilothrix may be the development of mold, which

often covered the contents of the cells. All 21 cells dug up in November

1964 were moldy and contained either moldy pollen balls, larvae or

pupae. No parasites were reared or observed in the cells. However, fe-

male mutillids observed at the nesting sites included: Dasymutilla con-

nectens (Cameron), D. eminentia Mickel, D. phoenix (Fox), D. foxi

(Ckll.) , and Pseudomethoca praeclara (Blake) . One morning a mutillid

came out of a hole in the ground at 6:48 A.M. It covered up the opening

with a large Ptilothrix pellet and then faced away from the hole and

pulled tiny stones and sand grains into the hole, so that the burrow was

completely covered and camouflaged. This took 15 minutes. One

hour later it was still searching 600 mm away. Most of the mutillid

activity was observed from 7 to 10 A.M. and appeared to resume again

later in the afternoon. One morning 8 mutillids were seen in the nesting

area. A few adults of the bombyliid fly, Heterostylum rohustum, were

observed dropping eggs into the nest openings. One bee was observed

being attacked by a wasp, the species was unrecorded, while it was work-

ing in a puncture vine flower.

Rains. — Linsley et al. (1956) discuss how the bees respond to heavy

rains. I have also observed bees with their heads down and their ab-

domens plugging the burrows during an afternoon shower. One after-

noon bees were observed to continue collecting water to construct their

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

nests during a light shower. During the night of 21-22 August, there

was a “light sprinkle” and about 0.5 mm of rain, according to the

local highway foreman. The rain had been heavy enough to wash the

pellets from the nesting area. The turrets were missing from 50 nest

openings, half damaged in 37, and undamaged in 19 openings. Some

bees remained in their burrows. At 10 A.M., 35 of the 85 burrows still

had bees at the entrances, which was unusual. On another morning a bee

came to the top of its burrow at 8:40 A.M. following a rain the previous

night. The bee secreted a liquid on the ground and appeared to be

“bailing out” its burrow. When excavated the burrow had 2 cells: one

capped and the other empty and apparently dry.

Man’s activities. — One of the important cultural activities that af-

fects Ptilothrix is the disking of areas surrounding cotton fields to con-

trol weeds. The disking operation leaves the soil surface in a powdery

condition which is unsuitable for nesting. Another activity is the appli-

cation of insecticides to cotton for the control of harmful insects. Many

of these materials are very toxic to the bees.

Economic importance. — At the present time the species is not very

common in Arizona and therefore is not of economic importance. How-

ever, if a hybrid cotton seed production program should develop, this

bee might become a valuable pollinator if nesting sites are protected and

insecticide programs modified.

Literature Cited

Butler, G. D., Jr., F. E. Todd, S. E. McGregor, and F. G. Werner. 1960.

Melissodes bees in Arizona cotton fields. Arizona Agr. Expt. Sta. Tech.

Bull., 139, lip.

Linsley, E. G., J. W. MacSwain and R. F. Smith. 1953. Outline for ecological

life histories of solitary and semi-social bees. Ecology, 33: 558-567.

1956. Biological observations on Ptilothrix sumichrasti (Cresson) and some

related groups of emphorine bees. (Hymenoptera, Anthophoridae) .

Bull. So. California Acad. Sci., 55(2): 83-101.

Miciiener, C. D., E. a. Cross, H. V. Daly, C. W. Rettenmeyer, and A. Wills.

1955. Additional techniques for studying the behaviour of wild bees.

Insectes Sociaux, 2 (3) : 237-246.

JANUARY 1967]

TURNER^ — SYMPETRUM DANAE RATIOS

Sex anil Age Ratios in a Natural Population of

Sympetrum danae (Sulzer)

(Odonata : Libellulidae)

Perry E. Turner, Jr.

University of California, Berkeley

Odonate populations generally cause the casual observer to think that

the males outnumber the females, because females are often more secre-

tive in their habits and consequently less frequently seen than are

males. Wolfe (1953), Jacobs (1955), Kormondy (1959), Corbet

(1957, 1963) , Bick and Bick (1961) , and Pajunen (1962) have reported

populations (of 13 species) in which females outnumbered males, even

if only slightly.

Apparently no work has been published previously on the sex and

age ratios of any species of the genus Sympetrum Newman. This report

concerns a study of such ratios in a natural population of Sympetrum

danae (Sulzer) along the Little Truckee River by California State

Highway 89, about one mile south of Kyburz Flat, Sierra County,

California from 4 August through 5 September 1965.

Population dispersion. — The study site is a large “island” situated

lengthwise between splitting and rejoining forks of the Little Truckee

River. Both foot-deep open water and shallower grassy water occupy

the “island”; Sympetrum danae favors the latter, marshier water for

oviposition and immatures developed primarily in such waters which

were not also stagnant. The population seemed concentrated in obvious

breeding areas only during sunny weather, when the “mildly territorial”

males were numerous in the central portion and the non-territorial fe-

males were most numerous in the peripheral portions of the breeding

areas. When clouds hid the sun, the dragonflies tended to disperse.

The dragonflies rested in primarily male or female coveys or alone.

The species seems gregarious, and the study site was apparently

large enough so that both sexes spent their adult lives roughly within

its boundaries, unless they were blown away by wind.

Sampling. — Adults were collected with an aerial net under various

weather conditions and in both breeding and non-breeding areas. By

using various net-swinging techniques, I attempted to prevent the follow-

ing from biasing my samples: (1) the relative conspicuousness of the

blackish males to the yellowish females against the greenish background

(resting males and flying females were less conspicuous to me than

were resting females and flying males, respectively) and (2) the dis-

Tiie Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 15-18. January 1967

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

Table 1, Sex data for Sympetrum danae.

Accumulative data

Data

per observation

tesP

Sex ratio data

Date

Sex ratio data

M : F

01 : 001

04 A

01 : 001

01 : 002

08 A

00 : 001

100

09 : 014

13 A

08 : 012

0.003

8.80

23 : 048

15 A

14 : 034

0.005

7.84

36 : 064

22 A

13 : 016

0.055

3.64

67 : 091

29 A

31 ; 027

0.04

4.26

97 : 128

05 S

30 : 037

Total 0.04

4.26

97 : 128

M = male ; F :

= female ; A

= August ; S = September.

For hypothetical 1 : 1 sex ratio only.

persion of the population. A few aquatic samples were taken in locating

breeding areas.

Sex ratios. — The sex ratios for dates on which I sampled the popu-

lation are shown in Table 1. Chi square tests on the accumulative data

demonstrate the data to be significant to the 4% level ==4.26) for

deviation from a hypothetical sex ratio of 1:1. The 3 specimens col-

lected on 4 and 8 August are the only Sympetrum I saw during those

weeks; females were seemingly decidedly more numerous than males.

Even when teneral dragonflies were fairly numerous, careful searching

revealed no exuviae; their absence made it impossible to evaluate by

sexing and counting exuviae the possibility of sexually-staggered trans-

formations.

The insectan associates of Sympetrum danae included a variety of

tipulids, asilids, ephemeropterans, and trichopterans, and several odo-

nates: Lestes disjunctus Selys (Lestidae) ; Amphiagrion abhreviatum

(Selys) and Ischnura perparva Selys (Coenagrionidae) ; Anax junius

(Drury) and Aeshna multicolor Hagen (Aeshnidae) ; and Sympetrum

internum Montgomery. The environment includes frogs, bats, birds,

and grazing cattle, all of which can kill dragonflies at some stage in

the life cycle. Neither predation on any odonates nor evidence of bac-

terial or fungal attack was observed. I found only one dead, dismantled

female in the water.

Assuming a 1:1 sex ratio at conception, the observed deviation might

be due to differential viability of the sexes (Carman, 1917). Meiotic

drive might have caused the ratio to deviate from 1:1 at conception

(Sandler and Novitski, 1957).

JANUARY 1967]

TURNER SYMPETRUM DANAE RATIOS

Age ratios. — An unmarked odonate’s age can be determined to

within several minutes during the first few hours of its adult life (Eda,

1959, 1963; Sonejara, 1964; and personal field and laboratory observa-

tions) ; after this initial period is past, externally -based age-determina-

tions must be restricted to such categories as “maturing,” “mature,”

and “old.” In many species (e.g., various Aeshnidae) there are no

obvious external changes with age, whereas in others (e.g., Erythemis

simplicicollis (Say) ) the males turn pruinose and the females show no

obvious external changes with age; other odonates exhibit other aging

patterns.

Age-determination (by coloration) of Sympetrum danae is somewhat

difficult, because it is a basically subjective matter: females’ and males’

color changes with age are very subtle and relatively abrupt, respec-

tively. The estimated age ratios for each observation date were insuf-

ficient to indicate a meaningful change through the flight season in

the age distribution of the population. However, the data did indicate

that the flight season was slow in starting: only maturing, post-teneral

individuals were observed on 4 and 8 August, maturing and mature

post-tenerals were observed on 13 August, and tenerals were finally

observed on 15 August.

Conclusions

The population of Sympetrum danae studied in Sierra County, Cali-

fornia was approximately 57% female. The age distribution of the

population proved difficult to determine by external examination of

specimens.

Acknowledgments

I am indebted to Dr. R. L. Usinger and Dr. J. R. Anderson, University

of California, Berkeley, for their helpful suggestions and for critically

reviewing the manuscript. I am also indebted to the staff of the Univer-

sity of California Sagehen Creek Research Project for its cooperation

and the use of its facilities. (The specimens examined are in the col-

lections of the author and the Project.)

Literature Cited

Bick, G. H., and J. C. Bick. 1961. An adult population of Lestes disjunctus

australis Walker (Odonata: Lestidae). Southwestern Naturalist, 6(3-

4): 111-137.

Corbet, P. S. 1957. The life history of the emperor dragonfly Anax imperator

Leach (Odonata: Aeshnidae). Jour. Animal Ecology, 26: 1-69.

1963. A biology of dragonflies. Quadrangle Press, Chicago, xvi -f- 247 pp.

Eda, S. 1959. Emergence of Tanypteryx pryeri Selys. Tombo, 2(3-4): 18-24.

1963. Emergence of Epiophlebia superstes Selys. Tombo, 6(1-2): 2-7.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

Carman, P. 1917. The Zygoptera, or damselflies, of Illinois. Bull. 111. Lab. Nat.

Hist., 12: 409-587.

Jacobs, M. E. 1955. Studies on territorialism and sexual selection in dragonflies.

Ecology, 36 (4) : 566-586.

Kormondy, E. J. 1959. The systematics of T etragoneuria, based on ecological,

life history, and morphological evidence (Odonata: Corduliidae) . Univ.

Mich. Mus. Zoo. Misc. Pub., 107 : 7-79.

Sandler, L., and E. Novitski. 1957. Meiotic drive as an evolutionary force.

American Naturalist, 91: 105-110.

SoNEjARA, I. 1964. Discovery of the larva and ecological observation on the

adult behavior of Aeshna mixta Latreille in Komoro City, Nagono

Prefecture. Tombo, 7(1-2)2-12.

Wolfe, L. S. 1953. A study of the genus Uropetala Selys (order Odonata) from

New Zealand. Trans. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New Zealand, Dunedin, 80: 245-

275.

A New Western Chrysobothris^

(Coleoptera, Buprestidae)

Frank M. Beer

Oregon State University, Corvallis

Only a very small number of specimens of this species have been in

the writers collection for over 25 years and not until the summer of

1965, after taking a good series, could it be established as distinct.

The writer would like to thank Mr. Hugh B. Leech for loan of specimens

and for permission to examine and compare the species with material

in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.

Chrysobothris roguensis Beer, new species

(Figs. 1-6)

Male. — Narrowly elongate, subcylindrical, slightly depressed above, moderately

shining, dark cupreous brown with reddish-purple reflections at apex and margin

of elytra, along margin of the prothorax and above the eyes; beneath bronzy

brown, more shining.

Head bright golden bronze with greenish reflections, becoming deep coppery

at the occiput, with two small callosities in front, and a vague chevron formed by

the bifurcating of the occipital carina on the vertex; front slightly convex; surface

confluently, coarsely, deeply, uniformly punctate, the intervals densely granulose,

rather densely clothed with moderately long, recumbent, inconspicuous whitish

hairs; clypeus broadly, rather deeply, angularly emarginate in front, arcuately

rounded on each side. Antennae piceous with a greenish tinge, feebly narrowed

at apex, serrate from fourth segment; intermediate segments wider than long.

^ This study was supported in part by funds from a General Research grant administered by the

Graduate School, Oregon State University.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 18-21. January 1967

JANUARY 1967] BEER — A NEW WESTERN CHRYSOBOTHRIS

Figs. 1-6. Chrysobothris roguensis Beer. 1-2. Male genitalia in dorsal and

ventral view. 3. Anterior appendage of male (posterior view) . 4. Clypeal margin

of male. 5. Last visible sternite, male. 6. Last visible sternite, female.

compact, broadly rounded at outer margins; third segment vaguely shorter than

the next two together.

Pronotum nearly twice as wide as long, wider at apex than at base, widest at

the apical half; sides regularly arcuately rounded, obliquely converging posteriorly

with the posterior angles nearly rectangular; anterior margin strongly sinuate,

with a broadly rounded median lobe; base broadly, arcuately emarginate on each

side, the median lobe strongly produced and subtruneate in front of the scutellum;

disc convex, with a vague median depression, surface coarsely, densely, deeply,

somewhat confluently punctate, with the intervals densely, finely granulose and

sparsely clothed at sides with very short, stiff, inconspicuous hairs. Scutellum

triangular, rather finely granulose.

Elytra slightly wider than pronotum, with width to length ratio of 2.9 to 5,

widest behind the middle; sides nearly parallel from the humeral angles to

almost the middle, then diverging to the apical third, then arcuately converging

to the tips, which are separately broadly rounded; lateral margins vaguely

serrate; basal depressions broad and relatively shallow; humeral depressions

short and very shallow; disc moderately convex, with four faintly discernible

costae, the first extending from near the middle of the elytra along the median

suture to the apices, a second forming a rather irregular pattern in the apical

third, a third which begins with the umbone and extends to the median fovea

and a fourth which follows the outline of the lateral margin; with two faintly

observable fovea, one median just in front of the middle and one behind the

middle toward the lateral margin; surface rather finely, deeply, rather sparsely

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

punctate basally, more finely punctate toward the apices, very sparsely clothed

with short erect, whitish hairs, with the intervals obsoletely granulose.

Abdomen beneath sparsely, coarsely, irregularly punctate, sparsely clothed

with moderately short, recumbent, inconspicuous whitish hairs, each sternite with

an indistinct, smooth reddish purplish median callosity on each side along the

lateral margin, the intervals finely, densely granulose; last visible sternite broadly,

deeply, arcuately emarginate at apex, without submarginal ridge, the lateral margin

finely irregularly serrate; eighth tergite broadly, shallowly emarginate at apex,

rather finely, sparsely punctate, without longitudinal carina. Prosternum moder-

ately coarsely, densely punctate, densely clothed with long recumbent white

pubescence; anterior margin with a broad, short, deflexed median lobe. Anterior

femur with a short obtuse tooth which is noticeably dentate on the outer margin.

Anterior tibia slightly arcuate with a small emarginate, rounded dilation near

the apex; middle and posterior tibiae straight.

Length 7 mm. ; width 3.2 mm.

Female. — Differing from the male in having head uniformly bronzy piceous

and less pubescent, the antennae shiny piceous, last ventral segment broadly,

shallowly emarginate at apex, prosternum less densely punctured and more

sparsely pubescent, and the anterior tibiae unarmed.

The species appears to be quite uniform except for size, ranging from

5.7-8.4 mm for the females and 5. 9-7. 3 mm for the males. A slight

variation exists in the color, a few males having a vague greenish re-

flection while most females tend to be a reddish brown often with

purplish reflections. Some members show only sutural and lateral

coatae rather than the four noted in the type specimen.

Holotype male, allotype female (deposited in the California Academy

of Sciences) and 29 paratypes labeled Finley Bend, Josephine County,

Oregon (10 miles west of Grants Pass, Oregon), 21 June 1965,

all taken from or under plants of the wild buckwheat, Eriogonum com-

positum Douglas. Other paratypes reared or cut from the host plant

taken at the type locality bear dates as follows: 2 specimens 22 April

1939, 1 specimen 28 April 1939, 3 specimens 10 May 1939, 1 specimen

20 May 1939, 1 specimen 9 June 1941 and 4 specimens 10 June 1941.

All collections by Vesta S. and Frank M. Beer.

Paratypes will be deposited as follows: California Academy of Sci-

ences, American Museum of Natural History, U. S. National Museum,

Oregon State University, Dr. William F. Barr, Dr. Gayle H. Nelson, Dr.

Melville H. Hatch and Dr. J. N. Knull.

This species belongs to the C. fragariae complex and will key to this

species in Fisher’s (1942) arrangement of the genus. The presence of

vague costae, less dense elytral vestiture, the more shallow clypeal mar-

gin, the emargination of the last ventral segments and the shape of the

male genitalia will serve to separate this species from C. fragariae

Fisher. C. roguensis can be separated from C. oregona Chamberlin, to

JANUARY 1967] NOONAN — SCAPHINOTUS PUNCTATUS

which it is also related, by the former’s broader more depressed form

and more reddish surface luster, more rounded outer angles of the

clypeus, less obvious costae and foveae and the decidedly different last

sternites. C. roguensis possesses several morphological features very

close to C. cyanella Horn and would key to this group if it were not for

the color differences. The color, male genitalia and the female last

sternite will readily separate these two species.

Field observations indicate some habits and traits not typically as-

sociated with species of Chrysohothris. Individuals were observed to

fly from one plant to another and rather quickly disappear into the

foliage. When the rather large leaves were turned aside, the specimens

would usually drop to the soft, sandy silt, often alighting on their backs,

so were readily picked up. Most of the individuals attempted to take

flight, but had difficulty freeing themselves from the soft soil.

In December of 1964 and again in January of 1965, the Rogue River

was flooded, the water standing at least twenty-five feet over the area

of the plants occupied by these insects. From the population noted, it

would appear that complete inundation for as long as a week during

each flood period did not reduce the population.

Literature Cited

Fisher, W. S. 1942. A Revision of North American Chrysobothrini. U.S.D.A.

Misc. Publ., 470, 1-275.

Observations on the ecology and feeding habits of adult

Scaphinotus punctatus LeConte

(Coleoptera : Carabidae)

Gerald R. Noonan

California State College at Long Beach^

During an ecological study (1964-1966) of the Carabidae in the San

Bernardino Mountains of southern California, collecting was done at

54 different stations ranging from 2100 to 8200 feet in elevation. These

stations included areas located in the following plant communities estab-

lished by Munz and Keck (1963) : Yellow Pine Forest, Chaparral,

Piny on- Juniper Woodland, Joshua Tree Woodland, and possibly relict

communities of Northern Juniper Woodland. A total of 162 Scaphi-

^ Present address: Purdue University, Department of Entomology, Lafayette, Indiana.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 21-23. January 1967

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

notus punctatus LeConte were obtained during the study from 15 dif-

ferent stations varying between 2100 and 6800 feet in elevation. All

of these localities were situated either in Yellow Pine Forest or Chap-

arral. This species did not appear to be present in areas containing the

other three plant communities listed above.

The beetle was found both in densely forested, shaded sites and in

open sunny areas. It showed a definite tendenc)^ to congregate in areas

containing rocks, fallen logs, or other debris under which it could hide

during the day. While approximately equal amounts of time were spent

collecting in dry fields and in moist places along the margins of lakes

and streams, only 24 specimens were found in the latter type of habitat.

However, a total of 138 individuals were taken from dry fields.

S. punctatus belongs to the tribe Cychrini whose adult members are

generally (Ball, 1963) believed to have evolved a specificity for feeding

on snails. The 15 stations at which this species occurred were searched

for snails, but they were found only on the shore of Big Bear Lake.

Several nights were spent watching S. punctatus to see what it fed

on. Observations were made with the aid of a flashlight covered with

a piece of red plastic. The red light thus produced did not seem to

disturb the beetles, and it was possible to observe the behavior of

individual specimens for extended periods of time.

On 11 April 1964, at Miller Canyon Public Camp, a S. punctatus

was encountered feeding on a fragment of a berry. Since the berry was

partially decomposed, it was not possible to identify it further than

stating that it was similar in appearance to those found on Manzanita

[Arctostaphylos sp.). There were several Manzanita growing nearby,

but none of them were bearing fruit at the time.

Later in the same night a S. punctatus was observed dragging another

carabid, Agonum hrunneomarginatum Mannerheim, across the ground.

The Agonum was still alive and struggling to escape. After traveling

several feet, the Scaphinotus encountered a tuft of grass which blocked

its further progress. When it failed to find a way around this obstacle,

it released the smaller carabid which immediately escaped in another

direction.

During the same night the author collected several Agonum brunneo-

marginatum (the most common carabid at this locality) and placed

them in the path of various S. punctatus. In most instances, the Scaphi-

notus attacked the other carabid and attempted to carry it off.

On 6 July 1964, along the banks of Holcomb Creek, an intermittent

stream located 5.5 miles southwest of Big Pine Flat Public Camp, a

S. punctatus was encountered feeding on a dead noctuid larva. When

JANUARY 1967]

BLAND — REARING MELANOPLUS

accidentally disturbed, the beetle picked up the caterpillar and crawled

away with it.

As mentioned earlier, snails were present along the shore of Big

Bear Lake. S. punctatus were several times observed feeding on them

at this location. This species was never seen feeding on snails at the

other stations in the San Bernardino Mountains. The author was also

unable to find snails at any location other than the shore of Big Bear

Lake. It would seem reasonable to conclude that S. punctatus has

adjusted to the scarcity of this type of prey in dryer areas of its habitat

by depending on other sources of food when snails are not available.

Literature Cited

Ball, C. E. 1963. Carabidae (Latreille, 1810), The ground beetles, pp. 55-181,

In R. H. Arnett, Jr., The beetles of the United States. The Catholic

University of America Press, Washington D. C.

Munz, P. a., and D. D. Keck. 1963. A California flora. University of California

Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles. 1681 pp.

Notes on Rearing Melanoplus lakinus Scudcler

(Orthoptera : Acrididae)^

Roger G. Bland

University of Arizona, Tucson

Melanoplus lakinus Scudder is a common short-winged grasshopper of

southern Arizona that reaches a maximum population density on range-

land situated at elevations of 3,000 to 4,000 feet. This grasshopper often

occurs with other species of grasshoppers including Melanoplus glad-

stoni Scudder, Morseiella flaviventris (Bruner), and Boopedon nubilum

(Say). They are of potential economic importance to the range man-

ager who desires to maintain satisfactory grassland for animal grazing.

These notes provide information on the rearing of M. lakinus which

should facilitate future investigations on the species.

Collection of egg pods. — Egg pods may be collected from No-

vember, when oviposition is nearing completion, to the beginning of

the hatching period in late June (Barnes, 1944) . Egg pods for this

^Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station, Journal Article No. 1133. This -work was supported by

Regional Research Project W-37.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 23-28. January 1967

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

Fig. la. (left) Side view of self-closing plastic cage showing position of metal

collar inside a container of wheat seedlings. A = cloth sleeve ; B = air hole ; C =

plastic cage; D rr wheat seedlings; E metal collar; F = styrofoam cup.

Fig. lb. (right) Bottom view of plastic cage illustrating the self-closing, spring-

action metal collar. G = pivot; H=: rivet; I =: expansion spring.

Study were collected 9 miles north of Sonoita, Arizona, in grassland

along state highway 83. Information on this site and others was ob-

tained through the kindness of Mr. E. F. Cullen, Plant Pest Control

Division, Post Office Bldg., Tucson, Arizona.

The egg pods were located in the crown and upper root area of a

common grass, Andropogon sp. The slightly curved pods averaged 9

JANUARY 1967]

BLAND — REARING MELANOPLUS

mm in length and 3 mm in diameter. They were cemented either to the

bases of the stems or to the extreme upper portion of the roots, and

ranged from 12 mm above the soil level to 25 mm below. After the

pods were collected, they were placed in a container and covered with

a layer of moist soil for transportation back to the laboratory.

Diapause and incubation. — The eggs of M. lakinus appear to enter

into a state of diapause after oviposition. If the pods were collected in

spring after the daily temperature had begun to rise, the diapause was

already broken and the eggs could be incubated. However, additional

steps were necessary if the egg pods were collected during the period

from November to January or were collected from individuals reared

in the laboratory. Eggs from females reared in captivity were held at

room temperature for several weeks after oviposition to allow for fur-

ther development (Gangwere, 1960). The egg pods from laboratory

or field collections then were placed in a petri dish containing moist

sand or cotton and held at a temperature of approximately 6°C for a

minimum of two months. A method for breaking the diapause in Melano-

plus differential^ has been described (Slifer, 1946). Although the

results of this procedure were only partially successful after one trial

was conducted with M. lakinus, further investigations into the use of

this method might be of value.

Incubation was accomplished by placing the egg pods on a 25-mm

layer of moist, sterile sand in a %-pint, wide-mouth Mason jar and

covering them with a 6-mm layer of dry, sterilized sand. The sand was

moistened with water, and the jar, with a screened lid, was placed in an

incubator held at 30 °C. The high humidity in the incubator allowed the

sand to remain moist for several days before it was necessary to add

more water. Light in the incubator was not required for embryogenesis.

Occasional fungal growth was removed by simply scraping the surface

of the sand. The eggs hatched after 3 to 5 weeks of incubation.

Cages. — First-instar nymphs were anesthetized with COo after hatch-

ing and were transferred to escape-proof, temporary containers such

as the type used for incubation. Depending on the type of rearing

cage desired for the remaining instars, it may be necessary to hold the

small nymphs in escape-proof containers until an adequate body size

is reached.

Self-closing plastic cages were placed over containers of wheat seed-

lings to hold small numbers of nymphs so that fresh food was supplied

continuously without daily maintenance (Fig. la) . The cylindrical

plastic cages were 11.2 cm high and 8.5 cm in diameter. Four air

holes, 25 mm in diameter, were cut at equally spaced intervals in the

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

side of each cage and covered with dacron screening. A 35-mm diam-

eter hole was drilled in the bottom of the cage and was covered partially

by a spring-action, self-closing collar constructed of sheet aluminum

(Fig. lb). The collar thus formed approximately a 20-mm opening

when closed. One-half of the collar was held tightly to the bottom of

the cage by two rivets, and the other half was hinged on one of these

rivets. A cloth sleeve was glued to the top of the cage for the addition

or removal of grasshoppers. A large rubber band was stretched verti-

cally around the cage and container to hold the cage upright. When

it was necessary to transfer grasshoppers from a plastic cage, a test

tube was inserted into the cage and the grasshoppers were forced into

the tube. Feces could be removed before inserting new wheat into the

cage by tapping on the side of the cage to channel the feces out through

the collar opening.

Food. — Head lettuce and wheat seedlings were supplied daily and

served as an adequate diet for the first two instars held in temporary

containers. Wheat seedlings alone were adequate for succeeding instars

held in plastic cages. A pulverized, peat moss-vermiculite mixture was

found to be superior to sterilized sand for growing wheat seedlings, in

that fungal activity was minimized and the water-holding capacity was

improved. The latter characteristic allowed several days to intervene

between the applieation of water. It was extremely important to keep

the moisture at a minimum level in the peat moss to control any fungi.

Styrofoam drinking cups 7.5 cm in diameter were used as containers

for growing the wheat. They could be washed and re-used many times

before being discarded.

Two kinds of dry diets were offered but were not ingested by the

grasshoppers in amounts sufficient to maintain life. One diet consisted

of pulverized rat food and the other was a eombination of chicken feed

(which contained alfalfa meal, bran, and various vitamins and min-

erals), brewer’s yeast, dry milk, and corn oil.

Photoperiod. — The nymphs and adults were exposed to a 12-hr.

period of light to approximate the daylength of the early fall when

mating has begun. Indireet sunlight entering a glass window was

utilized in combination with incandescent lighting. Fluorescent lighting

(Sylvania Growlux) possessing a spectral composition similar to sun-

light also appeared to be a satisfactory substitute for sunlight. The use

of incandeseent lighting without sunlight was not evaluated.

Temperature and humidity. — A relatively high temperature was

maintained during the 12 hrs. of light and was an important factor in

reducing the rate of mortality, especially during the first two weeks of

JANUARY 1967]

BLAND — REARING MELANOPLUS

growth. Nymphs held at approximately 23 °C and 25% to 35% relative

humidity had a mortality rate as high as 25%. Some investigators have

reported it normal for 50% or more of certain species of Melanoplus

to die soon after hatching due to unknown causes ( Mazur anich and

Cowan, 1966) . Observations on the behavior of the nymphs indicated

that they were attracted to higher temperatures and it was determined

that minimum mortality occurred between 35° and 40°C. Because the

mortality rate was 4% or less in this temperature range at 25% to

30% relative humidity, these conditions were maintained throughout

the nymphal period. The high temperature requirement for adults was

not so critical but definitely of value in maintaining their vigor and in

reducing fungal activity. The temperature was lowered to 21 °C during

the 12 hrs. of darkness.

Water. — Water was not necessary if fresh food was available.

Diseases. — Fungi were a problem only when there was excess mois-

ture in the peat moss used for growing the wheat seedlings. The peat

moss mixture required only enough water to keep the wheat growing

vigorously and the surface was kept dry for as long a period as possible.

Aspergillus flavus Link, a common pathogen of grasshoppers in the

laboratory, was isolated readily from abnormal dark areas of the ster-

num and coxae of some adults within a few days after metamorphosis.

This fungus was prevalent only in grasshoppers that were reared at 23 °C

and became contaminated from exposure to the surface of sand which

contained wheat growing in excessive moisture. The sporulating fungus

was occasionally observed on the surface of the sand, and to a lesser

extent on the peat moss, under these moisture conditions. With the

substitution of a peat moss mixture for sand, the problem with fungi

was largely solved because the mixture retained more water below the

surface and made daily watering unnecessary.

As an added precaution, when a container of wheat was placed inside

a cage of nymphs or adults, the surface of the peat moss mixture was

covered with a collar of cotton to reduce contact with the surface.

OviPOSiTiON. — Adults were transferred for mating and oviposition

from plastic cages to a standard type of screened, cubical insect cage.

A dish of a moist peat moss and sand mixture (50 ; 50) 50 mm in depth

was supplied as an area for oviposition.

Duration of instars. — Melanoplus lakinus has 5 nymphal instars.-

When growth occurred between 35° and 40° C and 25% to 30% relative

humidity, the mean duration (±) standard deviation of each instar was

as follows: Ist-instar — 5.0 ± 0.5 days; 2nd-instar — 4.5 ± 0.7 days; 3rd-

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

instar — 4.5 ± 1.1 days; 4th-instar — 5.5 ± 0.9 days; 5th-instar — 8.5 ±

0.9 days.

Literature Cited

Barnes, 0. L. 1944. Time schedules for grasshopper surveys in Arizona. Jour.

Econ. Entomol., 37 : 789-795.

Gangwere, S. K. 1960. The feeding and cultivating of Orthoptera in the labora-

tory. Entomol. News, 71: 7-13.

Mazuranich, P. C., and F. T. Cowan. 1966. A metal cage for rearing grass-

hoppers. Jour. Econ. Entomol., 59: 232-234.

Slifer, E. H. 1946. The effects of xylol and other solvents on diapause in the

grasshopper egg; together with a possible explanation for the action

of these agents. Jour. Exptl. ZooL, 102: 333-356.

A Reclassification of the Western Hemisphere Methiini

(Coleoptera : Cerambycidae)

John A. Chemsak and E. G. Linsley

University of California, Berkeley

Since the preparation of a generic revision of the tribe Methiini of

the Western Hemisphere (Martins, Chemsak and Linsley, 1966) , new

and critical material, including types not previously studied, have been

made available by the Department of Entomology, British Museum

(Natural History), London and the Museum National d’Histoire Na-

turelle, Paris. These specimens have permitted further clarification of

the tribal concept, eliminating the genera Zathecus, Ochrus, Apomethia,

Phrynocris and Niophus, which are now seen to be more closely related

to genera currently assigned to the Achrysonini than to the genera here

retained in the Methiini. However, the status of the tribe Achrysonini

also needs clarification, since as presently constituted it appears to be

polyphyletic.

A revised key to the genera of the New World Methiini known to us

is presented below.

Key to the genera of Methiini of the Western Hemisphere

1 Eyes completely divided 2

Eyes shallowly or deeply emarginate, but with lobes connected by one

or more rows of facets 9

2( 1) Antennae 10- or 11-segmented 3

Antennae 12-segmented; pronotum with elevated asperites toward

base. Southwestern Brasil and Argentina Argentinoeme Bruch

3( 2) Elytra abbreviated, not extending beyond apex of abdomen 4

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 28-39. January 1967

JANUARY 1967 ] CHEMSAK & LINSLEY WESTERN HEMISPHERE METHIINI 29

Elytra entire, always completely covering abdomen 7

4( 3) Antennae 11-segmented, second segment sometimes small but always

distinct; palpi normal 5

Antennae apparently 10-segmented, second segment not evident; palpi

atrophied. Eastern North America Tessaropa Haldeman

5 ( 4) Legs with posterior tarsi much shorter than tibiae 6

Legs with posterior tarsi twice as long as tibiae. Southeastern

Brasil Paratessaropa Zajciw

6( 5) Antennal scape bearing a strong cicatrix at apex, basal segments

strongly asperate; integument with metallic violaceous overtones.

Eastcentral Brasil Methioides, new genus

Antennal scape without a cicatrix, segments not asperate; integument

not metallic. Amazon Basin Methioeme Zajciw

7( 3) Antennal scape lacking a cicatrix at apex; antennal tubercles not

prominently elevated above vertex 8

Antennal scape bearing a strong cicatrix at apex; antennal tuber-

cles contiguous and strongly elevated above vertex. Venezuela

Mimoeme, new genus

8( 7) Genae elongate, acutely produced at apices; pronotum longer than

broad; antennae with segments 3 and 4 densely clothed with black

brushlike hairs at apical one-third. Southern Brasil and Argen-

tina Chromoeme, new genus

Genae short, apices obtuse, not produced; pronotum broader than

or subequal to length; antennae without brushlike hairs South

America Temnopis Serville

9( 1) Antennae laeking a projecting cicatrix on scape; head not tuberculate

on vertex 10

Antennae with a prominently projecting cicatrix on the scape; head

with vertex tuberculate between eyes. Panama and South Amer-

ica Atenizus Bates

10 ( 9) Antennae without spines at apices of segments 3-5 ; integument

not metallic green, or at most with elytra greenish 11

Antennae with a blunt spine at apices of segments 3-5; integument

metallic green. Nicaragua Tristachycera Bates

11(10) Elytra abbreviated, not extending beyond apex of abdomen 12

Elytra elongate, extending at least to apex of abdomen 15

12(11) Elytra gradually narrowing apically, suture not arcuate; abdomen at

least as long as metathorax 13

Elytra dehiscing suddenly from base, suture deeply arcuate or not;

abdomen shorter than metathorax; posterior tibiae densely clothed

with scopa-like hairs. Texas, northern Mexico Coleomethia Linsley

13(12) Antennae with basal segments not thickened, more slender than scape,

third segment longer than scape; posterior tarsi less than half as

long as tibiae 14

Antennae with basal segments thickened, as wide as scape, third seg-

ment shorter than scape; posterior tarsi more than half as

long as tibiae. Southern California and northwestern Mexico

Pseudomethia Linsley

14(13) Pronotum longer than broad, subcylindrical, sides parallel or very

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

15(11)

16(15)

17(16)

18(17)

19(17)

20(19)

21(19)

22(15)

23(22)

24(23)

feebly convex; femora clavate. Southwestern United States and

Mexico Styloxus LeConte

Pronotum as wide as or wider than long, sides rounded; femora

slender, not clavate. North America, West Indies and South

America Methia Newman

Maxillary palpi elongate, much longer than labial palpi 16

Maxillary palpi short, subequal to or a little longer than labial palpi 22

Eyes widely separated on vertex; antennae with third segment longer

than scape 17

Eyes very narrowly separated on vertex; antennae with third segment

subequal in length to scape. Southeastern Brasil Sphalloeme Melzer

Prosternal process prominently projecting beyond posterior margins

of coxae 18

Prosternal process lacking or not projecting beyond posterior margins

of coxae 19

Prosternal process broad; mesosternal process truncate or emarginate

behind; antennae without asperites on third segment. South Amer-

ica Macroeme Aurivillius

Prosternal process laminiform; mesosternal process triangular; anten-

nae with acute asperites on third segment. United States and North-

ern Mexico Oeme Newman

Prosternal process distinct, arising from surface of posterior margin of

prosternum ; mesosternal process extending at least to middle of

eoxae 20

Prosternal proeess absent or not arising from surface of posterior mar-

gin of prosternum; mesosternal proeess absent or barely extending

between coxae 21

Mesosternal process pointed at apex, much narrower than width of

middle coxae; pronotum about as long as broad. United States to

Argentina Malacopterus Serville

Mesosternal proeess truncate at apex, about as broad as width

of middle coxae; pronotum much longer than hroad. Vene-

zuela Lissoeme Martins, Chemsak, & Linsley

Pronotum in male longer than broad, strongly angulated posteriorly,

grooved on disc, with sides anteriorly eonvergent; in female angu-

lated laterally; abdomen distinctly shorter than elytra; Brasil,

Uruguay Stenoeme Gounelle

Pronotum in male as long as broad, laterally rounded; abdomen as

long as elytra; Galapagos Islands Nesoeme Linsley & Chemsak

Antennae 11-segmented 23

Antennae 12-segmented; eyes almost divided; pronotum with ele-

vated asperites near base. Southwestern Brasil and Argentina

Argentinoeme Bruch

Prosternal proeess absent or not projecting from surface of posterior

margin of prosternum 24

Prosternal process distinct 28

Mesosternal process present, triangular, extending at least partially

between coxae 25

Mesosternal process absent 26

JANUARY 1967] CHEMSAK & LINSLEY WESTERN HEMISPHERE METHHNI 31

25(24) Antennae with seape strongly asperate; pronotum broadly eonstricted

near apex, sides tuberculate. Argentina

Gounellea Martins, Chemsak & Linsley

Antennae with scape not asperate ; pronotum cylindrical, sides

rounded, disc asperate. South America

Ocroeme Martins, Chemsak & Linsley

26(24) Pronotum subcylindrical or with sides rounded, disc without a

longitudinal groove; elytral apices rounded 27

Pronotum strongly sexually dimorphic, males with sides slightly

divergent posteriorly and disc with a longitudinal groove, females

with sides strongly angulate; elytral apices acuminate. South

America Stenoeme Gounelle

27(26) Pronotum longer than broad, subcylindrical, sides parallel or very

feebly convex; femora clavate. Southwestern United States and

Mexico Styloxus LeConte

Pronotum as wide as or wider than long, sides rounded; femora

slender, not clavate. North America, West Indies, and South

America Methia Newman

28(23) Prosternal process short, apex not extending beyond coxae 29

Prosternal process elongate, apex extending beyond coxae 31

29(28) Elytra without costae — - 30

Elytra strongly costate. California Eudistenia Fall

30(29) Pronotum with sides strongly tuberculate; antennae with segments

expanded. California Vandykea Linsley

Pronotum with sides unarmed; antennae with segments thickened,

expanded. California Haplidoeme Chemsak & Linsley

31(28) Pronotum without a large median plate at base 32

Pronotum with a large median plate at base. Mexieo and Guatemala

Placoeme Chemsak & Linsley

32(31) Intermediate tibiae without an obtuse elevation along outside mar-

gin near apex 33

Intermediate tibiae with an obtuse elevation on outside margin near

apex. Panama and South America Sphagoeme Aurivillius

33(32) Prosternal proeess broad, not laminiform 34

Prosternal process laminiform 36

34(33) Mesosternal process with apex acute or with sides convergent behind 35

Mesosternal process with apex truncate or rounded, sides parallel or

divergent behind. South America Macroeme Aurivillius

35(34) Antennae of males with segments 3-4 asperate; elytra with apices

acuminate. South America Neoeme Gounelle

Antennae not asperate in either sex; elytra with apiees rounded.

California Paranoplium Casey

36(33) Pronotum with sides acutely spined; antennae strongly scabrous and

asperate. Brasil Martinsia, new genus

Pronotum with sides rounded; antennae not asperate; sexes strongly

dimorphic. Brasil Austroeme Martins, Chemsak & Linsley

Methioides Chemsak and Linsley, new genus

Form small, slender, elytra abbreviated. Head moderate sized; eyes rather

finely faceted, completely separated, upper lobes small, widely separated on

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

JANUARY 1967] CHEMSAK & LINSLEY WESTERN HEMISPHERE METHHNI 33

vertex; genae elongate, obtuse; mandibles small, stout; palpi short, subequal,

apices not dilated; antennal tubercles very prominent, projecting well above

vertex; antennae slender, 11-segmented, scape with a prominently projecting

cicatrix at apex, second segment about one third longer than broad, basal seg-

ments asperate. Pronotum longer than broad, sides rounded, broadest behind

middle, apex slightly constricted, base strongly abruptly constricted; disc convex,

smooth; prosternum barely impressed, prosternal process laminiform, not pro-

jecting from surface of posterior margin of prosternum, coxal cavities angulate;

mesosternal process short, acute at apex. Elytra with a metallic caste, short, not

extending beyond first abdominal segment; costae absent; apices rather abruptly

dehiscent, rounded. Legs with femora pedunculate; hind tibiae long, posterior

tarsi very short, slender, apical segment cleft to base. Abdomen normally seg-

mented.

Type species. — Methioides cicatricosa, new species.

This genus possesses a projecting cicatrix on the scape as in Atenizus.

However, the short elytra, asperate antennae, pedunculate femora, and

metallic caste of the elytra will separate Methioides from other known

genera of Methiini.

A single species is known, from Brasil.

Methioides cicatricosa Chemsak and Linsley, new species

(Fig. 1)

Male. — Form small, slender; color dark reddish brown with metallic violaceous

overtones; elytra abbreviated, extending only to first abdominal segment. Head

moderate sized, front vertical; interantennal depression very deep, antennal,

tubercles very prominent; palpi short, subequal, not expanded at apices; front

coarsely, shallowly, confluently punctate, pubescence sparse; antennae slender,

11-segmented, scape stout, with a very strong cicatrix at apices, second segment

longer than broad, third over twice as long as scape, fourth longer than third,

fifth subequal to fourth, segments from sixth gradually decreasing in length,

basal segments distinctly asperate and sparsely pubescent, segments from sixth

densely clothed with very short appressed pubescence. Pronotum longer than

broad, sides rounded, broadest behind middle, base sharply constricted; disc

feebly impressed on each side, middle irregularly punctate, impressed areas

closely punctate and minutely rugose; pubescence sparse, depressed, with a few

long erect hairs interspersed at sides; prosternum barely impressed, transversely

wrinkled, intercoxal process laminiform, arising below the surface of the basal

margin; mesosternum with intercoxal process very short, acute, coxal cavities

open to epimeron. Elytra short, dark, submetallic; disc finely rugosely punctate;

pubescence short sparse; apices rounded, dehiscent; wings violaceous on thicker

portions. Legs with femora clavate; hind tibiae elongate, posterior tarsi very

short. Abdomen shining, apex of last sternite broadly sub-truncate. Length,

(exclusive of wings) 7 mm.

Female. — Similar in size and form. Antennae a little shorter, asperites reduced.

Abdomen with apex of last sternite rounded. Length, 10 mm.

Holotype male (Museum National D’histoire Naturelle, Paris) from

Cachimbo, Prov. de Bahia, Brasil, 1890 (Ch. Pujol) (Collection R.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

Fig. 2. Martinsia scabrosa Ghemsak and Linsley, liolotype male,

JANUARY 1967] CHEMSAK & LINSLEY WESTERN HEMISPHERE METHHNI 35

Oberthur) . Allotype from Villa Victoria, Prov. de Bahia, 1890 (Ch.

Pujol) (Collection R. Oberthur).

The reddish integument with violaceous overtones, abbreviated elytra,

prominent antennal tubercles, and presence of a very strong cicatrix on

the antennal scape will distinguish this species.

Martinsia Chemsak and Linsley, new genus

Form moderately robust, elytra entire, sub-parallel. Head moderate-sized; eyes

moderately coarsely faceted, deeply emarginate, lobes connected by three or

four rows of facets, upper lobes small, widely separated on vertex; genae short,

obtuse; mandibles short, gradually arcuate; palpi short, subequal, apices not

dilated; antennae 11-segmented, slender, segments through fourth asperate, scape

stout, subconical, third segment twice as long as scape, fourth shorter than third,

segments from fifth gradually decreasing in length. Pronotum broader than long,

sides irregular with prominent acute tubercles behind middle, hase broadly,

abruptly constricted behind tubercles ; disc uneven, vaguely callused with a

median glabrous callus behind middle; prosternum short, impressed before coxae,

prosternal process laminiform, extending beyond coxae, coxal cavities angulate

externally; mesosternal process convergent, pointed at apex; stridulatory plate

of mesonotum medially grooved. Elytra elongate, each elytron prominently

bicostate; apices rounded. Legs with femora flattened, gradually enlarged; hind

tarsi short, first segment equal in length to two following together, apical segment

cleft to base. Abdomen normally segmented.

Type species. — Martinsia scabrosa, new species.

The strong, spined, lateral tubercles of the pronotum, the asperate

antennae, and shape of the sternal processes will separate this genus

from others. We name it in honor of our friend and collaborator

Ubirajara R. Martins.

A single species is presently known from Brasil.

Martinsia scabrosa Chemsak and Linsley, new species

(Fig. 2)

Male. — Form moderate sized; color brown, elytra slightly paler. Head moderate

sized; interantennal depression deep, area between eyes depressed; front and

vertex confluently punctate, pubescence very sparse, short; antennal tubercles

widely separated; antennae extending about 4 segments beyond elytra, scape

eylindrical, scabrously punctate, third segment twice as long as seape, fourth

shorter than third, fifth slightly shorter than fourth, segments from sixth gradually

decreasing in length, basal segments finely asperate, scabrously punctate, pubes-

cence short, recurved on basal segments, longer suberect hairs moderately dense

internally, deereasing in size and number toward apex, segments gradually de-

creasing in thickness toward apex. Pronotum broader than long, sides acutely

spined behind middle; base broadly, deeply eonstrieted behind spines; disc

uneven, coarsely, confluently punctate with a glabrous median eallus behind

middle; pubescence sparse, short; prosternum impressed, transversely rugose.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

prosternal process laminiform, extending beyond coxae, coxal cavities strongly

angulate externally; mesosternal process narrow, sharply pointed at apex, middle

coxal cavities open to epimeron; metasternum finely, densely pubescent. Elytra

entire, about 3-% times as long as broad, sides subparallel; each elytron bicostate;

surface scabrous appearing, punctures dense, separated, small; pubescence sparse,

short, suherect; apices rounded; scutellum with a longitudinal groove. Legs with

femora gradually enlarging, flattened, moderately densely, shallowly punctate,

punctures transverse; tibiae arcuate; posterior tarsi short, first segment as long

as two following together, apical segment cleft to base. Abdomen densely clothed

with long subdepressed hairs; last sternite truncate at apex. Length, 17 mm.

Holotype male (Museum National D’histoire Naturelle, Paris) from

S. Antonio de Barra, Prov. de Bahia, Brasil, 1890 (Ch. Pujol) (Col-

lection Oberthur) .

This species may be recognized by the prominent spines of the pro-

notum, uniform brown color, and overall scabrous appearance.

Chromoeme Chemsak and Linsley, new genus

Form elongate, slender, elytra entire, sub-parallel. Head moderate-sized; eyes

finely faceted, completely divided (lobes joined by a narrow line, but not by

facets), upper lobes very small, widely separated on vertex; genae elongate,

acutely produced; mandibles acute, abruptly arcuate, internally toothed; palpi

short, subequal in length, apices not dilated; antennae 11-segmented, with seg-

ments through fifth thickened, especially in males, segments six to eleven slender,

fourth segment longer than third, males with segments one to five asperate,

segments three and four densely clothed with long erect brushlike hairs at apical

third of segments. Pronotum longer than broad, sides concave, two obtuse tubercles

near base, base behind tubercles deeply, abruptly constricted; disc slightly con-

vex, transversely rugulose; prosternum not impressed, prosternal process lamini-

form, not extending heyond coxae, coxal cavities angulate; mesosternal process

laminiform. Elytra elongate, metallic greenish to violaceous, vaguely unicostate;

apices rounded. Legs with femora gradually enlarging toward apex; hind tarsi

short, first segment subequal in length to two following together, apical segment

cleft to base. Abdomen normally segmented.

Type species. — Euryprosopus angustissimus Buquet.

This genus is very distinctive among the New World Methiini by its

tufted appearing antennae, metallic colored elytra, and finely faceted

eyes. A single species, occurring in Southern Brasil and Argentina is

presently known.

Chromoeme angustissima (Buquet)

Euryprosopus angustissimus Buquet, 1857, Rev. Mag. Zook, (2)9:412.

Male. — Form slender, elongate; color reddish orange, head and prothorax

darker reddish, elytra metallic greenish to violaceous, antennae with segments

three and four black over apical third. Head as broad as pronotum, sparsely golden

pubescent; front rugulose, vertex rugose punctate; antennal tubercles subcontigu-

JANUARY 1967] CHEMSAK & LINSLEY WESTERN HEMISPHERE METHIINI 37

ous, apices obtusely produced, vertex behind tubercles concave; antennae 11-

segmented, extending about six segments beyond elytra, scape short, stout,

asperate, third and fourth segments thickened, cylindrical, fifth less so, segments

from sixth slender, third segment three times longer than scape, fourth longer

than third, fifth subecjual to fourth, sixth short, remaining segments gradually

decreasing in length, segments to fifth asperate, third and fourth segments densely

clothed with long erect brush-like black hairs at apical third, segments internally

with long erect yellowish hairs which decrease in size and number apically.

Pronotum dark reddish, very sparsely pubescent; base abruptly constricted, nar-

rowly impressed across middle; disc transversely, separately rugulose; prosternum

sparsely pubescent, transversely rugulose; meso-and metasternum sparsely pubes-

cent, vaguely, shallowly punctate. Elytra almost four times as long as broad,

sides subparallel; base impressed inside of humeri; base rugosely asperate

punctate, remainder irregularly, rugosely punctate; each elytron vaguely costate;

pubescence sparse, short, recurved with a few longer suberect hairs interspersed;

apices rounded. Legs rather slender, femora sparsely pubescent. Abdomen usually

partially infuscated; punctures sparse, fine pubescence sparse; apex of last

sternite broadly rounded. Length, 13-17 mm.

Female. — Antennae a little longer than body, basal segments less thickened,

barely asperate. Length, 13 mm.

This species was originally described in the genus Euryprosopus of

the tribe Compsocerini to which it bears a superficial resemblance.

However, the characters, particularly in the males, are very definitely

methiine. Apparently C. angustissiina varies somewhat in color espe-

cially the appendages and pronotum. In Buquet’s (1857) original descrip-

tion, the female was listed as having dark tibiae and also segments three

and four of the antennae dark. In our material the legs are pale and

only the apical one-third of antennal segments three and four are dark.

Also, one of the females at hand has the prothorax infuscated.

This species occurs in southern Brazil and in Misiones Province, Ar-

gentina.

Mimoeme Chemsak and Linsley, new genus

Form elongate, depressed, elytra entire, expanding toward apex. Head moderate

sized; eyes finely faceted, completely divided (lobe joined by a narrow line but

not by facets), upper lobes small, widely separated on vertex; genae elongate,

obtusely produced; mandibles gradually arcuate; palpi short, subequal in length,

apices cylindrical; antennae slender (probably 11-segmented; apical segments

not present on specimen), third segment thickened, scape scabrous with a strong

cicatrix at apex, third segment scabrous, densely pubescent. Pronotum broader

than long, sides rounded, broadest at middle, base broadly constricted; disc con-

vex, subopaque; prosternum barely impressed, prosternal process laminiform,

not extending beyond coxae, coxal cavities angulate; mesosternal process nar-

rowly pointed behind, sublaminiform. Elytra elongate, moderately flaring toward

apices; surface opaque, costae vague; apices rounded. Legs with femora gradually

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

Fig. 3. Mimoeme lycoides Chemsak and Linsley, liolotype female.

JANUARY 1967] CHEMSAK & LINSLEY WESTERN HEMISPHERE METHIINI 39

enlarging; hind tarsi short, first segment subequal in length to two following

together, apical segment cleft to base. Abdomen normally segmented.

Type species. — Mimoeme lycoides, new species.

The completely divided eyes, projecting cicatrix on the scape, sub-

opaque integument, and apically flaring elytra distinguish this genus.

A single species is known from Venezuela.

Mimoeme lycoides Chemsak and Linsley, new species

(Fig. 3)

Female. — Form moderate sized, depressed; integument opaque, color testaceous

with violaceous stripes extending down head and pronotum, basal and apical dark

spots on the elytra, and appendages partially dark. Head moderate sized, front

vertical; interantennal line deep, antennal tubercles prominently elevated above

vertex; punctures dense, scabrous; pubescence minute; violaceous stripes ex-

tending back from eyes; antennae slender, fourth and sixth segments yellowish

on apical half, scape conical, scabrous, cicatrix prominent, third segment stout,

long, following segments gi'adually decreasing in length, third segment densely

clothed with dark suberect and subdepressed pubescence, remaining segments

more sparsely pubescent. Pronotum slightly broader than long, sides rounded;

base broadly constricted; disc convex, opaque; sides with violaceous bands ex-

tending to sternum, and a band on each side of middle extending from apex to

constricture at base; punctures vague, finely scabrous; pubescence minute, de-

pressed; prosternum shallowly rugulose, subglabrous; meso- and metasternum

violaceous at sides, episternum of metathorax scabrous. Elytra over 3% times

as long as broad at base, narrowly explanate behind middle; disc with an ovoid

violaceous spot around suture over basal one-fourth and apical one third violaceous;

punctures at base fine, deep, confluent, scabrous; pubescence sparse, minute and

depressed and longer and erect; apices rounded. Legs short; femora yellow at

base, sparsely pubescent. Abdomen shining, sparsely punctate and pubescent;

apex of last sternite narrowly rounded. Length, 13 mm.

Holotype female (British Museum, Natural History) from Venezuela

(Fry Coll., 1905. 100) .

This species possesses the typical lyciform pattern apparent in many

groups of Cerambycidae. The coloration, flaring elytral apices, and

subopaque integument characterize M. lyeoides.

Literature Cited

Buquet, J. B. L. 1857. Notice supplementaire sur le genre Euryprosopus, de

Tordre des coleopteres, suivie de la description de deux especes

nouvelles. Rev. Mag. Zook, (2)9; 4d0-4d2.

Martins, U. R., J. A. Chemsak and E. G. Linsley. 1966. A generic revision of

the tribe Methiini in the Western Hemisphere. Arquivos de Zoologia,

14: 197-221, 2 figs.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

Review of the Genus Sphaerionillum Bates

(Coleoptera : Cerambycidae)

John A. Chemsak and E. G. Linsley

University of California, Berkeley

The genus Sphaerionillum is very characteristic of the spaerionine

Cerambycinae as defined by Linsley in 1961, Bates described two spe-

cies, S. pictum and S. quadrisignatum when he proposed the genus

(1885). Subsequently a third species has been collected which is

described below.

Thus far, the species are all restricted in their distributions to Mexico

and appear to be rare in collections.

This study was conducted during National Science Foundation spon-

sored studies on North American Cerambycidae (Grants GB 2326 and

GB-4944x) . Some of the included material was collected during an

expedition financed by the Associates in Tropical Biogeography, Uni-

versity of California, Berkeley. We wish also to thank Celeste Green for

assistance in preparing the illustrations.

Sphaerionillum Bates

Sphaerionillum Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Coleoptera, 5: 256;

Linsley, 1961, Pan-Pacific EntomoL, 37 : 175.

This genus may be readily recognized by the coarse erect setae of the

elytra which are more or less equally spaced in four or five rows, the

integumental maculations of the elytra, and the minutely punctate and

densely tomentose pronotum, at least peripherally. The anterior coxal

cavities are closed behind, or nearly so by the expanded apex of the

intercoxal process which is arched and areuately declivous. The inter-

mediate coxal cavities are closed to the epimeron.

Type species. — Sphaerionillum quadrisignatum Bates (Linsley designation,

1961).

Key to the Species of Sphaerionillum

1. Pronotum distinctly broader than long; elytra with three pairs of yellow

spots 2

Pronotum longer than broad or length subequal to width; elytra with

two pairs of yellowish spots, anterior pair much longer than subapical

pair. Length, 10-14 mm. Veracruz S. quadrisignatum.

2(1) Pronotum with fine appressed pubescence extending almost to apex;

integument black, yellow spots of elytra irregularly rounded. Length,

9 mm. Veracruz. S. pictum.

Pronotum with fine appressed pubescence extending across basal one-

half only; integument reddish, median pair of fasciae regularly

rounded. Length, 11-16 mm. Oaxaca S. castaneum.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43 : 40-43. January 1967

JANUARY 1967] CHEMSAK & LINSLEY GENUS SPHAERIONILLUM

Figs. 1-3. Typical elytral patterns of (1) Sphaerionillum pictum Bates; (2)

S. quadrisignatum Bates, and (3) S. castaneum Chemsak and Linsley.

Sphaerionillum quadrisignatum Bates

(Fig. 2)

Sphaerionillum quadrisignatum Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleop-

tera, 5: 257, pi. 17, fig. 21; Linsley, 1961, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 37: 167; Chemsak,

1967, Jour. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 40:79.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

The narrowed pronotum, reddish fuscus integument, and two pairs of

elytral spots distinguish this species. The anterior pair of spots is longi-

tudinally elongate and and covers most of the basal half of the elytra.

The tomentum of the pronotum extends to the apex along the sides.

Type locality. — Cordova, Mexico.

Sphaerionillum pictum Bates

(Fig. 1)

Sphaerionillum pictum Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Coleoptera, 5:

256; Cliemsak, 1967, Jour. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 40:79.

This species has a broad black pronotum with the appressed pubes-

cence extending nearly to the apex. The elytra are black with three

pairs of irregularly rounded spots.

Type locality. — Playa Vicente, Veracruz, Mexico.

Sphaerionillum castaneum Chemsak and Linsley, new species

(Fig. 3)

Male. — Form moderate sized, slightly tapering; integument reddish broivn, elytra

often darker with yellowish spots at base near suture, a round pair a little before

middle, and a pair at apical third; setae sparse, erect. Head small, front con-

fluently punctate, median line deep; vertex shallowly, confluently punctate;

pubescence sparse, erect; antennae extending about three segments beyond elytra,

scape slender, subequal in length to third segment, fourth shorter than third,

segments 5 to 7 subequal, shorter than third, segments 8 to 10 decreasing in

length, eleventh vaguely appendiculate, segments 3 to 8 spinose, carinae strong.

Pronotum broader than long, sides rounded; apex very narrowly impressed, base

broadly; disc feebly convex, vaguely callused at middle and at sides toward apex;

punctures very sparse, not present medially; fine appressed pubescence extending

up sides only to middle, long erect setae arising out of punctures; prosternum

slightly impressed before narrow glabrous apex, area before coxae opaque, deeply

confluently punctate; meso and metasternum subglabrous medially, densely clothed

with silvery appressed pubescence at sides. Elytra dull, slightly over twice as

long as broad, sides weakly tapering; color reddish to fuscus, basal yellow spots

together forming a triangle, antemedian pair rounded, extending to lateral mar-

gins but not to suture, subapical pair slightly obliquely transverse; long erect

setae more or less arranged in five rows down each elytron, each seta arising out

of a coarse puncture; minute punctures sparsely scattered over surface; apices

sinuate truncate, outer angle dentate. Legs with femora clavate, tibiae carinate.

Abdomen sparsely punctate and pubescent, each sternite with a patch of silvery

appressed pubescence at sides of apices; apex of last sternite broadly rounded.

Length, 11-16 mm.

Female. — Antennae about as long as body. Prosternum with antecoxal area

densely pubescent but minutely punctate. Abdomen with apex of last sternite

narrowly rounded. Length, 12-16 mm.

JANUARY 1967] CHEMSAK REVIEW OF CHAMPIONA

Holotype male, allotype female (California Academy of Sciences)

from 5 MILES North of Rio Hondo, Oaxaca, Mexico, 10 August 1957

(J. A. Chemsak) ; fourteen paratypes (10 males, 4 females) with same

data ; two female paratypes from 12 miles S. Chivela, Oaxaca, 18 August

1959 (A. S. Menke, L. A. Stange) and 5 miles E. La Ventosa, Oaxaca,

28 June 1965 (C. Hall).

The larger size, reddish integument, and different elytral pattern will

separate this species from the others.

The series of adults was taken at dusk on cut, stacked logs of an un-

determined species of tree.

Literature Cited

Bates, H. W. 1879-1886. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, Longicornia,

5: 1-436.

Chemsak, J. A. 1967. Lectotype designations of Cerambycidae in the British

Museum (Natural History). Jour. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 40: 73-81.

Linsley, E. G. 1961. A reclassification of the described Mexican and Central

American sphaerionine Cerambycidae. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 37: 165-

183.

Review of the Genus Championa Bates

(Coleoptera : Cerambycidae)

John A. Chemsak

University of California, Berkeley

When Bates (1880) described the genus Championa, he considered its

affinities as lying close to Ancylocera in the trihe Ancylocerini. At this

time Championa was based on a single species, C. aurata, from Guate-

mala. In 1885 Bates added C. ctenostomoides from Mexico and in

1892, C. hadeni, also from Mexico.

Specimens of this genus have been exceedingly rare in collections and

only recently has the opportunity been available to examine the types.

Based upon these examinations and also of short series of new species,

the affinities of the genus cannot be accepted as lying with Ancylocera.

Although further study is necessary on the tribal classification of Neo-

tropical Cerambycinae, Championa, at this time, appears to fit into the

Sphaerionini as defined by Linsley (1961). This group is characterized

by spined, carinate antennae, spined elytral apices, carinate tibiae, and

expanded apex of the front intercoxal process.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 43-48. January 1967

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[voL. 43, NO. 1

These studies were undertaken during a National Science Foundation

sponsored study on North American Cerambycidae (Grants GB-2326

and GB-4944X) . The assistance and cooperation of the personnel of

the British Museum (Natural History) and Museum National D’Histoire

Naturelle, Paris, is gratefully acknowledged. Material was also made

available by H. Howden, Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, and

E. I. Schlinger, University of California, Riverside. Celeste Green

kindly assisted in the preparation of the illustrations.

Genus Championa Bates

Championa Bates, 1880, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, 5: 69

Form slender, elongate. Head short, front oblique, antennal tubercles moderately

elevated; palpi subequal, apical segments slightly dilated; eyes finely faceted,

deeply emarginate, lobes connected by a narrow line of facets, upper lobe small;

antennae slender, 11-segmented, segments three to six spined at apices, carinae

lacking or vague. Pronotum cylindrical, elongate, sides subparallel, unarmed; disc

convex, rugose or punctate, not callused; prosternum deeply impressed transversely,

coxal cavities rounded externally, intercoxal process gradually arcuate, expanded

at apex, coxal cavities closed behind; mesosternum abruptly declivous, often

tuberculate; episternum of metathorax slender, subparallel. Elytra subparallel

sided, usually with two eburneous fasciae at middle; apices usually bidentate,

occasionally rounded. Legs with femora elongate, narrowly clavate; hind tibiae

weakly carinate; posterior tarsi with first segment equal to or longer than two

following together, apical segment cleft to base. Abdomen with first segment

much longer than second.

Type species. — Championa aurata Bates (monobasic)

This genus is very distinctive by the usual greenish metallic color,

eburneous fasciae, and elongate shape. Five species are presently known.

Key to the Species of Championa

1. Elytra with apices bispinose or bidentate; integument shining metallic

green; pronotum transversely rugose 2

Elytra with apices rounded; integument fuscus, opaque; pronotum

densely punctate and pubescent. Length 14 mm. Mexico C. badeni

2(1) Elytra with transverse median eburneous fasciae 3

Elytra without median eburneous fasciae, markings consisting of pale,

appressed pubescence only 4

3(2) Elytra with two obliquely transverse pubescent bands in addition to

eburneous fascia, eburneous bands extending from margin to suture;

pronotum with basal and subapical pubescent bands. Length, 13-

19 mm. Sinaloa C. elegans.

Elytra lacking transverse pubescent bands, eburneous fasciae short;

pronotum lacking apical pubescent band; femora bicolored. Length,

12 mm. Veracruz and Guerrero C. ctenostomoides.

4(2) Elytra with sutural pubescent band only; integument rufo-piceous to

metallic violaceous or greenish. Length, 14 mm. Mexico C. suturalis.

JANUARY 1967] CHEMSAK REVIEW OF CHAMPIONA

Elytra without a sutural pubescent band, each elytron with a small

patch of appressed pubescence at about basal third and an obliquely

transverse band near apical third; integument bright metallic green-

ish. Length, 10.5 mm. Guatemala C. aurata.

Championa badeni Bates

(Fig. 3)

Championa badeni Bates, 1892, Trans. Entomol. Soc. London, 1892:170.

Although this species exhibits most of the characteristics of the genus,

it differs markedly by its fuscus, opaque integument, dense punctation

and pubescence of the pronotum, and rounded elytral apices. The elytra

have ivory colored eburneous bands near the middle and a fine subapical

pubescent band. Thus far only the type, presumably from Mexico is

known.

Championa elegans Chemsak, new species

(Fig. 4)

Male. — Form moderate sized to large; color dark metallic greenish with ivory

pubescent and eburneous fasciae. Head short, front subvertical, coarsely, sparsely

punctate; vertex barely impressed, middle glabrous; pubescence ivory colored,

appressed, dense around eyes, long erect hairs sparse; antennae extending about

four segments beyond elytra, segments 3 to 6 spinose at apices, basal segments

finely white pubescent, segments 7 to 9 with a dense patch of white pubescence

at middle, segments 3 to 6 vaguely carinate, very shallowly excavated, long suberect

hairs numerous internally on basal segments, sparser apically, third segment

longer than first, fourth shorter than third, fifth longer than fourth, segments

from sixth gradually decreasing in length, eleventh appendiculate, arcuate.

Pronotum longer than broad, sides subparallel; disc convex, transversely wrinkled,

middle subglabrous basally; subapical pubescent band extending backward at

sides, basal band extending slightly forward at sides and uniting with apical

band; pubescence sparse, short, appressed and long and erect; prosternum finely

transversely rugulose over apical half, basal half densely clothed with short

appressed pubescence; mesosternum tuberculate, densely clothed with short ap-

pressed pubescence at sides; metasternum subglabrous medially, densely clothed

with appressed pubescence at sides. Scutellum triangular, densely appressed

pubescent. Elytra almost three times as long as broad, sides subparallel; median

fasciae eburneous, narrow, extending from margins to suture; pubescent pattern

consisting of a band at basal third which extends obliquely forward from suture,

a band at apical third which extends back from suture, and a sutural band ex-

tending entire length; punctures at base coarse, rugose, separated, becoming finer

toward apex; remaining pubescence sparse, erect and depressed; apices narrowing,

strongly emarginate and bidentate. Legs with femora narrowly clavate, hind pair

extending well beyond elytral apices, middle pair carinate; tibiae carinate,

posterior pair densely pubescent at apices. Abdomen densely clothed with ap-

pressed pubescence at sides; apex of last sternite emarginate to truncate. Length,

13-18 mm.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[voL. 43,

Figs. 1-5. Typical elytral and pronotal patterns of: (1) Championa

ctenostomoides Bates; (2) C. aurata Bates; (3) C. badeni Bates; (4) C.

elegans Chemsak; and (5) C. suturalis Chemsak.

Female. Antennae about as long as body. Abdomen with last sternite

rounded at apex. Length, 17-19 mm.

Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences) from HwY.

40, 6.5 MILES East of Potrerillos, Sinaloa, Mexico, 20 August

1964 (E. Schlinger) ; paratypes include 2 males, 1 female, same locality,

JANUARY 1967] CHEMSAK REVIEW OF CHAMPIONA

20 and 21 August 1964 (M. E, Irwin) ; 1 male, 5 miles W. El Palmito,

Sinaloa, Mexico, 5000', 25 July 1964 (W. R. M. Mason) .

This species may be recognized by its very distinctive elytral pattern.

Championa ctenostomoides Bates

(Fig. 1)

Championa ctenostomoides Bates, 1885, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Coleoptera,

5: 315, pi. 21, fig. 17; Bates, 1892, Trans. Entomol. Soc., London, 1892: 170.

A bright metallic greenish species with the tibiae and basal halves

of the femora reddish. The eburneous fasciae are reduced and sutural.

Only the scutellum and suture are clothed with dense appressed pubes-

cence.

The type locality is Mexico with specimens being known from the

states of Veracruz and Guerrero.

Championa suturalis Chemsak, new species

(Fig. 5)

Female. — Form moderate sized; color rufo-piceous to metallic violaceous and

greenish; pubescence ivory colored, mostly appressed. Head short, front sub-

vertical; vertex barely impressed, glabrous medially; pubescence appressed, dense

around eyes, long erect hairs sparse; antennae about as long as body, segments

3 to 6 spinose at apices, basal segments sparsely pubescent, outer ones densely,

long suberect hairs sparse internally, third segment longer than first, fourth

shorter than third, fifth shorter than third, segments from sixth gradually de-

creasing in length, eleventh segment slightly curved. Pronotum longer than broad,

sides subparallel; disc convex, transversely w'rinkled, base sliglatly impressed;

pubescence sparse, short and appressed and long and erect, base with a short

hand of appressed pubescence; prosternum transversely rugulose over apical half,

densely pubescent at basal half; mesosternum tuberculate, densely pubescent,

hairs denser at sides; metasternum densely pubescent, episternum very densely

pubescent. Scutellum triangular, apically rounded, densely clothed with short

appressed pubescence. Elytra over 31^ times as long as broad, sub-parallel;

appressed pubescent band extending only down suture, remainder of disc sparsely

pubescent, hairs short, appressed and suberect; punctures at base coarse, rugose,

becoming finer toward apex; apices bidentate. Legs reddish brown, femora nar-

rowly clavate, front and middle pairs carinate; tibiae carinate. Abdomen densely

clothed with short recumbent pubescence with long erect hairs sparsely inter-

spersed; apex of last sternite rounded. Length, 14 mm.

Male. — Antennae longer than body. Elytra with apices narrowing, strongly

dentate. Abdomen with apex of last sternite emarginate. Length, 14 mm.

Holotype female, allotype (Museum National D’Histoire Naturelle,

Paris) from Mexico. The allotype is labeled “Mexique” and both are

from the R. Oberthur Collection.

Since the male has one antenna and several legs broken, the female

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

was selected as the type. This species may be characterized by the lack

of eburneous fasciae and with only a sutural pubescent band on the

elytra.

Championa aurata Bates

(Fig. 2)

Championa aurata Bates, 1880, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, 5: 69.

The bright greenish color, lack of eburneous fasciae and reduced

appressed pubescence will separate this species. The elytra possess two

patches of appressed pubescence at the basal third (probably the rem-

nants of an oblique band with most of the hairs being rubbed off) and

an oblique band at the apical third. The type locality is Calderas,

Guatemala.

Literature Cited

Bates, H. W. 1879-1886. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, Longicornia,

5: 1-436.

1892. Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central America, with

remarks on some of the previously recorded species. Trans. Entomol.

Soc. London, 1892: 143-183.

Linsley, E. G. 1961. A reclassification of the described Mexican and Central

American sphaerionine Cerambycidae. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 37 : 165-

183.

New Phalangodidae from the Sierra Nevada Mountains

(Opiliones)

Thomas S. Briggs and Kevin Hom

Galileo High School Lux Laboratory, San Francisco

The lower elevation western slopes of the Sierra Nevada range have

climatic similarities to the inner Coast Range Mountains of California

and might be expected to possess a phalangid fauna nearly as diversified

as the coastal fauna. A brief survey indicates that this is much the case

with the phalangodid genus Sitalcina (Banks) . Three new species are

herein added to the single previously described members of this genus

from this region (Briggs and Hom, 1966). Three of the Sierran species

{Sitalcina kaweahensis, S. sierra and S. digitus) possess a singular

dorsal projection from the middle of the palpal tarsi of the males. This

dimorphic character may be unique among the phalangids. S. sierra

and 5. digitus also differ from other Sitalcina in the shape of the penis

and may well be placed in a distinct subgenus.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 48-52. January 1967

JANUARY 1967] BRIGGS & HOM SIERRAN PHALANGODIDAE

All holotypes and allotypes are deposited in the collection of the Cali-

fornia Academy of Sciences. These types are slide mounted in Canada

balsam and are stained with eosin yellow. Paratypes were preserved

in a solution 8% in acetic acid, 5% in glycerine, 26% in water and 61%

in isopropyl alcohol. The structure of the penis was observed in clove

oil and in balsam mounts, but it was found that the uncleared specimen

in isopropyl alcohol gave the best view of the external and internal

features.

Sitalcina sierra Briggs and Horn, new species

(Figs. 3, 4, 8, 12, and 15)

Male. — Total body length, 1.12 mm. Cephalothorax, 0.34 mm. Width of body

at widest portion,

0.83 mm.

Width of eye

tubercle,

0.17 mm. Len

gth of eye

tubercle, 0.14 mm.

III

Palpus

Trochanter

0.08 mm

O.IO mm

0.12 mm

Femur

0.36

0.51

0.32

0.49

0.16

Patella

0.16

0.20

0.14

0.20

0.14

Tibia

0.31

0.46

0.32

0.45

0.18

Metatarsus

0.31

0.44

0.41

0.59

Tarsus

0.27

0.44

0.23

0.31

0.23

Total

1.49 mm

2.15 mm

1.54 mm

2.16 mm

0.83 mm

Dorsum finely granulate, with parallel rows of small tubercles bordering the

five dorsal areas. Posterior margins of tergites dentate. Eye tubercle in the form

of a blunt cone with eyes near base. Posterior margin of second coxa with small

tubercles.

Fine granulations on legs terminate abruptly at calcaneus of metatarsus. Tarsal

segments: 3-4-4-4. Distitarsus of 2nd pair of legs with 3 segments. Palpus with

four large spines on femur and two spines on patella.

Body concolorous yellow-orange with venter and tarsi somewhat lighter than

dorsum.

Male with a blunt spur on dorsal surface of palpal tarsus which is not more

than one third the length of terminal claw. Ventral plate of penis armed as in

figure 12, lateral notches not deep.

Holotype male, allotype female and five paratypes. — Underside of

sedimentary rocks 6.2 miles north of Mercer Caverns, Sheep Ranch

Rd., Calaveras County, California, 26 March 1966, T. Briggs and

K. Horn. One male from entrance breakdown of Masonic Cave, Volcano,

Amador Co., California, 11 June 1966, A. Jung, Six specimens under

“slate” 5 miles north of Columbia, Tuolumne Co., California, 20 Novem-

ber 1966, V. Lee and T. Briggs.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

JANUARY 1967] BRIGGS & HOM SIERRAN PHALANGODIDAE

Sitalcina digitus Briggs and Horn, new species

(Figs. 5, 6, 9, 10 and 13)

Male. — Total body length, 1.40 mm. Cephalothorax, 0.40 mm. Width of body

at widest portion, 0.94 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.22 mm. Length of eye

tubercle, 0.19 mm.

III

Palpus

Trochanter

0.16 mm

0.15 mm

0.16 mm

0.20 mm

0.14 mm

Femur

0.34

0.56

0.39

0.57

0.27

Patella

0.22

0.27

0.17

0.24

0.18

Tibia

0.34

0.52

0.42

0.58

0.27

Metatarsus

0.37

0.54

0.48

0.70

Tarsus

0.24

0.56

0.30

0.35

0.30

Total

1.67 mm

2.60 mm

1.82 mm

2.64 mm

1.16 mm

Dorsum finely granulate with parallel rows of tubercles bordering the five

dorsal areas. Posterior margins of tergites slightly dentate and tuberculate. An-

terior margin of cephalothorax with two tubercles directed forward on each side.

Eye tubercle in the form of a blunt cone with tubercles on dorsal surface, eyes

near base. Venter of first coxa with row of small tubercles. Posterior margin of

second coxa with a row of tubercles.

Fine granulations on legs terminate abruptly at calcaneus of metatarsus.

Tarsal segments: 3-5-5-5. Distitarsus of 2nd pair of legs with 3 segments.

Palpus with four large spines on femur and two spines on patella.

Body concolorous yellow-orange with venter and tarsi somewhat lighter than

dorsum.

Male with a blunt spur on dorsal surface of palpal tarsus which is about one

third to two thirds length of terminal claw. Ventral plate of penis armed as in

figure 10, lateral notches deep and near apex.

Holotype male, allotype female and fifteen paratypes. — Under logs

and leaf litter 2.2 miles south of Giant Forest, Sequoia National

Park, Tulare County, California, 15 May 1966, K. Horn and T.

Briggs. Three specimens from moist canyon 0.5 miles southeast of

South Fork Ranger Station, Sequoia Nat. Park, Tulare Co., California,

14 May 1966, K. Horn and T. Briggs. One female under granite in

meadow 3 miles north of Lemoncove on Dry Creek Rd., Tulare Co.,

Fig. 1, Sitalcina cloughensis, dorsum; Fig. 2, Idem, lateral view of eye tuberele;

Fig. 3, S. sierra, lateral view of eye tubercle; Fig. 4, Idem, dorsum; Fig. 5, 5.

digitus, dorsum; Fig. 6, Idem, lateral view of eye tubercle; Fig. 7, 5. cloughensis,

left lateral view of right palpus; Fig. 8, S. sierra, palpal tarsus of male; FiG. 9,

S. digitus, palpal tarsus of male; Fig. 10, Idem, ventral plate of penis; Fig. 11, S.

cloughensis, ventral plate of penis; Fig. 12, S. sierra, ventral plate of penis with

internal tubules and aedeagus indicated; Fig. 13, S. digitus, lateral view of penis;

Fig. 14, S. cloughensis, lateral view of penis; Fig. 15, S. sierra, lateral view of

penis.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

California, 27 November 1965, V. Lee. Six specimens under slate rocks,

Briceburg, Mariposa Co., California, 12 November 1966, T. Briggs.

Ten paratypes deposited in the collection of the American Museum of

Natural History.

Sitalcina cloughensis Briggs and Horn, new species

(Figs. 1, 2, 7, 11 and 14)

Male. — Total body length, 1.17 mm. Cephalothorax, 0.34 mm. Width of body

at widest portion, 0.88 mm. Width of eye tubercle, 0.17 mm. Length of eye

tubercle, 0.15 mm.

III

Palpus

Trochanter

0.12 mm

0.16 mm

0.10 mm

Femur

0.44

0.61

0.42

0.68

0.28

Patella

0.17

0.25

0.17

0.20

Tibia

0.34

0.54

0.42

0.58

0.24

Metatarsus

0.41

0.54

0.51

0.74

Tarsus

0.27

0.41

0.67

0.29

0.30

Total

1.75 mm

2.47 mm

2.31 mm

2.65 mm

1.12 mm

Dorsum finely

granulate

with parallel rows of small

tubercles bordering the

five dorsal areas

and tergites. Eye tubercle

in the form of a rounded

cone, eyes

and corneal lenses absent.

Venter of first

coxa with

row of small

tubercles.

Posterior margin of second coxa with row of tubercles.

Fine granulations on legs terminate abruptly at calcaneus of metatarsus. Tarsal

segments: 3-5-5-5. Distitarsus of 2nd pair of legs with 3 segments. Palpus with

four large spines on femur and two on patella.

Body concolorous pale yellow-orange.

Male without a spur on dorsal surface of palpal tarsus. Ventral plate of penis

armed as in figure 11, without lateral notches. Aedeagus long, folded into an

S-shaped loop.

Holotype male, allotype female and four paratypes. — Ladder room of

Clough Cave, South Fork Ranger Station, Sequoia National Park,

Tulare County, California, 14 May 1966, T. Briggs, V. Lee and

K. Horn.

Ecological Notes

Sitalcina cloughensis is the second troglodytic phalangodid from

California. Though roots penetrate the limestone ehamber where it is

found it lives in total darkness. It has not been found outside of the

room where it was discovered.

Literature Cited

Briggs, T. S., and K. Hom. 1966. Five new species Phalangodidae from Cali-

fornia (Opiliones). Pan-Pac. EntomoL, 42(4): 262-269.

JANUARY 1967] HUCKETT — NEW DIPTERA FROM CALIFORNIA

New Diptera from California

(Diptera: Anthomyiidae and Muscidae)

H. C. Huckett

Riverhead, New York

Continued work on the families Anthomyiidae and Muscidae as re-

stricted to California has brought to light the presence of five additional

taxa that apparently have remained unrecorded in the literature and

which are now proposed as being new to science. Prior findings in this

connection have been recorded in the January issue for 1966 of the

Pan-Pacific Entomologist.

Hylemya (Delia) setiventris sequoiae Huckett, new subspecies

Allied to H. setiventris extensa Huckett, from which the subspecies H. setiventris

sequoiae differs in both sexes by having a robust lengthy preapical posterodorsal

bristle on hind tibia. Further, in male the parafrontals and parafacials are silvery

and cheeks whitish, legs black except hind tibiae, which are rufous, mid tarsus

with dorsal bristles on segments 1 to 4 that gradually become shorter distad yet

remain longer and coarser than bristles in parafrontal series. Female with whitish

parafacials and cheeks, fore femora and proximal two-thirds of mid and hind

femora blackish, apical region of the two latter and all tibiae fulvous. In both

specimens the thorax and abdomen are pale gray, wings clear, calyptrae whitish,

and hind femora with a few weak posteroventral bristles near middle of femur.

Length ca. 9.5 mm.

Holotjpe male and allotype female, Sequoia National Park, 2 miles

SOUTH-SOUTHWEST OF LiTTLE 5 LaKES, TuLARE CoUNTY, CALIFORNIA,

14 July 1964 (A. A. Lee, UCR) . Both types deposited in the collections

of the University of California, Riverside.

Pegomya casualis Huckett, new species

Male. — Closely related to P. flavifrons (Walker), differing essentially in

having a series of slender hairs on distal half of inner margin of processes on

sternum 5. Antennae and palpi blackish, mesonotum brown and when viewed

from behind with 4 interserial stripes, scutellum entirely brown; abdomen brown-

ish and faintly reddish in part, poorly striped. Fore femora black, mid and hind

pairs brownish to blackish in type, and paler proximad, tibiae yellowish brown.

Wings and calyptrae brownish tinged.

Eyes at narrowest part of frons separated by a distance equal to diameter of

anterior ocellus, parafacials slim for the greater part and receding; acrosticals

fine and in two narrowly separated series, prealar bristle short; abdomen de-

pressed, sides subparallel, processes of sternum 5 broadly spaced apart, with a

few stronger basal bristles and fine slender hairs on distal half of inner margin.

Fore tibia with 1 or 2 posteroventral bristles, mid tibia with 1 anterodorsal, 1

posterodorsal, 2 posterior bristles, hind femur with full series of slender antero-

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 53-56. January 1967

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

ventral and proximal series of posteroventral bristles, hind tibia with 1 or 2

anteroventral, 2 posterodorsal, and in type 2 anterodorsal bristles.

Female. — Head and thorax as in P. flavifrons, mesonotura gray and with 3

brownish stripes, abdomen reddish, sparsely dusted and with reddish median

mark, normally with dark incisures along caudal margins of terga 1 -h 2, 3 and 4.

Femora and tibiae yellowish brown, fore femora largely infuscated, mid and

hind pairs more or less so on distal half. Bristling of legs as in male, sparser

and weaker on femora, stronger on tibiae, hind tibia with 2 or 3 anterodorsal

bristles.

Holotype male, San Francisco, California, 19 March 1964, flight

trap, (P. H. Arnaud, CAS). Allotype female, San Francisco, 25 March

1964 (P. H. Arnaud, CAS) . Paratypes: Five females, same data as allo-

type. Two females, same locality as types, 6 and 7 April 1964, flight

trap, (P. H. Arnaud, CAS) . All types deposited in the collections of the

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.

Pegomya rubrivaria Huckett, new species

Closely related to P. vanduzeei Malloch, from which P. rubrivaria differs in

both sexes by having third antennal segment partly reddish. The mid and hind

femora and abdomen of male type are reddish or fulvous, the abdomen having

whitish dust and reddish dorsocentral stripe. Sternum 5 of male, as in P.

vanduzeei, has processes widely separated at base, each having a tuft of black

bristles at base and at apex. Wings are brownish tinged, calyptrae yellowish.

Length 5 mm.

Holotype male, San Bruno Mountains, San Mateo County, Cali-

fornia, 14 March 1962 (J. Powell, CIS). Allotype female, Berkeley,

Alameda County, 8 March 1948, ex larva from Rumex conglomeratus

Murr., Lot No. 18-1 (K. E. Frick, CIS). Paratypes: One female,

Berkeley, Alameda County, 8 March 1948, ex Rumex conglomeratus (K.

E. Frick, CIS) . One female, Taylor State Park. Marin County, 8 March

1949 (P. H. Arnaud, CAS). One female, San Francisco, San Francisco

County, 25 February 1926 (M. C. Van Duzee, CAS) . One female,

Adobe Creek, Stanislaus County, 26 February 1948 (R. F. Smith, CIS).

Three females, Havilah, 3,000 ft. Kern County, 28 April 1964 (C. A.

Toschi, CIS) . One female. Riverside, Riverside County, 24 February

1935 (A. L. Melander, USNM). Holotype, allotype, and paratypes

marked CIS deposited in the California Insect Survey, University of

California, Berkeley. Other paratypes deposited in the California Acad-

emy of Sciences, San Francisco and U. S. National Museum, Wash-

ington.

Pegomya sagehenensis Huckett, new species

Male. — Gray-black, parafrontals and parafacials silvery, cheeks whitish, anten-

nae black, palpi brown, haustellum polished; scutellum and postsutural region

of mesonotum brownish infuscated, the latter seen from behind with median stripe

JANUARY 1967] HUCKETT NEW DIPTERA FROM CALIFORNIA

and darker lines along planes of dorsocentral bristles; abdomen with dorsocentral

vitta, hypopygium subshining. Femora blackish or mid and hind pairs yellowish

brown and darkened on apical region, tibiae yellowish brown, infuscated or

rufous. Wings brownish tinged, calyptrae faintly so, knobs of halteres yellow.

Eyes at narrower part of frons separated by a distance about equal to diameter

of anterior ocellus, parafrontal bristles weak, profrons and cheeks narrower than

width of third antennal segment, the latter rather broadened, arista minutely

haired; first pair of acrostical bristles of holotype more widely spaced apart

than remainder of series, posthumeral bristle duplicated, prealar bristle short;

abdomen depressed, processes of sternum 5 patterned after that of P. hyoscyami

(Panzer), weakly bristled and mostly bare distad.

Fore tibia with or without 1 or 2 posteroventral bristles, mid tibia with 1

anterodorsal, 1 posterodorsal and 2 or more posterior bristles, hind femur with

full series of anteroventral and proximal series of posteroventral bristles, hind

tibia with 1 or 2 anteroventral, 3 or 4 anterodorsal and 2 or 3 posterodorsal

bristles.

Length 5.5 mm.

Holotype male, Sagehen Creek, near Hobart Mills, Nevada County, Cali-

fornia, 15 July 1964, malaise in meadow (M. E. Irwin, UCR) . Paratypes: One

male, same locality as holotype, 7 July 1964, one male, 9 July 1964, malaise in

meadow (M. E. Irwin, UCR). All types deposited in the collections of the Uni-

versity of California at Riverside.

In the above specimens, taken in a malaise trap, there is considerable variation

in color of mid and hind femora and in bristling and color of tibiae. Males taken

on the 7th and 15th have black mid and hind femora, that on the 9th yellowish

brown. Tibiae of specimens taken on the 9th and 15th are yellowish brown and

those of the male on the 7th densely infuscated and partly rufous.

Spilogona disparata Huckett, new species

Male. — Gray and with a whitish sheen, subshining, haustellum polished;

mesonotum with trace of brownish median vitta; abdomen with a pair of sub-

triangular brownish marks on terga 3 and 4, restricted to dorsum, a median

striping on tergum 5. Legs blackish. Wings faintly brownish tinged, calyptrae

whitish, knobs of halteres yellow.

Frons as wide as distance between first pair of dorsocentral bristles, and bristled

as a female, interfrontalia as wide as length of third antennal segment, profrons

nearly as long and cheeks slightly higher than width of third antennal segment;

acrostical bristles fine and weak, 3 pairs of postsutural dorsocentral bristles,

sternopleurals 1 : 2, the ventral caudal bristle being weak; abdomen subcylindrical

and conical, sternum 5 squarely but not deeply notched caudad, processes lamellate,

appressed and diverging, with sparse weak bristles.

Fore tibia without mid posteroventral bristle, mid femur with a strong spinular

prebasal bristle on ventral surface, mid tibia with 1 anterodorsal and 2 posterior

bristles, hind femur with 3 or 4 anteroventral bristles on distal half and 1 or 2

fine weak posteroventrals proximad, hind tibia with 1 anteroventral and 2 antero-

dorsal bristles, tarsi notably long and slender. Wings with vx-cu cross vein erect.

Length 4.5 mm.

Holotype male, Sagehen Creek, near Hobart Mills, Nevada

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

County, California, 15 July 1964, malaise in meadow (M. E. Irwin,

UCR) . Holotype deposited in the collections of the University of Cali-

fornia, Riverside.

The male of S. disparata may be separated from associated species

occurring in California that have a broad frons in male and 3 pairs of

postsutural dorsocentral bristles by the presence of a strong spinular

bristle on ventral surface of mid femur. In these respects the male of

S. disparata conforms to characters possessed by males of S. separata

and S. incerta occurring in Alaska and northern Canada respectively,

and from both of these it differs in general habitus, having profrons

and cheeks not as broad, abdomen more slender, subcylindrical, and

frons broader than in 5. separata, antennae shorter than in S. incerta.

Observations on Platypeza polypori Willard^

(Diptera : Platypezidae)

H. Randolph Hepburn

University of Kansas, Lawrence

The natural history of flat-footed flies (Platypezidae) in the nearc-

tic region has been carefully studied for several years as indicated by

KesseTs many papers on the group. However, much is yet to be gleaned

from their continued study. Following is an account of Platypeza poly-

pori Willard, 1914, found in a grove beside a small stream passing

through the campus of the University of California, Berkeley (specifi-

cally, immediately west of Haviland Hall), in January of 1965.

Several specimens of the host fungus, Polyporus sp., containing larvae,

were taken into the laboratory and from them the larvae were reared

to the imagoes. Observations were made both in the laboratory and in

the field. The biology of this animal, at least what little is known about

it, assumes greater interest when it is compared and contrasted with

its relatives, and the life history fragments reported here are presented

in that light.

Host selection.— Although earlier studies on platypezid host selec-

tion suggested some sort of specificity, more intensive investigations

have demonstrated a rather wide selection of hosts. That one species

may frequent several hosts and that more than one species may be taken

from the same host is readily apparent in the following records for the

1 Contribution No. 1340 from the Dept. Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas 66044.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 56-58. January 1967

JANUARY 1967] HEPBURN — OBSERVATIONS ON P. POLYPORI

genus Platypeza: Platypeza agarici from Agaricus californicus (Willard,

1914) , Agaricus arvensis, Marasimus sp., Cantharellus ciharius, Hypho-

loma appendiculatum and Armillaria mellea (Kessel, 1939, 1960) ;

Platypeza coraxa from Pluteus cervinus (Kessel, 1963) ; Platypeza

flavicornis from Agaricus campestris (Johnson, 1923), Lepiota procera.

Amanita muscara, Calvotia cyathifoj-mis, and Agaricus placomyces

(Kessel, 1958) ; Platypeza taeniata from Armillaria mellea (Johnson,

1923) ; Platypeza polypori from Polyporus versicolor (Willard, 1914).

Larval stage. — Unlike the larvae of other Platypezae {Platypeza

agarici and Platypeza flavicornis) , which feed on the gill structures of

their hosts, the larvae of Platypeza polypori burrow through the thicker,

non-fruiting structures, in the general manner of mycetophilid larvae.

A single host (approximately 100 sq. cm of area on the upper surface)

is capable of providing sustenance for 20-25 larvae of Platypeza poly-

pori.

In such species as Platypeza agarici and Platypeza fasciata, the mature

larvae move from their feeding position on the gills into the fungus,

down the stipe, with pupation occurring at the base of the fungus or in

the ground. The mature larvae of Platypeza polypori, on the other hand,

do not pupate in the ground but construct a cocoon in the host in which

pupation takes place. Since the construction of the cocoon is effected

from inside of the fungus, the details of the process are not readily

observable. However, the cocoon is composed of fungal fragments and

a water insoluble cement secreted or excreted by the larva. These

cocoons are extremely compact and firm. They are ovoid and approxi-

mately 20 mm in length. In situ, the cocoon hangs from the undersur-

face of the host, half its length extruded. The larva hangs head down-

wards in the cocoon and pupates. The imago, having completed its

ecdysis from the puparium, forces its way out of the cocoon and hangs

from the underside of the fungus until its wings are dry.

Kessel (1960) made special note of the fact that all of the larvae of

Platypeza agarici (which he reared) were of roughly the same size and

at the same stage of development, yet adult emergence occurred over a

two week period. The larvae of Platypeza polypori exihibited these same

conditions, but adult emergence ranged over a three week period both

in the laboratory and in the field.

Adult stage. — Adults (104 specimens) taken from one culture

yielded a ratio of 51% females and 49% males. Presumably, this ratio

is not significantly different from that of the field where ratios were

not recorded. Kessel found a ratio of 48% females and 52% males in

Platypeza agarici.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[voL. 43, NO. 1

As in other Platypezae, Platypeza polypori was found to be positively

phototactic in the laboratory. Oviposition was not observed at any

time. Kessel (1960) states that, in general, the flat-footed flies oviposit

in a single day.

The peculiar development of the metathoracic tarsi of female platy-

pezids exists in Platypeza polypori, and it was hoped that observations

on the fly’s behavior might shed some light on the general utility of

the structure. Kessel (1960) discussed the “snow-shoe” theory of this

peculiar modification (that the females were thus adapted to walking

on mushy-surfaced fungi) and dismissed it. This idea probably stems

from the fact that only females had been observed about the fungi, and,

in fact, writing of Platypeza agarici, Kessel (1960) states, “. . . it is

only the females which have business with the fungus as adult insects,

and that business pertains to oviposition.” Polyporus often becomes

tangibly mushy during its life cycle, and both sexes of Platypeza poly-

pori were often seen alighting on the fungus, walking about, flying off,

alighting again, and so on, both in the laboratory and in the field.

Platypeza coraxa, Platypeza hunteri, and Platypeza agarici are all

known to be inhabitants of partly shaded habitats. Platypeza polypori

is no exception. The primary activity period of Platypeza polypori (the

time during which the flies actively fly and move about) is the middle

of the afternoon. At this writing, no parasites or predators of nearctic

Platypezidae have been reported in the literature.

Acknowledgments

I would like to thank Dr. Edward Kessel, University of San Francisco,

for assistance with systematic matters, and Mr. Robert Talmadge,

formerly Director, Tulane University Library, for making his facilities

available to me.

Literature Cited

Johnson, C. W. 1923. A review of the Platypezidae of eastern North America.

Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5: 51-58.

Kessel, E. L. and B. B. Kessel. 1939. Diptera associated with fungi. Wasmann

Coll., 3: 72-92.

Kessel, E. L. 1957. Clythia flavicornis (Loew), its synonymy and distribution

(Diptera: Platypezidae). Wasmann J. Biol., 15: 305-14.

1960. The life cycle of Clythia agarici (Willard). (Diptera: Platypezidae).

Wasmann J. Biol., 18: 263-70.

1963. The host fungus and distribution of Clythia coraxa (Diptera: Platy-

pezidae). Wasmann J. Biol., 21: 79-85.

Willard, F. 1914. Two new species of Platypeza found at Stanford University.

Psyche, 21: 166-68.

JANUARY 1967] PHILIP JAPANESE AND AMERICAN TABANIDAE

The Relationship of Japanese to American Tahanidae

with Strongly Toothed Antennae

(Diptera)

Cornelius B. Philip

V. S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service,

National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases,

Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana

As indicated by Philip (1941) and others, the development of a

strong dorsobasal tooth on the plate (basal annulus) of the antennal

flagellum has a polyphyletic origin in the subfamily Tabaninae. In some

tabanine species from all zoogeographic areas, the antennal plates have

become deeply excised to form long spinelike processes and this has

influenced taxonomic studies of various students. Such is the case with

the rather rare Isshikia japonica (Bigot) and I. yajimai Murdock and

Takahasi, in Japan. A specimen of the type-species of the former from

Uminokuchi, Nagano Prefecture, collected and generously supplied by

Professor S. Shinohara of Karuizawa, Japan, has enabled comparison

with possibly related Nearctic species of Hamatahanus and Agkistroc-

erus. Dr. A. Yajima of Tokyo had previously sent me drawings and

photographs of critical characters of Isshikia. A relationship has been

suspected, particularly in view of discovery of Stonemyia yezoensis

(Schiner) in Japan, a genus heretofore known only with Nearctic dis-

tribution.

Takahasi (1962) has most recently reviewed the genus Isshikia and

described and figured the 2 species; only 2 females of each were avail-

abl to him. He also called attention to presumed Nearctic relationship

by synonymizing Hamatahanus Philip under Isshikia.

The question of possible relationship could, therefore, have additional

zoogeographic significance in comparison of Japanese and New World

tabanid faunae.

Morphologically, elements of Neotropical Catachlorops, e.g., capreolus

(Wiedemann), plagiatus (Brethes) and halteratus (Krober) ; Amphi-

chlorops, e.g., flavus (Wiedemann) ; and certain Dicladocera spp., but

particularly Chelommia hirtitihia (Bigot) , show closest casual resem-

blance to Japanese Isshikia. The frontal carinae are gradually widened

below in relatively narrow fronts without expanding abruptly into basal

callosities that are plainly separated from the eye margins, the subcalli

are generally not prominent and the plates are excised for more than

half their lengths with both branches more or less cylindrical.

The Pan-Pacific ENTOMOLOGisr 43; 59-61. January 1967

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[voL. 43, NO. 1

However, the resemblance appears to be one of convergence, since

the South American species mostly have bare basicostas and tinted, or

often strongly pictured, wings. In some, the labella are variously sclero-

tized and the eyes seldom banded. Conversely, in Isshikia the basicostas

are setose, wings clear, labella robust and fleshy, and eyes (relaxed) are

green with 3 narrow horizontal purple stripes. Except for unhanded

eyes and strong hind-tibial fringes of Neotropical C. hirtitihia, the head

characters and setose basicostas suggest congeneracy more than with

the following Nearctic species.

The North American species of Agkistrocerus Philip and Hamata-

hanus Philip are restricted mainly to the southeastern United States

and only one, H. carolinensis (Macquart) , has rarely been taken as far

west and north as Iowa and Wisconsin (Philip, 1965) , Though the

subepaulets are setose and wings likewise clear, they differ from Isshi-

kia spp. in several important respects. The fronts of the Nearctic species

are wider (indexes not over 3.5 compared to over 6 in IsshikicA) and

callosities not keel-like and barely or not separated from the eye margins.

The plates are excised for less than half their lengths and the styles are

proportionately longer, more than a third the lengths of the basal plates.

The subcalli in Agkistrocerus have lateral patches of hairs and the eyes

in life are purple with 2 green bands, which probably indicate a Neo-

tropical ancestral derivation.

The heads in Hamatabanus are characteristically more flattened with

more swollen subcalli, face and cheeks in lateral view and with more

prominent postocular (occipital) rims. The eyes are green with single,

narrow purple stripes. Close Neotropical relatives are not apparent but

neither are there similarities to Boreal elements, such as observed in

Isshikia (excluding the antennae) .

The males of both Nearctic genera have distinctly hairy eyes; the

males of the uncommon Isshikia spp. are unfortunately unknown but

could also be hairy.

Conclusion

The 2 species of Isshikia have apparently developed in Japan as a

divergent element in the Tabaninae independent of superficially related

species in the faunae of North and South America.

Literature Cited

Philip, C. B. 1941. Comments on the supra-specific categories of Nearctic

Tabanidae (Diptera). Canadian EntomoL, 73: 2-14.

^ Stone (1938) states “about 5 times” for Dicladocera scita (Walker) —H. carolinensis but none of

my 5 specimens exceeded a frontal index of 1 : 3.2.

JANUARY 1967] JAMES HERMETIA COMSTOCKI GROUP

1965. Family Tabanidae. In Stone, A., Sabrosky, C. W., Wirth, W. W., Foote,

R. H., and Coulson, J. R. (eds.) : A Catalog of the Diptera of America

North of Mexico. Agriculture Research Service, U.S.D.A., Agriculture

Handbook No. 276, Wash., D. C. Govt. Printing Office, 1965, pp. 319-

342.

Stone, A. 1938. The horseflies of the subfamily Tabanidae of the Nearctic

Region. U.S.D.A. Misc. Publ. No. 305, 171 pp.

Takahasi, H. 1962. Fauna Japonica. Tabanidae (Insecta). Biogeographical

Soc. Jap., Natl. Sci. Mus., Tokyo, 143 pp.

The Hermetia comstocki Group

(Diptera : Stratiomyidae)

Maurice T. James^

W ashington State University, Pullman

Hermetia comstocki Williston is a fairly common species in parts of

the southwestern United States. It is a remarkable mimic of the wasp

genus Polistes. Some variability in color occurs, particularly in the

males, with the usual reddish-brown overall coloration sometimes tend-

ing toward a blackish. There is, however, a Mexican form in which

this more melanic coloration is the rule and in which the femora are

also darkened. No structural differences, including the genitalic, seem

to occur, and the distributional pattern is that of a subspecies. A third

form, Hermetia flavoscutata Bigot, seems to belong to this complex but

as a very distinct species.

The group may be distinguished from other American Hermetia by

the following complex of characters. The eyes are distinctly and

thickly pilose; the face, as viewed from the side, projects downward,

cone-like, as in most American Hermetia other than H. hunteri Co-

quillett and the species of the H. aurata group; the abdomen is deep,

oval or lenticular rather than flattened in cross section; in outline, as

viewed dorsally, it is oval, broadening from a narrow but not petiolate

base to a maximum width at or before the middle of the second seg-

ment, then bending more or less angularly and gradually narrowing to

a rather acute apex; the abdomen is unicolorous except for pilose mark-

ings or a gradual transition from a paler to a darker color, never with

pale transparent or translucent spots or areas on the second segment.

^Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Pullman, Washington. Scientific paper

2866, College of Agriculture, Washington State University. Work conducted under Project 9043.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 61-64. January 1967

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

Key to the Species of the Hermetia comstocki Group

1. Po^^5^e5-like species, reddish brown to dull black in color; tibiae reddish

brown, at most middle and sometimes hind pair brownish black; a pre-

sutural median vitta on the mesonotum and posterior margins of terga

two to four golden tomentose, clearly visible without magnification 2

Shining black species with a conspieuously contrasting pale yellow scutellum;

front tibia wholly, middle and hind ones except on basal third, black;

no median mesonotal vitta or pale posterior margin of pale tomentum on

the second abdominal tergum, the pale margins of the third and fourth

terga with white and inconspicuous tomentum H. flavoscutata

2. Predominantly black, with a contrasting reddish brown scutellum; femora

largely black or at least distinctly black-banded H. comstocki mexicana

Variable in color but females largely reddish brown and males usually with

at least abdomen largely reddish brown; legs entirely reddish brown to

reddish yellow H. comstocki comstocki

Hermetia flavoscutata Bigot

Hermetia flavoscutata Bigot, 1879, Soc. Entomol. France, Ann., ser. 5, 9: 201.

This species is very distinctive in its overall black coloration and

strongly contrasting yellow scutellum, the latter being sometimes very

narrowly black at the base. There are some discrepancies with Bigot’s

description in the material I have examined, particularly in that the

face is more densely pilose and the posterior half of the wing more

infumated than the description would indicate. It seems clear, however,

that this is Bigot’s species. The intense blackness of the anterior half

of the wing, which includes the discal cell and the broad apex, contrasts

strongly enough with the posterior half that possibly in Bigot’s specimen

the latter appeared hyaline; however, in well preserved specimens, even

the “hyaline” posterior half is broadly infumated at the apex and along

the margin, although distinctly less so than the anterior half.

The configuration of the frons and its sculpturing differs markedly

from that of H. comstocki. There is a prominent ante-ocellar, low, dome-

like tubercle, sloping laterally into the broad and well-marked para-

frontal area on each side, and separated by a hollow from the promin-

ent supra-antennal callus which, in turn, is separated from the antennal

bases by a distinct flattened area. Both the ante-ocellar tubercle and

the supra-antennal callus are deeply sculptured as a result of carinulae

and furrows in each running longitudinally of the frons. The pattern of

these sculptured areas is variable. The frontal callus is divided into two

triangles, as in the H. aurata group; each parafrontal has a sculptured

area just above this callus and invading it somewhat; this sculpturing

also consists of two or three irregular carinulae. In H. comstocki, in

contrast, the supra-antennal callus is feeble and the ante-ocellar tubercle

JANUARY 1967] JAMES HERMETIA COMSTOCKI GROUP

Fig. 1. Hermetia comstocki mexicana James, male genitalia, pile omitted.

is represented merely by a convex area of undefined extent; there is no

sculpturing, but most of the frontal area, extending onto the vertex,

shows numerous, fine longitudinal striations.

The species was described from Mexico, no other data given. I have the

following records. Veracruz. — 18 miles east of Huatusca, 29 July 1961, D. H.

Janzen, 1^; Tinaja, 27 July 1956, R. and K. Dreisbach, 1$. ?Oaxaca. —

Tehuantepec (probably Tehuantepec District; see Selander and Vaurie, 1962),

Sumichrast, 1 2 . Campeche. — San Dimas, December, 1944, M. Guerra, 1 $ .

Yucatan. — no data, G. F. Gaumer, 1 $ .

Hermetia comstocki comstocki Williston

Hermetia comstocki Williston, 1885, Canad. EntomoL, 17: 125.

This is apparently a common species in the mountains of south-

eastern Arizona and southwestern New Mexico. I have numerous rec-

ords from Pinal, Graham, Pima, and Cochise Counties, Arizona, and

from Grant and Hidalgo Counties, New Mexico; there is a record also

from Sierra Ancha Mountains, Yavapai County, Arizona. It apparently

occurs through most of the year, at least from late April to mid-Septem-

ber; I have one record for January. More intensive collecting outside

this area will undoubtedly give us a better picture of its distribution,

however, in view of the two following records.

Texas. — The Basin, 5000 ft.. Big Bend National Park, Brewster Co., 14 June

1948, C. and P. Vaurie. Nuevo Leon, Mexico. — Galeana, 5-6000 ft., 3 August

1939, Ralph Haag.

Hermetia comstocki mexicana James, new subspecies

(Fig. 1)

Male and female. — On an average, smaller and more melanie than the typieal

subspeeies. The most reliable distinguishing charaeter is the color of the femora;

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

these are brown to blackish brown, sometimes entirely blackish, usually with at

least a broad subapical blackish band on each; the tibiae are brownish to

brownish yellow and distinctly darker than the yellow basitarsi. In typical H.

comstocki the legs are usually uniformly yellow or at most the basitarsi a little

paler; only in a very occasional specimen is there an approach to the H. mexicana

condition. In H. mexicana the thorax, except the contrasting reddish brown

scutellum, is almost wholly black, with golden tomentose markings as in typical

H. comstocki, and the abdomen is wholly black or at most with the apical seg-

ments tending to reddish brown; the reddish to reddish brown form that

definitely prevails in typical H. comstocki does not seem to occur in this sub-

species. Size is variable as in the typical form, with a smaller average; length,

8-20 mm, of holotype, 14 mm, of allotype, 14 mm.

All my records are from central and southern Mexico and El Salvador; typical

H. comstocki is known only from the southwestern United States and northern

Mexico.

Holotype male (Cornell University), Canyon de Lobos, Yautepec,

Morelos, Mexico, 25 May 1959, 4000 ft., H. E. Evans. Allotype female,

8 miles south of Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, 19 March 1959, 4400

ft., Evans.

Paratypes. — 4 $, same data as holotype except 13 March 1959; 3$ $,

Yautepec, Morelos, 1200 m, 26 January 1947, W. G. Downs, and 31 July 1963,

E. J. Montgomery; 1^ and 1 (sex uncertain, genitalia missing), Cuernavaca,

Morelos, May 1945, and June 1959, N. L. H. Krauss; 1 ij , 6.5 miles east of Ciudad

Maiz, San Luis Potosf, 23 July 1962, N. Marston; 1$, Patzcuaro, Michoacan,

25 March 1962, F. D. Parker, L. A. Stange; 1^, 3$ $, Petalcingo, Puebla,

2-3 April 1962, and 3 July 1963, Parker and Stange; 1^, 55 miles southeast of

Puebla, Puebla, 6600 ft., 7 June 1956, H. A. Scullen; 1^, Tequila, Jalisco,

4200 ft., 29 September 1957, H. A. Scullen; 1$, Pueblo Nuevo, Chiapas,

20 March 1953, R. C. Bechtel, E. 1. Schlinger; 15, 28 miles west of Cintalpa,

Chiapas, 3 August 1952, E. E. Gilbert, C. D. MacNeill; 1 $ , 15 miles west of Las

Cruces, Chiapas, 27 July 1952, Gilbert and MacNeill; 1 2 , El Camaron, Oaxaca,

7 August 1956, D. D. Linsdale; 12, Santa Tecla, El Salvador, 21 March 1952,

Dr. Berry, with puparium. Paratypes in the collections of the American Museum

of Natural History, the University of California at Davis and Berkeley, Cornell

University, the Kansas State University, the H. A. Scullen collection at Oregon

State University, the United States National Museum, and Washington State

University.

Literature Cited

Selander, R. B., and Patricia Vaurie. 1962. A gazetteer to accompany the

“Insecta” volumes of the “Biologia Centrali-Americana.” Amer. Mu-

seum Novitates, 2099; 1-70.

JANUARY 1967] GRANT & RENTZ REVIEW OF TANAOCERIDAE

A Biosystematic Review of the Family Tanaoceridae Including

a Comparative Study of the Proventriculus

(Orthoptera : Tanaoceridae)

Harold J. Grant, Jr.^ and David C. Rentz

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, and

University of California, Berkeley

Although specimens of the family Tanaoceridae continue to be rarely

collected, sufficient data are now available to warrant a brief review.

We have been able to locate and sample a population of Mohavacris

timherlakei and record some morphological and habitat details. The

known geographic ranges of the three species are also extended by new

records presented here. In addition, we are proposing one nomencla-

tural change, that of placing the subspecies T anaocerus koehelei albatus

in synonymy. Notes of a comparative morphological investigation of

the proventricular region of the digestive system of Tanaoceridae are

included.

Tanaocerus koebelei Bruner

(Figs. 5, 8, 9)

Tanaocerus koehelei Bruner, 1906, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Orth. II, p. 192, 9, type

locality, Pananent (in error for Panamint) Valley, California. Tinkliani, 1947,

Amer. Midi. Nat., 38: 143-145. Rehn, 1948, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,

C, pp. 3-16, figs. 1-8. Rehn and Grant, 1960, Notul. Nat., Philad., No. 334: 3.

Tanaocerus koebelei albatus Rehn, 1948, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., C, pp.

14-17, figs. 6-8, 2 , type locality. Palm Canyon, Riverside Co., California.

Rehn and Grant, 1960, Notul. Nat., Philad., No. 334: 4. New synonymy.

Material now at hand demonstrates that T. koebelei is highly variable

in color, in certain external morphological features, and degree of

surface rugosity, the chief characters used by Rehn (1948) to recognize

the subspecies albatus. T. k. albatus is here synonymized since the

variation observed in populations from two widely separated localities

supposedly in the range of a single “subspecies” overlaps that of both

“subspecies.” A series from 19 miles northeast of Mojave, Kern County,

and one from Pinyon Flats, Riverside County, California were exam-

ined. Each population sample shows a wide range of variation in the

width and excavation of the fastigial disk, shape of the pronotum, and

expression of the pronotal median carina. The surface of the head and

pronotum also varies from smooth to very rugulose in specimens from

both localities. Color also appears to be highly variable with living

^Deceased (Pan-Pac. EntomoL, 42: 158).

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 65-74. January 1967

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

specimens showing this variation more so than does pinned material

which tends to darken. The specimens from the Mojave locality vary

from light brown with considerable white to orange and brick red. Al-

most the same range of variation is seen in specimens from all other

localities where large enough samples have been taken.

The resemblance of this species to its background is very pronounced.

If one takes his eye from an immobile specimen sitting upon a soil

substrate, it becomes almost impossible to relocate it. Specimens taken

on granitic soil (found in sections of the Piny on Flats area) have “salt

and pepper” coloration to match the color of this soil type.

New distributional records. — The following records are in addi-

tion to those given by Rehn and Grant (1960) .

California. Imperial Co.: 3 mi. N. E. Winterhaven, 1 male, 1-23-1965 (J. L.

Ballard, E. R. Wright, CDA).' 13 mi. W. Winterhaven, 1 female, Feb. 1965 (C.

W. O’Brien, DCR). Inyo Co.: 12 mi. N. E. Big Pine, 2 females, VI-10-1966 (W.

C. Gagne, DCR). Westgard Pass, 1 female, VII-26-1962 (D. C. Rentz, C. D.

MacNeill, CAS). Panamint Mtns., Goler Wash, 1 female, IV-6-1955 (G. Frymire,

CAS). Kern Co.: 17 mi. S. Kelso Valley, Jawbone Cyn., 6 males, 13 females,

II- 20-1965 (D. C. Rentz, J. D. Birchim, DCR). 19 mi. N. E. Mojave, 4 females,

IV- 14-1962 (C. D. MacNeill, D. C. Rentz, R. Brown, CAS). Randsburg, 2 females,

V- 4-1960 (C. Slobodchikoff, CAS). 5 mi. N. W. Walker Pass, Onyx road, 1 female

IV-1-1960 (J. Sedlacek, CAS). Los Angeles Co.: Little Rock (Mojave Desert),

2 males, 1 female, IV-13-1949 (E. S. Ross, CAS). Riverside Co.: Palm Springs,

I male, 1 female, 1-2-1954, 11-21-1954 (P. H. Arnaud, CAS). Pinyon Flats, 4 males,

30 females, IV-18, 20-1962 (C. D. MacNeill, D. C. Rentz, M. R. Lundgren, CAS).

San Bernardino Co.: New York Mtns., Keystone Cyn., 5,400-5,800 ft. elev., 4 males,

IV- 20-1960 (J. M. and S. N. Burns, DCR). 3 mi. N. E. Cajon Pass, 2 females,

V- 1962 (H. J. Grant, R. Amen, ANSP). 16 mi. S. Baker, road to Kelso, 2 males,

II females, 11-22-1965 (D. C. Rentz, J. D. Birchim, DCR) . New York Mtns., 6 mi.

S. Ivanpah, 2 males, IV-16-1964 (R. L. Langston, CIS). Providence Mtns., Bonanza

King Mine, 1 female, IV-23-1966 (W. C. Gagne, DCR). 5 mi. N. Cima, 1 male,

IV-16-1964 (R. L. Langston, CIS). 16 mi. S. W. Cima, 1 female, IV-14-1966 (P.

Opler, DCR). San Diego Co.: Coyote Creek, Borrego State Park, 1 female juv.,

III- 24-1959 (P. H. Benson, DCR).

Tanaocerus rugosus Hebard

(Figs. 1, 2, 3, 5)

Tanaocerus rugosus Hebard, 1931, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 57: 122-123, PI. 22,

fig. 3, $ , type locality, Mesa top 54 miles southwest of El Marmol, Lower Cali-

fornia.

This species has previously only been known from the type locality.

Five additional specimens have been collected as noted below.

^Incorrectly recorded as Tanaocerus rugosus Hebard, by Buxton (1965a), corrected by Buxton

(1965b).

JANUARY 1967] GRANT & RENTZ REVIEW OF TANAOCERIDAE

Figs. 1-4. Tanaocerus rugosus, head, 1. frontal view; 2. lateral view; 3. dorsal

view; 4. dorsal aspect of male genitalia Mohavacris timberlakei. Locality data,

T. Tugosus, Baja California Norte, Valle de Trinidad, near Le Zapopita.

Mohavacris timberlakei, California, San Bernardino County, 3 miles noth east

Cajon Pass.

Mexico. Baja California Norte; Valle de Trinidad, near La Zapopita, 1 male,

2 females, IV-8-1961 (F. S. Truxel, LACM). 8 mi. N. W. El Progresso, 1 male,

1 female, IV-17-1965 (D. Q. Cavagnaro, C. E. Ross, V. L. Vesterby, CAS).

These records extended the range of the species approximately 100

miles northward.

In describing T. rugosus, Hebard stressed the “numerous nodes and

sinuous rugae” so abundantly found on the occiput, pronotum, and

abdomen of the type series. That this character is of little systematic

use is demonstrated by the Valle de Trinidad specimens reported above.

These agree in all details with the type series except in the condition

of the body surface which is quite smooth, smoother, in fact, than that

normally found in T. koehelei. The El Progresso specimens are inter-

mediate in degree of surface rugosity.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

Fig. 5. Known distribution of Tanaoceridae in America, north of Mexico. Note:

irregnlar dark areas are bodies of water.

T. koebelei and T. rugosus may be separated on the basis of head

characters. The frontal costa of T. rugosus is wide with a narrow sulca-

tion; that of T. koebelei is narrow with deep sulcation (Figs. 1, 3). In

addition, the eyes of T. rugosus are rounder than the more elliptical

eyes of T. koebelei (Figs. 1-3). Another feature which will help to dis-

JANUARY 1967] GRANT & RENTZ — REVIEW OF TANAOCERIDAE

tinguish T. rugosus from T. koebelei is the very distinctive form of the

epiphallus.

Mohavacris timberlakei Rehn

(Figs. 4, 5, 6, 7)

Mohavacris timberlakei Relin, 1948, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., C, pp. 18-

22, figs 9-11, $ , type locality. Highway 138, Mohave Desert, California,

3,600 feet elev. (probably a few miles east of Llano, near the course of Rock

Creek Wash). Rehn, 1955, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 81: 125-219, description of

allotype female. Tinkham, 1955, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 54: 158-159. Rehn

and Grant, 1960, Notul. Nat. Philad., No. 334, p. 1.

A population of this elusive species from Cajon Pass area, San Ber-

nardino County, California has been recently sampled by us. It is

nocturnal, having been collected at night on several occasions. Intensive

collecting over a several day period during daylight hours failed to

yield more than one specimen which was captured when the sky was

heavily overcast.

New records. — The following records are in addition to those given

by Rehn and Grant {I960).

California. Inyo Co. : 9 mi. W. Lone Pine, 2 second or third instar male

nymphs, IX-8-1966 (D. C. Rentz, DCR). Coso Mtns., 1 male, V-31-1940 (D.

Meadows, CIS). Bishop, 1 female, IV-12-1964 (R. Keleman, CDA). Riverside Co.:

Joshua Tree Nat’l Mon., 2 mi. W. Ryan Mt., 4,000 ft. elev., 1 male, IV-13-1966 (J.

L. Johnson, blacklight trap, CDA). San Bernardino Co.: 3 mi. N. E. Cajon

Pass, 18 males, 17 females, IV-16, 20-1962 (C. D. MacNeill, D. C. Rentz, R. Brown,

CAS, DCR); 4 males, 17 females, V-1-1962 (H. J. Grant, R. Amen, ANSP).

4 mi. N. E. Cajon Pass, 1 female, VI-12-1966 (D. C. Rentz, W. W. Middlekauff,

CIS).

Concealed male genitalia. — The capture of additional males has

permitted dissection and examination of the concealed genitalia. These

resemble the complex ones found in Tanaocerus, including an epiphallus

lacking ancorae and lophae (Fig. 4), a primative cingulum, and no

oval sclerites. Because of the complexity of the phallic organ a more

detailed study is contemplated at a later date and only the unlabelled

epiphallus is figured.

Habitat. — All the specimens we collected from the area 3-5 miles

north of Cajon Pass were found on sagebrush, Artemisia tridentata.

None was found on other plants and shrubs which were thoroughly

searched. Rehn and Grant (1961) reported that the host plant was

likely chamise, Adenostoma fasciculatum from which their specimens

were collected on Cajon Pass. No Artemisia occurs on Cajon Pass itself

and little Adenostoma is to be found 3-5 miles to the north, so it may

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

Figs. 6-9. External features of gut of Mohavacris timberlakei, (Fig. 6) same

of Tanaocerus koehelei (Fig. 8). C-crop, GC-gastric caeca. Internal features of

proventricular region of Mohavacris timberlakei (Fig. 7) and Tanaocerus

koebelei (Fig. 9). B-band of ridgelike processes, SS-setae-covered, scale-like spines

of proventriculus, LP-longitudinal plate, LR-longitudinal ridge. Locality data:

Mohavacris timberlakei, same as in other figures. Tanaocerus koebelei, California,

Kern County, 19 miles north north east Mojave.

JANUARY 1967] GRANT & RENTZ — REVIEW OF TANAOCERIDAE

be assumed that the species has several host plant relationships. How-

ever, its gray color matches almost perfectly the grayish bark of Arte-

misia.

Specimens were very difficult to locate due to their resemblance to

the background. Males were often found actively moving about but

females were, without exception, found motionless, usually with head

pointed downward.

Attempts were made in both the field and the laboratory to see if an)^

use was made by the males of the “stridulatory plate” as noted by Rehn

and Grant (1961). At no time was any movement noted which could

be linked with this structure, nor was any perceptable sound heard.

Attempts were made to study courtship behavior in the laboratory,

but none was noted. Specimens were reluctant to feed and died in a

short time.

Collection of nymphs in the fall of the year shows that the eggs hatch

at the end of summer or beginning of fall, possibly as a result of de-

creasing day length or gradual cooling of temperatures. The nymphs

here recorded from 9 miles west of Lone Pine were in the second instar.

It is interesting that the growth and development of this species and

likely of the other species in the family, takes place during the fall and

winter when temperatures and weather seem to be severe. Daytime tem-

peratures during the winter are frequently just slightly above freezing,

dropping even lower at night. No night searching has been done during

the winter to see if the nymphs are active and feeding at that time.

The two nymphs were both found on the same plant, deerbrush,

Purshia tridentata. They were actively feeding on the terminal shoots

of the plant and were detected by the waving antennae. The specimens

were found approximately one hour after dusk and the ambient temper-

ature was approximately 53° F.

Remarks. — Buxton (1965c) implies that this species does not pro-

duce sounds. While it has never been heard to stridulate, M. timber -

lakei possesses a well developed stridulatory area, and may do so under

appropriate circumstances. This same author is in error in quoting one

of us (Rentz) to the effect that ‘‘‘‘Tanaocerus, . . . will drum upon a

branch and make a knocking sound” Buxton (1965c). Tanaocerus also

possesses a functional stridulatory ridge on the third abdominal tergite.

Drumming is known to occur in the raphidophorine genus Gammaro-

tettix.

Measurements. — Table 1 lists the ranges and the means of four

characters of the Cajon Pass population.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL, 43, NO, 1

Table 1. Measurements of four characters of Mohavacris timher-

lakei Rehn. The number in parentheses following rang (R) is the num-

ber of specimens measured. Means (M) are based on original values.

All measurements are in millimeters.

Total length R (21) 10.31-12.96, M 11.61 R (20) 19.81-27.41, M 23.05

Length pronotum R (20) 1.90- 2.20, M 2.08 R (20) 2.92- 3.67, M 3.34

Length posterior femur R (21) 9.43-11.10, M 10.46 R (20) 12.34-14.05, M 13.25

Width posterior femur R (21) 1.53- 1.86, M 1.66 R (20) 2.09- 2.69, M 2.38

The Proventricular Region

An examination of the internal and external features of the proven-

tricular region of Tanaoceridae was undertaken to determine possible

relationships with other acridoid families. Rehn (1948) considered the

single known genus at that time, Tanaocerus, to be an aberrant member

of the family Eumastacidae,

Judd (1948) reviewed the proventriculi of a great many orthopteroid

insects and demonstrated that the structures in the region of the proven-

triculus held some valuable phylogenetic and systematic characters. He

later reviewed the Eumastacidae (1951) as did Slifer (1943, 1944) and

Blackith and Blackith (1966).

Because of the extreme rarity of Tanaoceridae no study of them has

been attempted until now.

Slifer (1943) discovered the unique ileal caeca in the hindgut of fe-

male Eumastacidae. In 1944 she reported on a study of some 340 species

of Orthoptera in four families, Tetrigidae, Eumastacidae, Proscopiidae,

and Acrididae, and only the Eumastacidae were found to have these

peculiar caeca. We examined a number of specimens of M. timherlakei

and T. koehelei and found no evidence of ileal caeca. The absence of

caeca further tends to indicate the lack of relationship with the eumas-

tacids as stated by Rehn (1948).

Techniques. — All specimens used in this portion of the study were

first killed in 70% alcohol. A few hours later they were slit dorsally, the

gut removed and placed in fresh 70% alcohol. In those specimens

where the proventriculus was to be examined, the alimentary canal was

removed, carefully separated from the gastric caeca and placed in 10%

potassium hydroxide solution for 6 hours to loosen the muscular coat.

The gut was then cut longitudinally with scissors, emptied of its contents,

and then mounted on a slide.

Discussion. — Judd (1948) described three basic kinds of proven-

triculi occurring in orthopteroid insects : conical, globular, and tubular.

The last type occurs in the Acrididae and has been found to also charac-

JANUARY 1967] GRANT & RENTZ REVIEW OF TANAOCERIDAE

terize the Tanaoceridae and Eumastacidae. Six gastric caeca are found

surrounding the proventriculus of Acrididae and these have both an-

terior and posterior projections. The gastric caeca are shown (Figs. 6,

8) of both tanaocerid genera. It will be noted that they both possess six

such caeca with anterior projections but lack posterior projections.

Tanaocerus KOEBELEI. — External features of the gut and gastric

caeca are shown (Fi g- 8) . The gastric caeca are straight. The internal

structure of the proventriculus is shown (Fig. 9). Six longitudinal

plates are present, extending posteriorly as tongue-like projections as

much as three times as long as the basal width. The longitudinal ridges

of the crop (Fig. 9 LR) are heavier, and more sclerotized than in

Mohavacris. The scale-like spines of the crop are blunt, larger and

heavier, closer to the longitudinal ridges of the crop, and smaller, less

sclerotized towards the anterior portion of the crop. The scale-like

spines of the crop possess few or no setae-like projections.

Mohavacris timberlakei. — External features of the gut and gastric

caeca (Fig. 6). The lateral pair of gastric caeca are decidedly curved

inward. The internal structure of the proventriculus is shown (Fig. 7).

The six projections are more flap-like than in Tanaocerus and are

broader than long. The longitudinal ridges are indistinct, not well

sclerotized. The scale-like spines are not as blunt as those in T anaocerus

or as heavily sclerotized but are more elongate, bearing many spines

extending posteriorly. A broad band of thin, horizontal ridges is found

in the median portion of the crop and are bounded anteriorly and pos-

teriorly by scale-like spines.

The Eumastacidae have been extensively reviewed by Slifer (1943,

1944), Judd (1951), and Blackith and Blackith (1966). We also

examined specimens of several genera of eumastacids from many parts

of the world and many differences were seen among the various species

studied. However, some basic patterns, as discussed below, were found

to exist in all material studied. It must be noted that the proventriculus

of this family is greatly unlike that of either the Acrididae or the Tana-

oceridae.

Eumastacids possess an asymmetrical proventricular arrangement, the

ventral surface being occupied by the ventral groove flanked by two

small patches of spines. The lateral walls are composed of two smooth

cushions, the dorsal surface being occupied by a cluster of long spines.

The oesophageal valve consists of two lateral flaps, an arrangement quite

different from that in the Acrididae and Tetrigidae where the whole

posterior end of the proventriculus is reflexed into the midgut to form

a valve.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

Conclusions. — The study of the proventricular region of the Tana-

oceridae further shows that they are quite different from either the

Acrididae or Eumastacidae. The gastric caeca project anteriorly, a

characteristic not seen in any acridids, but which occurs in tetrigids and

some eumastacids. Had the tanaocerids been found to possess ileal

caeca in the hind gut, as seen in eumastacids, a possible relationship

could have been indicated. No such structures were discovered and it

appears that the Tanaoceridae are not closely related to any other

acridoid families.

Literature Cited

Blackith, R. E. and R. M. Blackith. 1966. The anatomy and physiology of the

morabine grasshoppers. I. Digestive and reproductive systems. Aust.

Jour. Zooh, 14: 31-48, 20 figs.

Buxton, G. M. 1965a. Detection, Coop. Econ. Ins. Rept., 15 (10) : 147.

1965b. Detection, Coop. Econ. Ins. Rept., 15(28): 742.

1965c. A new locality record of Mohavacris timberlackei Rehn, at Bishop,

Inyo County, California (Orthoptera : Tanaoceridae). Pan-Pac. EntomoL,

41(2): 132.

Hebard, M. 1931. Studies in Lower California Orthoptera. Trans. Amer.

EntomoL Soc., 57 (95) : 113-127, 7 figs.

Judd, W. W. 1948. A comparative study of the proventriculus of orthopteroid

insects with reference to its use in taxonomy. Canad. Jour. Res., 26: 93-

161, 97 figs.

1951. The proventriculus of some locusts of the family Eumastacidae

(Orthoptera) with reference to its use in taxonomy. Canad. Jour.

Res., 29: 219-223, 2 figs.

Rehn, J. A. G. 1948. The locust genus Tanaocerus as found in the United States

and the description of a new related genus (Orthoptera : Acrididae) .

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 100: 1-22.

Rehn, J. A. G. and H. J. Grant, Jr. 1960. Distributional records and notes on

the family Tanaoceridae (Orthoptera : Acridoidea). Notul. Nat. Philad.,

334: 1-6, 6 figs., 1 map.

1961. A monograph of the Orthoptera of North America (North of Mexico).

Volume I. Monogr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 12: 1-257, 490 figs., 36

maps.

Slifer, E. H. 1943. The internal genitalia of female Tetrigidae, Eumastacidae

and Proscopiidae (Orthoptera). Jour. Morph., 73: 89-101.

1944. Ileal caeca in the Eumastacidae. Ann. EntomoL Soc. Amer., 37 : 441-

446.

JANUARY 1967]

BOOK REVIEWS

Radioisotopes and Ionizing Radiations in Entomology (1961-1963). Biblio-

graphical Series No. 15, 1965. International Atomic Energy Agency, Karntner

Ring 11, Vienna 1, Austria. The American distributor of IAEA publications is

National Agency for International Publications, Inc., 317 East 34th Street,

New York 16, New York. $11.00.

This 564-page bibliography is a direct continuation of Bibliographical Series

No. 9 of the IAEA which covered the period of 1950 to 1960. The present one,

covering from 1961 to 1963, is larger and contains approximately 1600 separate

references complete with abstracts (most of them in English, a few in French)

of the world literature. These cover studies of radioisotopes and ionizing radia-

tions that deal with insects as the title denotes, and in addition those few experi-

ments which have utilized mites, ticks and nematodes. Following the introduction

the book is organized into seven major sections: radioisotopes, ionizing radiations,

techniques, bibliographies and general surveys, an addendum on nematodes, tables,

and indexes.

The introductory chapter explains how to use the book most efficiently and

gives short reviews of several areas of study in which radioisotopes and/or

ionizing radiations have been useful tools. The references in the radioistope

section have been grouped under ecology, insect physiology and biochemistry,

insect labelling, developmental and genetic effects incurred through labelling, in-

sects as disease vectors, and chemical control measures. Such topics as genetic

and cellular effects, developmental effects and effects on the organism, effects

on insect populations and practical applications are arranged under ionizing

radiations. Autoradiography, dosimetry, labelling and other teehniques are

treated.

The annotated bibliography of other bibliographies, surveys, instruction manuals,

and proceedings should be helpful to most persons interested in radiation studies.

Moreover, much on dispersal of radioisotope-marked insects, radiation-induced

sterilization of insects, and radiotracer studies on insecticides has been placed in

tabular form which allows one to obtain information rapidly and effectively.

This book is amply supplied with indexes. There is a corporate author index,

personal author index (including their addresses), a good subject index, in-

secticide index, letter and number index. Despite the very complete indexing,

cross-referencing has been used extensively.

The coverage has been exceptionally good judging by the spot checking I have

done and by the extensive bibliography compiled by one of my graduate students

working in the area of gamma radiation effects on development and fertility.

The printing, page lay-out, etc. are adequate and are not disruptive to the reader.

Naturally, the seemingly inevitable printing errors are present, but are minor

and infrequent. I should think all biologists ought to have ready access to this

valuable publication and those interested in insects and/or radiation studies

should own a copy. The one disturbing fact about this book is that it was already

“two to three years old” before it was available to most of us and at least as

many more references as are included are now scattered about the world in

various libraries and laboratories. Unfortunately, no bibliography such as this

one can be current in coverage. — James H. Oliver, Jr. University of California,

Berkeley.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

Advances in Insect Population Control by the Sterile-Male Technique.

Technical Reports Series No. 44, 1965. International Atomic Energy Agency,

Karntner Ring 11, Vienna 1, Austria. G. C. LaBrecque and J. C. Keller

scientific editors. The American distributor of IAEA publications is National

Agency for International Publications, Inc., 317 East 34th St., New York 16,

New York. $2.00.

The 79 pages of this publication present the report of an international panel on

insect population control by the sterile-male technique held in Vienna during

July, 1964. It represents both new contributions and a review of previously

published work dealing with the induction of sexual sterility in insects via ir-

radiation, chemosterilants and genetic manipulations. There is review of the early

developments in the sterile-male technique and information on the history of

chemosterilization. Most of the emphasis of the book is placed on fruit flies and

tsetse flies although other insects of agricultural and medical significance are

discussed. The discussion is not limited to methods of inducing sexual sterility

and application of these data to field trials. Rearing techniques (especially mass

rearing) , dosemitry (both ionizing radiation and chemosterilants) , action of these

agents on the germ cells, competitive mating experiments and various aspects of

the behavior (laboratory and natural) and ecology of the species are also con-

sidered to varying degrees. Understandably, the practical aspects are emphasized

with enough “basic studies” included to attempt to explain the reasons for success

or failure, and hopefully to increase the odds of success in future experiments.

The contents are arranged according to subject (e.g. screw worm) which are

then separated to various subdivisions of the subject (e.g. laboratory studies)

and indicate the country where the experiments have been conducted. The sections

on genetic manipulations and adjuncts to the sterility approach describe methods

that have received less attention, but which are interesting and potentially im-

portant. For example, one form of incompatibility in mosquitoes which has great

promise, is due to cytoplasmic agents. Hybrid sterility, deleterious genes and

propagation of unfavorable genes, i.e., distortion of segregation ratios via meiotic

drive are also mentioned.

A list of major pitfalls in release programs and a list of 39 insects with which

sexual-sterility research has been initiated are included. There is also a small

section devoted to the proposed approach to the study of radiation sterilization

and chemical sterilization which seems to me to he rather obvious. Integration

of the sterile-insect-release method with other means of control is effectively

presented and enhanced by several hypothetical population models where various

control techniques are compared. A theory of dominent lethality is briefly

presented and could have profitably been enlarged upon. Finally, lists of 14

recommendations, 52 references, and the 23 professional participants in the Panel

are given. The editors did a relatively prompt and good job of presenting their

subject and I see no major weakness in the report. Certainly it is well worth the

modest purchase price. — James H. Oliver, Jr., University of California, Berkeley.

Introducing the Insect. By F. A. Urquhart, Frederick Warne & Co., Ltd., London,

X + 258 pp., illustrations by E. B. S. Logier, 1965, $7.95.

As implied by the title, this book is designed to introduce the world of insects

to the layman. An introductory chapter (ch. 1) deals with the techniques of

making and curating an insect collection. Following this is a chapter dealing

JANUARY 1967]

BOOK REVIEWS

very superficially with the anatomy and life history of insects (ch. 2) and a

chapter that briefly treats the methods of classifying and identifying insects (ch.

3). The bulk of the text (chs. 4-18) is devoted to a discussion of the char-

acteristics and habits of the more common orders and families that an amateur

insect collector is likely to encounter.

The chapter dealing with collecting insects is quite informative, as it gives

detailed instructions for making an insect net, a killing bottle, storage boxes,

and collection drawers. Also included are instructions for relaxing, papering,

spreading, labelling, and correctly pinning the various orders. In the section

dealing with labelling insects, the author advises listing the nearest post office as

the locality where the insect is found. This technique, though admirable perhaps

when maps are unavailable, lacks precision and does not take into account the

diversity of habitats that may surround a given post office. One of the blessings

of civilization is an abundance of maps for most regions of the world, and it is

almost as easy to write “4 miles west of East Grinstead” on an insect label as it

is to write “East Grinstead Post Office.”

The chapter dealing with classification and identification has a good approach

to familiarizing the layman with the use of keys. The author takes the reader

step by step through a key which separates bolts, nails, wood screws, and carpet

tacks, articles presumably more familiar to the reader than are insect orders

and families. Following this introduction to the use of a key, the author takes

the reader step by step through a key which separates grasshoppers, dragonflies,

butterflies, and house flies. Several minor errors appear in this chapter; for

example, the word “point” is omitted from a crucial couplet of the bolt-nail key

(p. 35), and the house fly is ascribed to the order Hymenoptera (p. 36) rather

than to Diptera. Another error, which is more a source of potential confusion

rather than an error per se, involves the explanation of a species. The author

likens species names to the names of individual human members of a family

(p. 33). Thus, considering a name such as Billy Jones, the family name “Jones”

is compared to the generic name and the individual name “Billy” is compared

to the specific name of insects. Such a comparison may lead a reader who is

unfamiliar with current species concepts to assume that each individual insect

is endowed with a specific name.

The chapters dealing with various orders and families of insects contain only

very generalized information concerning the characteristics and habits of the

groups in question. The reader, thus, does not have to struggle through a

plethora of details to obtain a few salient facts about each order or family. The

keys to the orders and to the common families within each order are, for the

most part, quite excellent. Diagnostic characters employed in each couplet are

easy to locate and are not couched in the technical argot of taxonomists. Beside

each definitive couplet appears an excellent line drawing of a typical member

of the family or order being separated by that couplet. The reader can, con-

sequently, identify specimens through a combined reliance on the couplets and

the illustrations.

In the preface the author states that this book . . is designed for the beginner,

whether he be ...” a layman who is interested in insects as an avocation, a

teacher who might have to supply entomological information to inquistive students,

or a student who is taking an introductory entomology course at a university.

Unfortunately, the book contains too little information to satisfy for very long

the interested layman, the educated teacher, or the sophisticated university student.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

However, the book does accomplish the goal of the author in that it provides

a starting point from which a person of any age can begin to build a firmer

foundation of entomological knowledge. On the whole, the book is quite well

written and is easy to read, an attribute often not shared by more erudite works

on the subject. — ^C. N. Slobodchikoff, University of California, Berkeley.

Monograph of Cimicidae. By Robert L. Usinger. The Thomas Say Foundation,

Volume VII. The Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Rd., College

Park, Maryland 20740. Colored frontispiece, profusely illustrated, cloth

binding, 588 pp., i-xii. September, 1966. $10.00 (plus $0.50 postage outside

North America).

This work is the result of many years of diligent work by the author and it also

upholds the high standard set by the Thomas Say Foundation publications. Four

sections have been contributed by specialists as follows: The Paragenital System

and Scent Glands, by Jacques Carayon; Reproductive Physiology, by Norman T.

Davis; Cytology and Cytogenetics, by Norihiro Ueshima; Inheritance of X Chromo-

somes, by Harlley E. McKean. The monograph has been organized into 14

chapters including an extensive bibliography and an index to genera, species,

hosts, pathogens and other key words. A most excellent full-page, colored

frontispiece of Cimex lectularius is to be found on page ii. A brief description

of the chapters follows.

Chapter 1, Introduction'. The origin, folklore, early historical records and

“linguistics” of the bedbugs. Under Linguistics are listed 57 different names

for bedbugs in almost as many languages and dialects.

Chapter 2, Ecology: The effects of temperature, humidity, and nutrition on the

cimicids, also included are topics concerning behavior, oviposition, hatching, molt-

ing, natural enemies and population density; there are 11 figures.

Chapter 3, Bites: How cimicids feed and the reaction of the host to their

feeding.

Chapter 4, Disease Transmission: The survival time is reported for 30 or-

ganisms, from Rickettsia to Wuchereria, in Cimex lectularius and C. hemipterus.

Chapter 5, Control: The historical and current means of bedbug control.

Chapter 6, Morphology: Internal and external morphology is illustrated by 17

figures; the illustrated structures are well discussed in the accompanying text.

Chapter 7, Traumatic Insemination and the Paragenital System: This most

interesting subject of extragenital copulation and fertilization is very lucidly

described in the text and well illustrated with 26 figures.

Chapter 8, Reproductive Physiology: This section is concerned with cimicid

insemination, sperm activation, sperm viability, hypergamesis, fecundity, vitel-

logenesis and seminal stimulus; 7 figures illustrate the techniques used and the

remarkable results obtained.

Chapter 9, Embryology: In this chapter of 4 pages, and 3 figures is discussed

the embryogenesis of cimicids and the transfer of symbiotes to the next genera-

tion of bugs.

Chapter 10, Cytology and Cytogenetics: Those interested in biosystematics will

find this chapter a rich source of information; the text is profusely illustrated

with 48 figures, there are also 12 tables. The results of many hybridizations are

discussed, the information concerning behavior of the chromosomes in meiosis

in normal and hybrid populations adds much to our knowledge of genetic isolating

JANUARY 1967]

SCIENTIFIC NOTES

mechanisms. The many instances of supernumerary sex chromosomes has in-

teresting implications and reveals how females of a given species may have a

higher chromosome number than males of the same species.

Chapter 11, Systematics : The distribution, host relations, phylogeny and

taxonomic characters are taken up in detail; 36 figures, and 7 tables are used

to illustrate the material presented in the text. It is unfortunate that an other-

wise excellently prepared chapter should have had Figure 15.-b, page 263, printed

upside down.

Chapter 12, Taxonomy of Adults: In this chapter of 199 pages are 74 dorso-

ventral drawings of adults. A total of 6 subfamilies, 22 genera, and 75 species

are recognized in the family Cimicidae; there are keys to each category. Each

species is described, synonomy indicated, major literature references cited, and in

the discussion section relevant information concerning the type locality, location

of the types, and comparative diagnostic characters are indicated. This chapter

alone is a monumental work.

Chapter 13, Immature Stages: This chapter of 45 pages contains 27 illustrations;

3 figures are of cimicid eggs, and 2 figures are concerned with rearing techniques;

22 of the figures are dorsal drawings of last instar nymphs. A description of the

nymphs of a representative species of each of the 22 genera accompanies each

drawing of last instar nymphs.

Chapter 14, References Cited: There are 34 pages of references to the literature

cited.

After reading this rather heavy descriptive documentary one can relax and

enjoy the very appropriate illustration on page 585. For anyone who has or may

have an interest in the Cimicidae this monograph is a must. There is no question

but that it will become a standard reference to teachers, students and re-

searchers alike. I can recommend this work without hesitation.- — Raymond E.

Ryckman, Department of Microbiology, School of Medicine, Loma Linda Univer-

sity, Loma Linda, California.

SCIENTIFIC NOTES

New Distribution Records for Telesicles cordatus Champion (Coleoptera,

Alleculidae)’^ Telesicles cordatus was described by Champion (1888, Biologia

Centrali-Americana, 4(pt. 1) :124) from a single female specimen collected in

northern Mexico. Casey (1891, Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 6:450) recorded the

species from El Paso, Texas. During the course of revising the North American

Alleculidae, the present author has had the opportunity to examine 42 spec-

imens of this species and from this material the following new distribution records

are recorded: Arizona: Chiricahua Mts., 5-6000', July-August (8) ; Globe, June

(1) ; 5 miles west of Portal, Chiricahua Mts., Southwest Research Station, June

(1) ; San Bernardino Ranch, 3750', Cochise Co., no date (5); Willcox, July (1).

California: Wasco, Kern Co., June (1). Colorado: Greeley, July (2). New

Mexico: Albuquerque, August (1) ; Fort Wingate, no date (1) ; Gallup, no date

(1) ; Double Adobe Ranch, Animas Mts., 5500', Hidalgo Co., August (1) ;

Lordsburg, June-July (10). Texas: Amarillo, June (1); Fabeus, June (1).

Utah: Delta, August (5); Duchesne Co., July (1); Kane Co., July (1). — James

D. Marshall, The College of Idaho, Caldwell, Idaho.

^ Appropriate acknowledgment of the individuals and institutions who provided me with material

for the present paper will appear in a soon to be published key to genera of Alleculidae.

80 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

A mechanism for egg dispersal in Nysius tenellus Barber (Hemiptera ;

Lygaeidae). — During the summer of 1965, plants of the weed Picris echioides

L. (Compositae) growing in a vacant lot of the city of Walnut Creek, California,

were heavily infested with Nysius tenellus adults. The latter were observed mainly

on the flower heads of the plants, especially those hearing ripe achenes. Similar

infestations by this species were observed in plants of P. echioides and Conyza

canadensis (L.) Cronq. (Compositae) in two waste areas in Pittsburg, California.

Eggs of the hug were commonly found fastened to the pappus bristles of the

fruits in a very peculiar way (Fig. 1). The eggs were laid singly or in groups of

up to six eggs stuck to several bristles in each fruit.

Fig. 1. Nysius tenellus Barber; egg laid on the pappus bristles of a Picris echi-

oides L. fruit. Length of fruit about 10 mm. Photograph by F. E, Skinner, Uni-

versity of California, Division of Biological Control, Albany, California.

This habit of oviposition may well represent a means of dispersal of the species,

since the fruits are easily blown by the wind carrying the eggs along. The

chances of survival of the emerging nymphs may be variable, depending on the

area where the fruits land and on the ability of the nymphs to find suitable food

or host plants. Nymphs emerging before the fruits are blown away usually

drop to the ground and develop there feeding mostly in the organic matter

covering the ground. — Jose L. Carrillo S., University of California, Berkeley ^

1 Present address: Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones Agricolas, Chapingo, Mexico.

JANUARY 1967] PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

C. D. MacNeill

President

W. H. Lange, Jr.

President-elect

R. W. Thorp

Secretary

P. H. Arnaud, Jr.

Treasurer

Proceedings

Three Hundredth Meeting

The 300th meeting was held, Friday, 4 March 1966 at 7:45 p.m. in the Morrison

Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San

Francisco, with President MacNeill presiding.

Members present (40) : P. H. Arnaud, Jr., G. Brady, T. S. Briggs, R. M. Brown,

R. G. Brownlee, J. S. Buckett. D. J. Burdick, L. E. Caltagirone, W. L. Chase, J. A.

Chemsak, D. G. Denning, J. G. Edwards, T. L. Erwin, G. A. Goerlick, E. E. Gris-

sell, J. Guggolz, J. F. Gustafson, K. S. Hagen, R. E. Hall, R. Hennessey, K. Horn,

R. L. Langston, C. D. MacNeill, W. W. Middlekauff, Lois O’Brien, P. A. Opler,

D. C. Rentz, E. S. Ross, T. A. Schulz, J. H. Shepard, G. 1. Stage, R. L. Tassan,

R. W. Thorp, J. W. Tilden, P. E. Turner, Jr., W. H. Tyson, M. S. Wasbauer, R. E.

Wheeler, R. H. Whitsel, R. S. Wielgus.

Visitors present (44) : P. W. Amin, L. A. and Sheila Andres^ P. W. Beard, D.

R. Brothers, Reba Burdick, J. L. Carrillo, Marcia Chambers, Patricia Chase, T. W.

Davies, Mrs. D. G. Denning, J. N. and Matred Donahue, Mr. and Mrs. J. Doyen,

LaVerne Erwin, W. C. Gagne, Dee Grissell, Greta Guggolz, C. P. Hansen, Joyce

Hennessey, A. Jung, Susanne Keenan, V. Lee, D. Meals, G. Mitler-Schwane, D.

Nail, Sandra Opler, G. E. Pilz, H. G. Real, Kathi Rentz, Dawn Robarts, Helsa

Servis, Mrs. J. H. Shepard, Kaye Stage, R. E. Stecker, A. R. Stephen, Mr. and

Mrs. H. Stobbe, M. Talley, B. Tilden, Eleanor Wheeler, B. A. Whitsel, Anita

Yamamoto.

The minutes of the meeting held 10 December 1965 were summarized.

Four new members were elected: G. Brady, R. Brown, M. Donahue and J.

Slansky.

President MacNeill called for announcements. Mr. David Rentz told of the

death of Dr. Harold J. Grant, Jr., a noted Orthopterist at the Academy of

Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, on 27 February 1966. Dr. P. H. Arnaud, Jr. an-

nounced, with deep regret, the deaths of two prominent Heteropterists — Dr. Her-

bert Ruckes, Sr. on 23 December 1965 (a 28 year member of the Society) and

Dr. Carl John Drake on 2 October 1965 (formerly a 21 year member of the

Society) .

Mr. Terry Erwin, representing the San Jose State Entomology Club, presented

an 84 cup coffee maker to the Society. The gift was gratefully accepted by Presi-

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

dent MacNeill who directed the Secretary to draft a letter of thanks and apprecia-

tion for the gift to the San Jose State Entomology Club.

Dr. Joel Gustafson presented a plea for the conduct of studies of the arthopod,

especially insect, fauna of our rapidly vanishing salt marsh habitats, by individual

members or as a Society project. Following the discussion in which several

members expressed interest in insects associated with this habitat, President

MacNeill appointed a committee to study the proposal. The committee is com-

prised of Dr. E. S. Ross, Chairman, Dr. Joel Gustafson and Dr. J. Powell.

Dr. Gustafson, Program Committee Chairman, announced that the spring outing

would be held on 21 May 1966 at Brannan Island State Park which happens to

contain a fine example of a salt marsh habitat as well as interesting sand dune

habitats.

California record of the rare spider wasp, Dipogon sericea Banks. — Dr.

Marius S. Wasrauer reported that spider wasps of the genus Dipogon are not

commonly collected in the Western States, although they are quite showy because

of the wing banding in many of the species.

As an example of how uncommonly collected some of the species are, Dipogon

sericea Banks, an unusual species because of the entirely dark wings and white

wing tips, was described by Banks in 1944 from a single female collected at Bull

Prairie, Lake County, Oregon. A collection by R. E. Rice, Grass Valley, California

on 29 June 1965 is, as far as I can determine, the second known specimen of this

species.

The boreal carabid beetle, Nebria river si Van Dyke. — Mr. R. P. Allen

reported that Nebria river si Van Dyke was described in 1925 from two males and

two females collected by its author in rocky crevices along a stream at the base of

the Mt. Lyell Glacier 13 July 1921. A paratype collected by John Lambert at the

same locality was presented to J. J. Rivers, according to data with the original

description. The holotype and allotype are in the CAS collection and no informa-

tion concerning location of the paratypes is available. This beautiful carabid is

the largest of the genus, which occurs mostly at relatively high elevations or

northern latitudes.

On 10 July 1964, while attempting to climb Mt. Lyell with my daughter Karen,

I collected two specimens of N . riversi, a male and a female, but not near together,

running on deep snowbanks at about 11,500 feet. They were identified by W. E.

Simonds on a visit to the Academy, and subsequently deposited in the collection

of the California Department of Agriculture at Sacramento.

The principal speaker of the evening was Mr. Robert Brownlee, a graduate

student at San Jose State College. His illustrated lecture was entitled “The Mon-

arch Butterfly and its Population Dynamics as Determined by a Tagging Program.”

This work was done in cooperation with the studies of Dr. F. A. Urquhart of

Canada.

A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meeting. — R. W.

Thorp, Secretary.

Three Hundred and First Meeting

The 301st meeting was held, Friday, 15 April 1966 at 7:45 p.m. in the Morrison

Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Fran-

cisco, with President MacNeill presiding.

JANUARY 1967] PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Members present (36) ; P. H. Arnaud, Jr., D. E. Bragg, T. S. Briggs, R. M.

Brown, J. S. Buckett, L. E. Catlagirone, R. L. Doutt, W. E. Ferguson, M. R.

Gardner, G. A. Gorelick, E. E. Grissell, J. F. Gustafson, K. Horn, C. Kovacic, W. H.

Lange, Jr., R. L. Langston, V. Lee, H. B. Leech, K. Lorenzen, C. D. MacNeill,

C. W. and Lois O’Brien, P. A. Opler, J. A. Powell, D. C. Rentz, E. S. Ross, T. A.

Schultz, R. D. Sharp, F. E. Skinner, R. L. Tassan, R. W. Thorp, Nancy Twomey,

D. Veirs, W. W. Wade, M. S. Wasbauer, R. S. Wielgus.

Visitors present (27) : Mr. and Mrs. G. J. Bringuel, G. B. Buckingham, Virginia

Calderwood, J. L. Carrillo, J. S. and Sharee Cope, T. W. Davies, W. C. Gagne,

R. Gardner, B. L. and Maria Huffman, A. Jung, Susanne Keenan, Rita Komsthoft,

B. Kurokaua, Pauline Lange, W. Lo, K. W. Powers, H. G. Real, G. Salt, A. R.

Stephen, H. A. Sweet, W. Thurman, A. Waldoza, D. Wing, Anita Yamamoto.

The minutes of the meeting held 4 March 1966 were summarized.

Eleven new members were elected: G. Bringuel, G. Buckingham, J. L. Carrillo,

T. W. Davies, W. Gagne, J. A. Jackman, S. Keenan, V. Lee, J. Parkinson, A.

Stephen (student membership), A. Yamamoto.

Oviposition of Adela trigrapha Zeller. — Dr. J. A. Powell exhibited a fe-

male of this moth, together with an example of Linanthus androsaceus (Benth.)

(Polemoniaceae) upon which the moth had been ovipositing when collected that

same afternoon near Alpine Lake, Marin County. Use of this host was observed

at two sites, the moths backing down into the bud clusters in order to insert the

piercing ovipositor at the base of the unopened buds. Information was requested

regarding specific sites where colonies of this species or other Adela are present

in numbers during the next few weeks.

The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. Joel Gustafson, Professor of

Biology at San Francisco State College. His illustrated lecture was entitled “Suc-

cession in the Coastal Salt Marsh, the Prerequisites of its Formation and its Pro-

duction of Food for Vertebrate and Invertebrate Life.”

Following the discussion of the talk. Dr. Doutt introduced a distinguished

visitor. Dr. George Salt, a zoologist from Kings College, Cambridge who is visiting

the Berkeley campus of the University of California this semester.

A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meeting. — R. W.

Thorp, Secretary.

Three Hundred and Second Meeting

The 302nd meeting was held, Friday, 13 May 1966 at 7:45 p.m. in the Morrison

Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San

Francisco, with President MacNeill presiding.

Members present (42) : R. M. Bohart, D. E. Bragg, T. S. Briggs, R. M. Brown,

J. S. Buckett, G. R. Buckingham, J. L. Carrillo, H. V. Daly, M. R. Gardner, E. E.

Grissell, J. Guggolz, Hilary Hacker, R. E. Hall, P. A. Harvey, K. Horn, Suzanne

Keenan, C. Kovacic, W. H. Lange, Jr., R. L. Langston, V. Lee, D. D. Linsdale,

K. Lorenzen, C. D. MacNeill, Lois O’Brien, P. A. Opler, J. A. Powell, D. C. Rentz,

E. S. Ross, Iris Savage, W. E. Simonds, F. E. Skinner, C. Slobodchikoff, G. I.

Stage, A. R. Stephen, R. L. Tassan, R. W. Thorp, J. W. Tilden, Nancy Twomey,

W. H. Tyson, M. S. Wasbauer, R. S. Wielgus, Anita Yamamoto.

Visitors present (40) : Margaret Bohart, W. R. Bower, Cathy Brumage, R.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

Chavez, J. S. and Sharee Cope, T. W. Davies, J. T. Doyen, G. W. Frankie, Priscilla

Galligo, Gail, Nancy and Peggy Grodhaus, Betty Guggolz, G. and Katliie Hanna,

A. Jung, D. H. and Beverley Kavanaugh, Jutta Kirsch, Cindy Lee Kosek, Pauline

Lange, R. Lopez, P. Lum, R. Main, D. Meals, S. Mennader, Sandra Opler, H. G.

Real, Kathi Rentz, Roberta Savage, T. N. Seeno, Susan, Jean, Roger and David

Skinner, H. A. Sweet, Kay Thorp, B. Tilden, Alyn Wielgus.

The minutes of the meeting held 15 April 1966 were summarized.

Two new members were elected: 1. Otvos and G. Queirolo.

President MacNeill announced that the annual spring picnic and field day

would he held on 21 May 1966 at Brannan Island State Recreation Area in the

northeast corner of Contra Costa County near Antioch and Rio Vista.

President MacNeill also announced that the Executive Board voted in favor

of the purchase of a slide projector by the Society. He thanked Drs. P. H.

Arnaud, Jr., and E. S. Ross who procured the new projector.

Vanessa tamearnea Eschsch. reared from larvae on Pipturus sp. — Mr.

Ronald S. Wielgus exhibited two adults of the nymphalid butterfly Vanessa

tamearnea reared from larvae and a slide, taken by Mr. Tom Davies, of one of

the larvae utilizing Pipturus sp. as the host plant. Also exhibited was a display

showing a leaf of Pipturus and illustrations of the larva and the chrysalis. The

larvae were discovered during a business trip to Honolulu, Oahu, Hawaii, 19-20

April 1966, feeding on the host plant which was found growing along Mount

Tantulus Trail ^2, at an elevation of 1800 feet. Sufficient food plant was brought

back to the mainland where the larvae completed their development. He stated

that this species of Vanessa is endemic to the Hawaiian Islands and is found

closely associated with its food plant, generally at higher elevations where the

native flora may be found. Lower elevations on Oahu have been intensively culti-

vated and the native flora displaced by introduced species.

Larval host plants in the genus Vanessa. — Mr. Glenn A. Gorelick pointed

out that the species of Pipturus fed on by larvae of V. tamearnea was P. albidus

Gray, also endemic to the Hawaiian Islands, more specifically the island of Oahu.

He then added that Pipturus was a Polynesian genus of eiglit species, natives of

Malaysia, tropical Australia and scattered islands throughout Polynesia, including

the Hawaiian Islands. A display was presented of two common California plants,

Urtica holosericea (nettle) and Malva parviflora (cheeseweed) , known to be

larval food plants of several mainland nymphalids in the genus Vanessa, and he

pointed out that Pipturus and Urtica, the latter not found on the Hawaiian

Islands, were close relatives within the nettle family, the Urticaceae.

Ovipositioii of Adela septentrionella Walsingham. — Dr. J. A. Powell

showed two color transparencies of female A. septentrionella engaged in oviposi-

ting into unopened buds of Holodiscus discolor (Pursh) (Rosaceae) , at a site in

Tilden Park, Berkeley Hills, Contra Costa County. During searching for egg sites,

the moths spend considerable time at a single flower cluster, one female so engaged

having been under surveillance for over an hour. Apparent deposition of an egg,

once the ovipositor was inserted into an appropriate spot, required about 30 to 40

seeonds. Behavior of this moth had been observed at five scattered Bay Area

localities during the preceding few weeks, in part made possible by information

provided by several members of the Society who responded to the request made at

the April meeting, and their help was acknowledged with thanks.

JANUARY 1967] PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. J. Gordon Edwards Professor of

Biology at San Jose State College. His illustrated lecture was entitled “An

Entomologist in Quintana Roo — Maya land.” Collections made during the 100

mile walk from Chemax to Tulum were placed on exhibit.

A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meetings. — R. W.

Thorp, Secretary

Three Hundred and Third Meeting

The 303rd meeting, the annual picnic and field day, was held, Saturday, 21 May

1966, at Brannan Island State Reereation Area, four miles south of Rio Vista.

Members present (10) : R. M. Brown, R. L. Langston, C. D. MacNeill, W. W.

Middlekauff, C. W. and Lois O’Brien, F. E. Skinner, Joanne Slansky, J. W. Tilden,

M. S. Wasbauer.

Visitors present (11) : R. L. Langston family, Daren, Nora and Linn MacNeill,

F. Radowski, F. E. Skinner family, J. W. Tilden family.

Facilities at the recreation area which were available to the members and

their guests included the picnic and beach areas. Insect collecting sites included

the sloughs, beach and sand dune habitats. — R. W. Thorp, Secretary.

Three Hundred and Fourth Meeting

The 304th meeting was held, Friday, 3 June 1966 at 7:45 p.m. in the Morrison

Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Fran-

cisco, with President MacNeill presiding.

Members present (36) : G. Brady, T. S. Briggs, G. J. Bringuel, R. G. Brownlee,

J. S. Buckett, D. G. Burdick, J. L. Carrillo, J. A. Chemsak, J. S. Cope, D. G.

Denning, W. E. Ferguson, K. E. Frick, M. R. Gardner, J. F. Gustafson, J. D.

Haddock, K. S. Hagen, K. Horn, C. Kovacic, J. E. Laing, W. H. Lange, Jr., V. Lee,

K. Lorenzen, C. D. MacNeill, J. W. MacSwain, A. E. Michelbacher, Lois O’Brien,

P. A. Opler, R. D. Sharp, F. E. Skinner, Joanne Slansky, E. L. Smith, R. W.

Thorp, W. H. Tyson, M. S. Wasbauer, S. P. Welles, R. W. Wielgus.

Visitors present (26) : Noreen Beimer, J. Billard, Mrs. G. J. Bringuel, Virginia

Calderwood, Teresa Carrillo, Sharee Cope, T. W. Davies, Mrs. D. G. Denning,

Stephenie Ferguson, Mr. and Mrs. G. T. Ferrell, G. Frick, R. Gardner, E. Kane,

D. Kectesy, D. Ruth Laing, Pauline Lange, Mr. and Mrs. R. F. Luck, P. Lum,

Martha Michelbacher, Mr. and Mrs. K. W. Powers (and parents), R. J. Skinner.

The minutes of the meeting held 13 May 1966 were summarized.

Six new members were elected: J. Cope, K. Powers, T. Seeno, H. G. Real,

E. Kane, and G. A. H. McClelland.

President MacNeill called for introduction of guests. Dr. J. W. MacSwain

introduced Mr. Jules Billard from Washington, D. C.

Biology of the cerambycid Canonura spectabilis (LeC.). — Mr. William

H. Tyson displayed a pair of Canonura spectabilis (LeC.) which go along with

this evening’s theme in that they show a degree of protective coloration.

Tliis species breeds in recently killed digger pine (Pinus sabiniana ) . The eggs

are laid in crevices in the bark along the main trunk, and the larvae mine the

cambium layer scoring both the bark and the wood. Previous to pupation the

larvae enter the thick bark and construct pupal chambers parallel to the surface.

Although common in nature, it is not easily collected. Best results are obtained

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

when the adults are reared from the bark. The adults are nocturnal, but only

a small percentage of the females are attracted to light. Males are not attracted

to light. It is also unique in that this species has its females with an external

ovipositor, an uncommon structure in the family Cerambycidae.

Monochamus linsleyi Dillon & Dillon reared from Pinyon pine. — Mr.

James S. Cope exhibited a specimen of this unusual cerambycid which was

reared from Pinus monophylla Torr. & Frem., on 13 May 1966. This species was

described from a unique specimen in the California Academy of Sciences. Present

knowledge indicates that these are the only two specimens known. Infested wood

containing the larva was taken at Maliogany Flat, Panamint Mts., Inyo County,

California on 6 April 1966. Larval habits are very similar to those of other mem-

bers of this genus. The depressed larva feeds between the bark and the wood.

The entire bark is loosened from the wood and this space is packed with long,

fibrous frass. The mature larva enters the wood through an oval hole, which soon

becomes circular as the larva fills it out. This chamber is constructed into the

pupal cell. It is extended from the point of entrance, making a V-shaped cell.

After pupation the adult emerges by gnawing through a thin layer of wood and

the bark. From observations made on present and past larval work, it is evident

that this species definitely prefers to oviposit on the main trunk or the larger

branches of freshly dead Pinyon pine.

Mating behavior of a millipede of the family Strongylosomidae. — Mr.

Kenneth Powers reported that on 15 May 1966, two millipedes (Strongyloso-

midae) were observed mating beneath the loose bark of a Monterey Cypress

located in San Mateo County, on Cahill Ridge, seven miles west of Crystal

Springs reservoir.

The anterior half of the male was placed beneath and forward of the female

with their ventral sides together. The remaining five to seven abdominal segments

of the male were wrapped around the female’s extended left side. The telson of

the male was placed directly over the dorsum of the female.

The intromittent organs (the gonopods) are the seventh pair of modified re-

tractable legs. The female genitalia are a pair of clamshaped plates, on either

side of the third body somite, that are hinged at one end, with the open end

serving as the gonopore.

Thus, the necessarily forward placement of the male allowed the head, collum,

and two other segments freedom to move. During the entire period of observation

the male kept his head turned upward, so that he was directly facing the

female. The only movement was a constant touching of the male’s legs on the

female’s sides, there was no body movement.

Descriptions of this, the usual mating position in all but two orders of millipedes,

appear frequently in the literature.

Although this observation extended only fifteen minutes, there are other reports

that mating may persist for several hours, and occur several times in succession.

The principal speaker for the evening was Dr. E. S. Ross of the California

Academy of Sciences. His lecture entitled “Adaptive Illusions in Insects” was

highlighted by his excellent lantern slides of insects observed in many areas of

the world.

A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meeting. — R. W.

Thorp, Secretary.

JANUARY 1967] PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Three Hundred and Fifth Meeting

The 305th meeting was held, Friday, 14 Oetober 1966 at 7:45 p.m. in the

Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,

San Francisco, with President MacNeill presiding.

Members present (42) : P. H. Arnaud, Jr., D. E. Bragg, T. S. Briggs, R. M.

Brown, J. S. Buckett, J. S. Cope, H. V. Daly, R. L. Doutt, J. G. Edwards, W. E.

Ferguson, W. C. Gagne, M. R. Gardner, G. A. Goerlick, P. A. Harvey, K. Horn,

D. H. Kistner, C. Kovacic, W. H. Lange, Jr., R. L. Langston, V. Lee, H. B. Leech,

C. D. MacNeill, A. E. Michelbacher, C. W. and Lois O’Brien, P. A. Opler, J. A.

Powell, H. G. Real, D. C. Rentz, Iris Savage, Joanne Slansky, E. L. Smith, R. D.

Spadoni, A. R. Stephen, D. J. Sullivan, R. W. Thorp, J. W. Tilden, W. J. Turner,

W. H. Tyson, M. S. Wasbauer, R. S. Wielgus, Anita Yamamoto.

Visitors present (24) : Carol Collins, Sharee Cope, G. W. Frankie, R. Gardner,

Mr. and Mrs. D. S. Horning, Jr., A. Jung, Cindy Kosek, Pauline Lange, Mr. and

Mrs. R. Love, P. Lum, Martha Michelbacher, Kathi Rentz, J. M. Rosebush, Sara

Rosenthal, B. Selder, C. E. Smith, F. E. and Anne Strong, H. A. Sweet, A. Watson,

Mr. and Mrs. T. West.

The minutes of the meeting held 3 June 1966 were summarized.

Nine new members were elected: C. L. Collins, R. Denno, W. D. Dyer, D. S.

Horning, Jr., D. H. Kavanaugh, J. Lyon, J. H. Poorbaugh, J. M. Spencer, F. E.

Strong.

President MacNeill asked for announcements. Dr. J. G. Edwards mentioned

that Dr. Ross Arnett, well known coleopterist, is now at Purdue University and

is working with the Blatchley collection there.

President MacNeill called for the introduction of guests. Dr. P. H. Arnaud, Jr.,

introduced Dr. Allan Watson, lepidopterist, from the British Museum of Natural

History.

New collecting regulations from Mexico. — Mr. David C. Rentz reported

that the Mexican government has recently imposed stringent regulations on col-

lecting activities within the country in almost all groups of animals. A translation

of the new rules follows: 1) Send application in ample time for action (two

months is not too much time to allow) signed by the Director or Dean of the

scientific institution in which you work; 2) State in full detail the research

program you wish to carry out, and the intended use of the specimens to be

collected; 3) State precisely the region (s) in which the work will be carried out,

and the number of specimens of each species you will need for your investigations;

4) Present yourself to the Delagado Forestal y de la Fauna in the state (s) where

the collections will be made, for supervision and control of your permit and

activities; 5) A communication must be sent by you to the Agencias Generales del

Ramo of the state (s) within which your itinerary will lie for your recognition

and control; 6) Restrict yourself to the activities and number of specimens allowed

in the permit, in conformity to the bioecological situation of each region; 7) Send

to the Direccion General of the Departmento de Conservacion de la Fauna Silvestre

duplicates of the specimens taken, before leaving the country; 8) Permits are

for senior researchers only, and not for students or assistants; 9) Send a report

of the observations and conclusions resulting from your studies, perferably in

the form of a scientific publication; 10) A fee of $20.00 U. S. is charged for each

permit; two small passport type photographs are needed for your credentials.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

Collectors without permits have been apprehended and dealt with severely;

some have gone to jail. Any violation by an individual would result in the black-

listing of his institution. In addition, any foreigner who wishes to use any Mexican

boat or ship except pleasure craft must have a permit from the Port Captain,

who will not issue it to a zoological collector who does not have a collecting permit

either from Fauna Silvestre or Pesca.

Literal interpretations of the rules would make work almost impossible in some

groups in which species are poorly known or cannot be identified without careful

preparation (insects). The restriction of permits to senior investigators seems

to rule out graduate students and competent amateurs. It was with this in mind

that Dr. Theodore H. Hubbell, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann

Arbor, Michigan had an interview with Dr. Hernandez Corzo, Director General

for clarification. Tire results of the interview are given below at the suggestion

of Dr. Corzo. 1) The regulations apply to all terrestrial animals, including

insects and other invertebrates. They do not apply to fishes and other aquatic

organisms, nor to plants. 2) In the case of groups in which field identification is

not practicable, the applicant should describe what he wishes to do in detail and

specify the groups he will collect, but need not state how many specimens or

what species he will collect nor send duplicates to the Department before leaving

Mexico; he must agree to send identified specimens later, as well as copies of all

publications based on the collections. 3) Graduate students may be issued

permits if they meet the other requirements and are certified by the Chairman of

a university department or Director of a museum as being bonafide students

working for the doctorate in a college or university. 4) General collecting outside

the group for which the permit was issued is forbidden. 5) The rules apply both

to Mexican citizens and to foreigners.

Inquiries and permits must be obtained from the Departmento de Conservacion

de la Fauna Silvestre, Aquiles Serdan 28, 7 Piso, Mexico 3, D. F., Mexico. Dr.

Rodolfo Hernandez Corzo is the Director General.

Gynandromorph of Prionoxystus robiniae (Peck). — Mr. William H.

Tyson, presented slides of a gynandromorphic specimen of Prionoxystus robiniae

(Peck), (Lepidoptera : Cossidae) . The specimen was later displayed after the

meeting.

Gynandromorphs are genetic aberrations which possess characteristics of both

sexes. They are apparently rare in nature and are usually only seen in the

species which express sexual dimorphism. The specimen in question has complete

external male terminalia; the internal structures were not examined.

The maritime earwig, Anisolabis maritima (Gene). — Mr. Robert L.

Langston exhibited specimens of the maritime earwig from four counties around

the San Francisco Bay: Alameda, Contra Costa, Marin and Solano. These in-

cluded mature adults (the male having the asymmetrical, strongly curved forceps) ,

plus immature or juvenile forms of various stages.

Maritime earwig, Anisolabis maritima (Gene) is found throughout the year

along the shores of San Francisco and San Pablo Bays, and also up the Carquinez

Straight. Usually it is found in rocky areas at the high-tide level. Originally it

was felt that many entomologists would be familiar with this large, black insect,

but most museums in California have very few specimens or none at all,

Pleidae, a family of small aquatic Hemiptera-Heteroptera new to west-

JANUARY 1967] PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

erii North America. — Mr. Wayne C. Gagne exhibited living speeimens of an

apparently new species of Neoplea recovered from four small eutrophic lakes

(Wiser, Green, Fountain, Fazon) on the Noosack River drainage in Whatcom

County, northwestern Washington. Adults were first recovered from Wiser Lake

in March 1966 and brought to our attention by Mr. Dennis Miller, Biology

Department, Western Washington State College. A subsequent trip was made

to the region in July 1966 by the exhibitor. Although great numbers of adults

were then recovered from Potomageton and other non-emergent aquatic vegetation

in all four lakes, only two nymphs were found, which may indicate that the eggs

are laid in the fall or winter. The species is most closely related to Neoplea

striola, the only species presently included in the genus. N. striola has not been

recorded west of the Mississippi River so the present record then represents a

considerable westward extension for the family. A laboratory colony has been

established and studies are proceeding on the biology and systematics of the

species.

An emendation for Zuma acuta Goodnight and Goodnight (Opiliones) —

Mr. Thomas S. Briggs displayed representatives of two California families of

phalangids in the suborder Laniatores. This suborder, one of the three phalangid

suborders, includes mostly tropical representatives which are generally small,

short legged and of a peculiar yellowish or reddish coloration. They are easily

distinguished from the more familiar long-legged phalangids by their paired or

compound claws on the hind legs. Three families represent this suborder in

California.

The specimens marked Zuma acuta have been described as being in the same

family as the specimens marked Sitalcina californicus. However, on examining

the tarsal claws on Zuma, a difference in family was apparent. Sitalcina belongs

in family Phalangodidae in which there are two separately articulate claws on

each hind tarsus. This family is widespread in North America and throughout the

world. Zuma, by contrast, has the three pronged, forked claws of family Triaeno-

nychidae, a family that is abundant in Australia, New Zealand and Africa but is

only found on the American Continents in the Pacific Northwest. The Zuma

population is remarkably isolated in the Santa Cruz Mountains some 400' miles

south of known records for Triaenonychidae. Sitalcina has been found throughout

temperate California.

The specimens of Zuma also possess a black pigment that resists clearing by

KOH. I have noticed this pigment in other examples of Triaenonychidae but

not in Phalangodidae. Otherwise Zuma and Sitalcina are quite similar in external

morphology.

A population of Zuma acuta was found in Empire Cave near Santa Cruz,

California. This group shows partial loss of pigmentation which might represent

a subspecific variation or may be an inherent response to continuous darkness.

Plutella porrectella (L.) in California. — Dr. J. A. Powell exhibited two

specimens of P. porrectella which had been collected in the San Bruno Mountains,

San Mateo County, at midday on 17 March 1966, by A. J. Slater and J. Powell.

This European species, which is thought to be introduced in eastern North

America, seems not to have been recorded in California previously; but a search of

collections (AMNH, CAS, CIS, USNM) revealed two additional specimens in

the California Insect Survey. One had been taken at the same site 6 April 1962,

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

by Powell, and one was taken at light by D. J. Burdick, four miles east of Mount

Hermon, Santa Cruz County, 25 July 1961. Forbes (1923, Lepid. N. Y., 1:341)

mentioned that P. porrectella is known “on the Pacific Coast,” but specimens to

document this record have not been located. Both Forbes and Putman (1942,

Canad. EntomoL, 74:223) in Ontario, record Hesperis (Cruciferae) as a host.

The San Bruno Mountains site was revisited 13 April and larvae were collected

on the only crucifer evident in the vicinity. Erysimum franciscanum Rossbach

(det. H. K. Sharsmith, U. C., Berkeley), a plant native to coastal California.

However, the moths reared all proved to be the ubiquitous Plutella maculipennis

(Curtis), about 20 adults emerging between 21 April and 5 May. Occurrence of P.

porrectella at native situations over a five year period and its apparent absence

from urban and weedy areas in the San Francisco Bay region raises the question

as to whether the species is recently introduced or is a long established resident

in native spots of coastal California. The work was conducted in connection with

a N. S. F. sponsored project (GB-4014).

The principal speaker of the evening was Mr. Edward L. Smith, a graduate

student at the University of California, Davis campus. His talk was entitled

“Bionomics of California Nematine Sawflies.” A photographic survey of the host-

plant relationships and comparative morphology of the group was presented.

A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meeting. — R. W.

Thorp, Secretary.

Three Hundred and Sixth Meeting

The 306th meeting was held, Friday, 4 November 1966 at 7:45 p.m. in the

Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,

San Francisco, with President MacNeill presiding.

Members present (45) : R. P. Allen, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., Mary Benson, E.

Bergmark, F. L. Blanc, G. Brady, T. S. Briggs, J. S. Buckett, G. R. Buckingham,

D. J. Burdick, L. E. Caltagirone, J. L. Carrillo, H. V. Daly, J. G. Edwards, W. E.

Ferguson, W. C. Gagne, G. A. Gorelick, J. F. Gustafson, R. E. Hall, T. Halstead,

K. Horn, D. H. Kistner, W. H. Lange, Jr., R. L. Langston, V. Lee, H. B. Leech,

C. D. MacNeill, C. W. and Lois O’Brien, P. A. Opler, J. A. Powell, J. E. Prine,

Iris Savage, R. F. Schoeppner, T. Seeno, R. D. Sharp, C. Slobodchikoff, D. J.

Sullivan, R. L. Tassan, R. W. Thorp, J. W. Tilden, S. P. Welles, Jr., R. H. Whitsel,

R. S. Wielgus, R. F. Wilkey.

Visitors present (24) : L. A. and Sheila Andres, Virginia Calderwood, Stephenie

Ferguson, G. W. Frankie, B. B. Gillespie, F. and J. Glennon, Mrs. T. Halstead, A.

Jung, Kathleen Kamiya, Pauline Lange, P. Lum, R. Main, D. Meals, Mary Pap-

georgian, Esther Perry, J. M. Rosebush, P. Rubbsoff, R. and Olga Sluss, F. J.

Santana, B. Tilden, S. L. Tuxen.

The minutes of the meeting held 14 October were summarized.

Four new members were elected: E. Bergmark, T. Halstead, R. Main, F. J.

Santana.

President MacNeill appointed two committees to report at the next meeting: an

auditing committee with G. 1. Stage chairman, T. L. Davies, and Lois O’Brien;

a nominating committee with J. W. MacSwain chairman, M. S. Wasbauer and

H. L. McKenzie.

JANUARY 1967] PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

President MacNeill called for introduction of guests. Dr. H. V. Daly introduced

Dr. S. L. Tuxen from Copenhagen, Denmark who is a visiting professor in residence

at the Berkeley campus for six months.

Primitive insects, extant and extinct. — Dr. S. L. Tuxen exhibited two “living

fossils” and a true fossil.

One “living fossil” was a female of Grylloblatta bifratrilecta Gurney captured

29 November at Sonora Pass by Mr. David Rentz. These insects combine features

of Blattoidea and saltatorial Orthoptera and are believed to be close to the original

stem of the orthopteroids. They live in high altitudes near the snow and can not

stand temperatures above 4 to 5°C. Thus the specimen on display was kept

constantly on ice.

The second “living fossil” was a lepismatid, Tricholepidion gertschi Wyg. taken

by Drs. MacSwain and Tuxen 30 November near the Eel River, 2 miles north of

Piercy, Mendocino County, the only known locality for these insects. They live

under the hark of dead Douglas fir. Contrary to all other Lepismatidae they have

ocelli, and in many other characters they show primitive conditions within the

Thysanura. Their closest relative is Lepidothrix found in Baltic amber which is

about 40 million years old.

The true fossil was a specimen of an order of Apterygota described in 1957

by A. G. Sharov from the lower Permian layers in Kuznetski Basin of southwest

Siberia. The order is called Monura, the species is Dasyleptus brongniarti Sharov.

It looks like a primitive Thysanura, but lacks cerci and among other primitive fea-

tures has the limits of the gnathal segments on the head. The specimen belongs to

the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen and is probably the only specimen outside

the USSR.

Food plant of Vanessa tameamea Eschscholtz. — Dr. J. W. Tilden showed

a slide of a native Hawaiian shrub of the nettle family, Pipturus albidus, called

Mamahi. This shrub is one of the food plants of the Kamehameha butterfly,

Vanessa tameamea Eschscholtz, in the Tantalus region of Oahu.

The Kauai green sphinx moth, Tino stoma smaragditis (Meessick). — -

Dr. J. W. Tilden showed a slide of the so-called “Fabulous Kauai Green Sphinx,”

Tinostoma smaragditis (Meessick), which was taken by Allan Samuelson of the

Bishop Museum, from a specimen in the museum. This specimen was taken near

Kokee Park on the north end of the Island of Kauai. Only three or four specimens

of this sphinx moth are known.

Association of Pamilia behrensii Uhler with Urtica urens L. — Dr. D. J.

Burdick reported that adults of Pamilia behrensii Uhler were taken from near

Avocado Lake, Fresno County, California. This mirid bug was found in associa-

tion with three different organisms: the valley oak (Quercus lobata Nee), the

dwarf nettle {Urtica urens L.), and an ant, Liometopum occidentalis Emery. The

behavior and coloration of the bug shows it to mimic the ant. The Pamilia is

found moving with or near the trails of the ant which had extensive nests under

the oak. The dwarf nettle, restricted to the area beneath the perimeter of the

tree, appears to have developed during the winter, as the seeds were approaching

maturity in early February and by the end of March the plants were mostly dead.

The mirid was noted on the nettle and both were collected and observed under

a dissecting scope. Two different adults were observed with their proboscis in an

immature seed, apparently feeding. However, attempts to colonize Pamilia on

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

these seeds failed. This led to the assumption that this was a means of summer

estivation or diapause since adults were not taken during April and May.

Oviposition on the Urtica was also observed with egg insertion being usually the

flat sides rather than the ridges. The oviposition was observed in the laboratory

and then the eggs were found in large numbers in the field. With the drying

of the Urtica, the eggs were prominent as small enlargements. These eggs did

not hatch and were still found in the dry broken stems scattered on the ground

in late September and no hatching had occurred through October. Of note was

the absence of rain in the fall of this year. However, Jerry Prine has a further

note wherein adults and nymphs were found on the oak in early October.

Association of Pamilia behrensii Uhler from Quercus lobata Nee. — Mr.

Jerry E. Prine reported that during October 1966, 25 adults and 5 nymphs of

Pamilia behrensii were collected from valley oak, Quercus lobata. Three nymphs

have been reared to the adult. All were collected in association with the ant,

Liometopum occidentalis Emery, with the exception of 2 adults collected 28

October on a day when the ants were scarce throughout the tree.

Adult specimens were observed feeding on the buds and leaves of the valley

oak. The nymphs were supplied with fresh branches and leaves but feeding was

not observed. The finding of developing nymphs in the absence of nettle indicates

an association with the valley oak either in addition to the nettle or as the primary

host.

Leucostoina gravipes van der Wulp from Oncopeltus fasciatus Dallas. —

Mr. Jerry E. Prine reported that specimens of Oncopeltus fasciatus Dallas were

collected from the vicinity of Auberry, California 1 October 1965 and brought to

the laboratory for rearing. Two adult tachinids were found in the colony 3

weeks later. Additional specimens were collected from Alder Springs, California

during August 1966 and brought to the laboratory. Three tachinids emerged in

October. One adult of this tachinid was collected at Alder Springs on a yellow

composite.

During dissection of Oncopeltus, a dipteran larva, 5 mm in length, was found

within the hemocoel.

This is thought to be a new host record for Leucostoma gravipes van der Wulp.

An alternate method for mounting lepidopterous larvae. — Mr. Thomas F.

Halstead presented an alternate method of preparing lepidopterous larvae, both

setate and non-setate, for class demonstrations since the heat-inflation method has

proved unsatisfactory.

The larvae are first cleaned thoroughly. The anus is slit, and the internal con-

tents squeezed out. The larva is then put on the end of a disposable pipette at-

tached by a hose to an air jet. The larva is held onto the pipette by means of

fine wire which runs back to a wooden probe. The specimen is then inflated

gently by means of the air jet and placed in 37% formalin (at the suggestion

of Dr. J. F. Gustafson) for 2-5 minutes to fix the color and to act as a preserva-

tive. Next it is washed in water, again for a few moments, and then placed in

70% and 99% isopropyl alcohol, respectively (time dependent upon size — to 15-

20 minutes). The probe is then stuck into a styrofoam box, and the pipette, with

larva, is laid so that the larva extends beyond the edge of the box. The larva is

held onto the pipette by tension on the attached wire. The air passing through the

larva dries any liquid remaining; and the larva keeps a parchment-like consistency

JANUARY 1967] PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

and good color, even when exposed continuously to direct sunlight for several

months.

Historical material. — Mr. H. B. Leech mentioned two recent additions to the

Society’s files of historical material. Dr. E. C. Zimmerman has donated another

group of pitcures of entomologists; and from Mr. A. T. McClay’s correspondence,

via Mr. R. Schuster, there are letters from F. S. Carr, A. C. Davis, Wm. T. Davis,

H. C. Fall, R. Hopping, E. C. Van Dyke and others. In one letter the late

Alonzo C. Davis apologized for forgetting to send some beetles, and remarked

that it was not surprising: he had recently driven part way home before remem-

bering that his wife had been in town with him. He rushed back, telling her merely

that he had been on an errand.

The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. Lloyd A. Andres, head of the

USD A Biological Control of Weeds Laboratory, Albany, California. His illustrated

talk was entitled “Biological Control of Weeds.”

A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meeting. — R. W.

Thorp, Secretary.

Three Hundred and Seventh Meeting

The 307th meeting was held, Friday, 9 December 1966 at 7:45 p.m. in the

Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,

San Francisco, with President MacNeill presiding.

Members present (33) : L. C. Armin, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., E. Bergmark, G. Brady,

D. E. Bragg, R. G. Brownlee, J. S. Buckett, D. J. Burdick, W. C. Gagne, D.

Giuliani, J. F. Gustafson, K. S. Hagen, R. E. Hall, D. H. Kistner, C. Kovacic,

W. H. Lange, Jr., R. L. Langston, D. D. Linsdale, C. D. MacNeill, J. W. MacSwain,

C. W. and Lois O’Brien, P. A. Opler, J. A. Powell, H. G. Real, D. C. Rentz,

Joanne Slansky, G. I. Stage, D. J. Sullivan, R. W. Thorp, J. W. Tilden, M. S.

Wasbauer, R. S. Wielgus.

Visitors present (15) : Betty Armin, J. Bellach, T. W. Davies, R. Gardner,

R. M, Hall, D. S. and Carol Horning, Mrs. D. H. Kistner, Frances Powell, Kathi

Rentz, G. Rotramer, D. Sanders, A. Slater, Kaye Stage, B. Tilden.

The minutes of the meeting held 4 November 1966 were summarized.

Four new members were elected: R. L. Adlakha, B. J. Donovan, A. Jung,

P. Lum.

President MacNeill appointed Drs. D. D. Linsdale and D. P. Furman to the

publication committee for 3 year terms to replace the two retiring members, Drs.

N. E. Gary and R. W. Stark. He also requested that Dr. J. A. Powell eontinue

to serve as chairman of the committee.

President MacNeill called for the 1966 committee reports from the chairman of

standing committees. The report of the auditing committee was then given by

Dr. G. 1. Stage; and Dr. P. H. Arnaud, Jr., read the financial report of the

Treasurer. The financial records for 1966 are in good order, and both reports were

accepted by the Society.

Dr. J. W. MacSwain, as Chairman of the Nominating Committee, presented the

names of the nominees, and the following persons were elected as Society officers

for 1967: President, W. H. Lange, Jr., President-Elect, K. S. Hagen; Secretary,

R. W. Thorp; Treasurer, P. H. Arnaud, Jr.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 1

President MacNeill turned the meeting over to the in-coming president, W. H.

Lange, Jr., who expressed the gratitude of the Society for the excellent job done

by Dr. MacNeill as president for 1966. President Lange reminisced on his early

association with entomology and the Society through his father who was an

amateur lepidopterist and member of the Society starting in 1909.

A southern record for Grylloblatta. — Mr. Vincent Lee reported that about

a month ago, several members of the San Francisco Speleological Society went

on an exploratory trip to Lilburn Cave in the Kings Canyon National Park. Lilburn

Cave is the largest cave in California, and attempts to find biota here yielded no

results. Then they explored a smaller cave. May’s Hole, which is nearby. There

two members of the Society found a female adult and a male nymph of the Gryl-

loblattidae. These specimens were found in a breakdown under rocks at the base

of a thirty foot vertical entrance. This cave is a limestone fissure cave with an

extent of about 70 feet. The floor of the breakdown is slightly moist.

The interesting fact about this find is that it is the most southerly record for

Grylloblatta to my knowledge. This area is more than 50 miles south of Lake

Dorothy, a previous Grylloblatta record mentioned in Dr. Gurney’s 1953 paper.

Also, this area falls within the range of the Pleistocene glaciation.

Field notes on the aquatic moth, Paragyractis truckeealis (Dyar) (Lepi-

doptera : Pyralidae). — Mr. Charles E. Culley exhibited transparencies from

studies of a population of Paragyractis truckeealis in Sonoma Creek at the Agua

Caliente Road Crossing, Sonoma County, California from mid June to the end of

July. The species was identified by Dr. W. H. Lange, Jr.

One act of copulation was observed. The male and female faced away from

each other, with the tips of their abdomens touching. The lighter colored one of

the pair had its wings spread and overlapped the others in such a manner that its

metallic colored spots were quite evident during the entire 8 minutes of the act.

During dusk and night many adults performed a flight pattern over the water

very similar to that of an ovipositing dragonfly. They flew horizontally about

18 inches above the water and would break this flight by dipping down and pierc-

ing the surface of the water with the posterior half of the abdomen. After each

dip they would immediately resume the horizontal position, repeating dipping

maneuver from 2 to 20 times before concluding the flight by flying up into the

streamside shrubbery.

Steelhead Trout fingerlings and water striders preyed quite heavily upon the

adults as the dipping behavior was performed.

The stream section with a fast flowing current was the only area where larval

and pupal cases were found. The most dense population was 34 cases per square

foot. No cases were found in pools 1' to 3' deep in this portion of the stream.

Larvae were found under the “typical” larval case, which has no distinct

periphery, but many were also found under “typical” pupal cases, which have a

very distinct ovate periphery. No larvae were found alive in those cases which

had been exposed to the air by the lowering water level. Two Surber Samples

taken in the most heavily populated section of the stream revealed only one

larva free of its case.

Pupal cases containing live pupae were found both exposed to the air and

submerged.

JANUARY 1967] PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Two females oviposited a mean number of 184 eggs each, when they were kept

in jars overnight.

Occurrence of Bigonicheta spinipennis (Meigen) in California (Dip-

tera : Tachinidae). — Dr. P. H. Arnaud, Jr., reported that Bigonicheta spini-

pennis (Meigen) is a European parasite of the European earwig {Forficula

auricularia Linnaeus) . B. spinipennis was first imported into the United States

in 1924, to aid in the control of this earwig. In the recently published “A Catalog

of the Diptera of America North of Mexico” this tachinid is recorded as having

become established in the United States in Washington, Oregon, and Utah, while

in Canada it is known to he established in British Columbia and Newfoundland.

Clausen (1956, U. S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull., 1139:85) reports that Bigonicheta

spinipennis (as B. setipennis (Fall.) ) was first released in California in 1934-35,

but apparently records of its establishment in this state have not been published.

A study, also unpublished, of its occurrence in the San Francisco area was made

several years ago by the Department of Biological Control, University of California,

Albany.

B. spinipennis was found in 1966 collecting in two localities in San Mateo

County. The first collection of 2$ $ , 7 $ $ , was made at La Honda, 31 July

1966 (P. H. Arnaud, Jr.) (Insect flight trap in creek bed) ; the second of 4<$ $,

at Corte Madera Creek, vie. Portola, 14 August 1966 (P. H. Arnaud, Jr.) (Hand

net collecting in creek bed) . Earlier California records are 12, 11 miles S.

Crescent City, Del Norte County, 1960 (T. Haig) ; and 2$ 2, 10 July 1961 and

42 2, July 1961, Novato, Marin County (D. C. Rentz) , the first two “At 15 watt

black light ultra violet.”

A pill beetle of the family Byrrhidae. — Mr. R. L. Langston exhibited speci-

mens of a pill beetle, family Byrrhidae. They are convex, shining black, and look

somewhat like a robust chrysomelid. The adults are nocturnal and make their

appearance after the first soaking rain. These byrrhids seem to be associated

with Bermuda-grass, Cynodon dactylon. For the past 3 years they have been

numerous on my lawn in the Berkeley Hills of El Cerrito, appearing in mid-

evening after the dew has formed. In 1965 adults were first noted in October,

with gradually decreasing numbers through January. In 1966, none were found

until 5 November (the first rain) even though the lawn was watered weekly

throughout the summer and fall.

Laboratory methods for biological studies on Monodontomerus obscu-

rus Westwood. — Dr. Bobbin W. Thorp showed transparencies illustrating pre-

mating and oviposition behavior and the chambers and gelatin capsules used in

making biological observations on Monodontomerus obscurus Westwood. The

chalcid wasp, M. obscurus, is a primary parasite of the alfalfa leaf-cutting hee.

Megachile ?rotundata (Fabr.), in western North America. It has also been re-

corded from Osmia in Europe and North America and from various Hymenoptera,

Diptera and Lepidoptera in Europe. From field observations on M. obscurus, we

know that their eggs are scattered inside the host cocoon, their larvae feed exter-

nally on the prepupal bee larvae and as many as 12 adults, predominantly females,

may emerge from one host cell. In order to find out more about their biology,

attempts were made to rear them in the laboratory. In 1965 cultures were set up

in petri dishes with naked bee larvae as hosts since cocoons had to be dissected

to insure parasite free hosts. No oviposition was obtained in these cultures.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 1

When host larvae still in their dissected cocoons were introduced the wasps ovi-

posited and were able to complete their development. However, egg deposition

could usually not be determined without dissecting the cocoon further or waiting

until the larvae had begun to develop. For more detailed observations on oviposi-

tion behavior and larval development, small gelatin capsules (number 4 size)

were substituted for cocoons in cultures set up in May 1966. The wasps were

introduced into a % pint food container with small wads of an invert sugar candy

at the bottom edges and the top was covered with the bottom of a petri dish.

Two small holes were made in the sides of the carton. One was provided with a

tube of sugar water plugged with a cigarette filter to permit a slow regulated flow.

The other served as a point of introduction or extraction of capsules or parasites.

This hole is plugged with a cork or a glass tube with cotton at either end in which

capsules can be placed to prevent superparasitism and still keep them associated

with their cultures. Initial acceptance of gelatin capsules as oviposition sites was

low and was probably enhanced by the addtion of host larvae in their cocoons

to the chamber. There has been no problem in obtaining oviposition in capsules

containing healthy hosts by subsequent generations of wasps which have emerged

from these artificial cocoons. In fact, the wasps will even oviposit in empty gelatin

capsules. This observation chamber and gelatin capsule technique has proven

a useful tool in studies of mating and oviposition behavior, larval development,

sex ratios, range of possible hosts, and competition with other parasites. It should

also prove useful in other research such as host selection.

The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. C. D. MacNeill, Snow Museum,

Oakland, and out-going President of the Society. His lecture was entitled “Thoughts

About a Way of Thinking, or Just How Tough are Butterflies.”

A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meeting. — R. W.

Thorp, Secretary.

Important Notice for Contributors

Owing to increased printing costs the normal page charge has been

raised to $13.00. This new charge will go into effect 1 April 1967. All

manuscripts received after this date will be subject to the new charge.

Authors without institutional or grant support are reminded that no

page charges will be assessed if they mark the appropriate box (society

grant desired) on the reprint order form. — Editor.

PATRONIZE

OUR

ADVERTISERS

Advertisers Index

Name Page

Colloidal Products Corp. i

American Cyanamid Company ii

Velsicol Chemical Corp. iii

Mountain Copper Company, Ltd. iv

Trojan Laboratories iv

Hercules Powder Company v

Niagara Chemical Division — Food Machinery Chemical Corp. vi

Stauffer Chemical Co. vii

United States Rubber Company viii

Insect Pins ix

D-Vac Co. ix

E. Leitz, Inc. x

Rohm & Haas Company xi

What is a spray

adjuvant ?

A substance added to a spray

formula to improve the

performance of the active

ingredient.

Your Agricultural Chemical

Distributor will be happy

to supply literature and

recommendations as to

the proper Multi- Film

Spray Adjuvant for your

specific application, or write

direct to :

Colloidal Products Corporation

100 Gate 5 Road, Sausalito, California

IfiSECT

^OHTHol

For more than half a century, Cyanamid has consistently led the

chemical industry in developing new products and application

techniques that have helped immeasurably to bolster our na-

tional farm economy. ■ Topping the list of Cyanamid ''firsts" is

Malathion LV* Concentrate, introduced commercially last year

for the control of boll weevils on cotton after two years of use

on more than 1 million treatment acres in cooperation with the

U.S.D.A.'s Agricultural Research Service. ■ Malathion LV Con-

centrate is also being used extensively to combat grasshoppers,

cereal leaf beetles, corn rootworm beetles, mosquitoes, blue-

berry maggots, flies and beet leafhoppers. ■ Watch for progress

reports of new tests conducted against many other pests with

both aerial and ground equipment. Data being processed daily

show clearly that Malathion LV Concentrate is fast making all

other methods of insect control obsolete! ■ Before using any

pesticide, stop and read the label. *Trademark

czi c yA jv A j%dr j -p

AMERICAN cyanamid COMPANY

PRINCETON, NEW JERSEY

SERVES THE WMtO li^AXCES

A BUSIIVESS OE AGRICULTURE

Ill

VELSICOL

Pesticides

Insecticides

Chlordane

Endrin

Big Daddy^^

Heptachlor

Methyl

Parathion

Parahep^^

Herbicides

Banver D

Banver M

Banvel* D

2,4-D

Velsicol® "2-1”

Velsicol®

Memmi .SEC

Ferbam

ZIram

PMA

Postmaster*

Methyl Bromide

Velsicol’s continuing research and develop-

ment program, which has produced these

major pesticides, generates a good deal of in-

formation about insect, weed, and plant dis-

ease control. We would welcome the oppor-

tunity to share this with you. May we send you

our technical and educational literature?

VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION

341 E. Ohio Street • Chicago, Illinois 60611

Velsicol

%e\sicol.

mafion about _ y,e(bicides

Q \nsecbcide fumiEanta

Q FuoE'b'des

NhW

ftOORtSS.

Mountain Products

BLUESTONE (Copper Sulphate)

Briks • Granular Crystal

Large Crystal • Hi-Sol Crystal

Small Crystal • Snow Crystal

• Powdered

Monohydrated Copper Sulphate

Basic Copper Sulphate

Copper Hydroxide

Copper Carbonate

Cuprous Oxide

Copper Pigment

Zinc Sulphate 36%-Mono

Zinc Sulphate 27%-Cubes

Zinc Oxide (Ag. Grade)

Basic Zinc Sulphate

Ferric 27 (Ferric Sulphate)

Industrial Iron Oxide

THE MOUNTAIN COPPER CO., LTD.

100 Mococo Road, Martinez, California 94553

A Service for the Field

Testing & Evaluation

Agricultural Chemicals

Under Western Conditions

Entomology

Chemistry

Floriculture

Engineering

Plant Pathology

Trojan Laboratories

Box 518

Montebello, Californio 90640

HFAtCULES

PKSTICWFS

PROTECT

HIGH YIELDS

HERCULES TOXAPHENE

(insecticide-toxicant)

Controls more than 200 harmful

insects . . . Protects cotton, lettuce

seed alfalfa, tomatoes, lima beans

and many other western crops.

HERCULES DELNAV®

(insecticide-miticide)

Controls citrus red mites and thrips

. . . Kills grape leafhoppers.

FAST ■ EFFICIENT ■ ECONOMICAL

Write for technical information and recommendations.

y HERCULES POWDER COMPANY

INCORPORATED

120 Montgomery St., San Francisco, California 94104

ADD SCIENCE, AND SERVICE, TO YOUR FARMING

We pay attention to the

little things, like:

MITE EGGS • CODLING MOTH

PEAR PSYLLA • SCALE

APHIDS • POWDERY MILDEW

PEACH TREE BORER

PEACH TWIG BORER

PEAR BLIGHT

NUTRITIONAL DEFICIENCIES

Niagara's in-the-field crop

inspection service and prompt,

on-time delivery of fresh-formu-

lated agricultural chemicals are

the keys to better quality and

improved production.

FOR BEST RESULTS,

SEE YOUR LOCAL

NIAGARA FIELD

REPRESENTATIVE

Putting Ideas to Work in

Agricultural Chemistry

MICAL DIVISION

ftice: Miclclleport, New York

• Fresno, Richmond and Riverside, California

Vll

Worms? Not a one!

Don’t worry about them

even up to harvest...

just use THURICIDE*90TS

Not a chemical, Thuri-

CIDE 90TS is- a microbial

insecticide which singles

out and destroys only the

leaf-chewing larvae of

certain lepidopterous in-

sects (caterpillars, loop-

ers and hornworms, in-

cluding imported cabbage

worm and cabbage loop-

ers). Thuricide 90TS is

harmless to just about

everything else, including

man !

Use Thuricide 90TS right up to harvest to control

worms on lettuce and many cole crops such as cabbage,

cauliflower and broccoli. It is also used on tomatoes,

potatoes and melons. It is used extensively on forest

trees and ornamentals for the control of gypsy moth,

cankerworm and linden looper.

Stop imported cabbage worms and loopers in your

cole crops the safe way — use THURICIDE 90TS ! If your

dealer doesn’t stock Thuricide 90TS, he will get it for

you. Write for your free copy of Stauffer’s new bro-

chure : “A Revolutionary Concept in Insect Control.”

Stauffer Chemical Company, Agricultural Chemical

Division, 380 Madison Avenue, NewYork,N.Y. 10017.

Tiademark of Bioferm Division.

Intei'national Mineials & Chemicals Coi'ii.

READ THE LABEL, HEED THE LABEL AND

GROW WITH STAUFFER CHEMICALS

Stauffer

<THEMICALS^

Vlll

:}^M

& f r

— «^-Vii,

Kill those cotton-pickin’ mites

with Aram ite

Plagued by mites who seem to thrive on phosphate? Get aramite®,

effective, approved miticide. Tests in the field for the past twelve

years prove aramite kills a wide variety of mites, including those who

resist phosphate, and not one has developed a resistance to aramite.

Applied as a wet spray or dust, aramite has a long residual. It kills

both nymph and adult mites on cotton, ornamentals, fruit and shade

trees. Approved for mite control of cotton, aramite is safe to use and

does not harm bees or other beneficial insects. For effective, economical

mite control, order ARAMITE from your local supplier.

UNITED STATES RUBBER COMPANY

Chemical Division

Naugatuck, Connecticut 06770

Ctiemical Division

uniRoya

U.S.RUBBER

DISTRICT OFFICES: CHICAGO — 4135 So. Pulaski Road, Chicago, III. 60632 312-254-5700

GASTONIA — 214 W. Ruby Ave., Gastonia, N. C. 28053 704-864-3411

LOS ANGELES — 5901 Telegraph Rd., L. A., Calif. 90022 213-723-9971

KARLSBAD

INSECT PINS

$4. / 1000 (10 Pkgs.)

PROMPT DELIVERY

CLAIR ARMIN

191 W PALM AVE.

LOWEST PRICES IN U.S. REEDLEY, CALIF. 93654

COMMERCIAL AND RESEARCH

ENTOMOLOGISTS

Obtain more accurate population counts

with a light-weight motor-fan unit

which sucks insects into nets

D-VAC

MOTOR-FAN VACUUM INSECT NETS

BACK-PACKS AND HAND MODELS

-also—

BENEFICIAL INSECTS

INSECTARY GROWN AND FIELD COLLECTED

T richogramma sp. and Green Lacewings

Write for Brochures

D-VAC CO.

P. O. Box 2095

RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA

For Photomicrography... Macrophotography.. .Gross Photography

The Leitz Aristophot is a universal laboratory cam-

era. It masters all laboratory photographic tasks. In

a matter of minutes, the Aristophot lets you change

from micro to macro or to gross photography. You

have the choice of 35mm, SVa" x 41 / 4 " or 4" x 5"

in both conventional or Polaroid, as well as highly

precise motion-picture and time-lapse photography.

Write for complete details and specifications. Illus-

trated brochure shows how Aristophot can be used

with your microscopes and how it integrates with

Leitz microscopes, including the famous Leitz uni-

versal research microscope. Ortholux, with its own

light sources, or Xenon and high-pressure mercury

lamps for special applications.

E. LEITZ. INC., 46B PARK AVENUE SOUTH, N E V/ YORK 16. N. Y.

Distributors of the world-famous products of

Ernst Leitz G.m b M. W etzlar, Germany— Ernst Leitz Canada Ltd.

LEICA AND LEICINA CAMERAS • LENSES • PROJECTORS • MICROSCOPES

I u I ; J . ,■ V , • ■ . ■ “" i • t , . ■

, •' ' , I' yi I ■ - . ' ■ nj

• •I

.i -

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

Information for Contributors

Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are favored, including

articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, behavior, life history, and

distribution. Excess pagination must be approved and may be charged to the author.

Papers are published in approximately the order that they are received. Immediate publi-

cation may be arranged after acceptance by paying publication costs. Papers of less than

a printed page may be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the

Editor, Howell V. Daly, Room 214 T-9, University of California, Berkeley, California

94720.

Typing . — All parts of manuscripts must be typed on bond paper with double-spacing and

ample margins. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 81/^ X H inches are not

accepted. Do not use all capitals for any purpose. Underscore only where italics are

intended in the body of the text, not in headings. Number all pages consecutively and

put author’s name at the top right-hand corner of each sheet. References to footnotes

in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes should be typed on a separate

sheet.

First page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript should include (1) the

complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author’s name or

names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if

not affiliated, (5) the shortened title (running headline) not to exceed 38 letters and

spaces when combined with the author’s last name or names, (6) the complete name

and address to which proof is to be sent.

Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should

include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated.

Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style.

References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig, 1958), should be listed

alphabetically under Literature Cited in the following format:

Essig, E. 0. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. EntomoL,

2 : 211 - 212 .

1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev.

ed. The Macmillan Co., New York. 1050 pp.

Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow the list of Biological Abstracts, 1966,

47(21): 8585-8601.

Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimuifi. Each table should be

prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and foot-

notes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively

for each table. Use only horizontal rules.

Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for the line drawings or halftones. Submit only

photographs on glossy paper and original drawings (no photographs of drawings) .

Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimensions of the printed

page (4% X 6% inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be

placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the

printed page. Drawings should be in India Ink and at least twice as large as the

printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may

be damaged in transit. Include a metric scale on the drawing or state magnification

of the printed illustration in the legend. Arrange figures to use space efficiently.

Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should

be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and

(3) whether he wishes the illustration and/or cut returned to him at his expense.

Cuts and illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed.

Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed

Explanation of Figures and placed following Literature Cited. Do not attach

legends to illustrations.

Proofs, reprints, and abstract. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order

will be sent to authors. Major changes in proof will be charged to the author. Proof

returned to the editor without the abstract will not be published.

Page charges. — All regular papers of one to ten printed pages are charged at the rate of

$13.00 per page. This is in addition to the charge for reprints and does not include the

possible charges for extra pagination or the costs for immediate publication. Private

investigators or authors without institutional or grant funds to cover this charge may

apply to the Society for a grant to cover the page charges. A mark in the appropriate

box (society grant desired) on the reprint order form will suffice as an application.

All articles are accepted for publication only on the basis of scientific merit

and without regard to the financial support of the author.

KELTHANE®to the rescue. Two-spotted mites had a Field Da^

on the untreated apple foliage shown on the left. Result: A Iona

yield of poor quality apples. On the right, where trees were prO'

tected with KELTHANE, mites were controlled and foliage remainec

green and productive . . . trees heavily laden with big, juicy applei

that brought top market dollar. KELTHANE is effective against mos

other fruit mites and remains the outstanding miticide in fruit pro-

duction throughout the world. Use KELTHANE in full coverage

sprays at the full dosage level recommended. It may be applied ir

either high or low volume sprays. Follow label directions and youi

local spray schedule. See your dealer for full details or write us today

ROHM

IHRAS

PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 191D5

Vol. 43 APRIL 1967 No. 2

THE

Pan-Pacific Entomologist

TILDEN — Carl Dudley Duncan 97

VIRKKI — Initiation and course of male meiosis in scarabaeoid beetles, with

special reference to Pleocoma and Lichnanthe 99

YOUNG — Predation in the larvae of Dytiscus marginalis Linneaus 113

McPherson — B rief descriptions of the external anatomy of the various

stages of Notonecta hoffmanni 117

TYSON — California Er gates and Tragosoma, with keys to the adult and im-

mature forms 122

CALTAGIRONE — A new Phanerotoma parasitic on Laspeyresia toreuta

(Grote) 126

O’BRIEN — Caliscelis bonellii (Latreille), a European genus of Issidae new

to the United States 130

LEECH AND SIMMONS— Roy S. Wagner 134

KENNETT — An undescribed species of Phytoseius from California 137

MENKE — A new South American species of Bothynostethus 140

MENKE — Odontosphex Arnold, a genus of the Philanthinae, with a key to

the tribes and genera of th(^ subfamily 141

SPILMAN — A new North American ulomine genus and species, Doliodesmus

chariest : 149

BOHART — New genera of Gorytini 155

SLOBODSCHIKOFF — Bionomics of Grotea calijornica Cresson, with a de-

scription of the larva and pupa 161

LINSLEY— A new genus of Cerambycidae near Pleuromenus Bates 168

DALY — James G. T. Chillcott 171

SCIENTIFIC NOTE 172

BOOK REVIEWS 173

ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 176

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 139

SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1967

Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

H. V. Daly, Editor

E. G. Linsley R. W. Thorp, Asst. Editor E. S. Ross

P. D. Hurd, Jr. G. L. Rotramel, Editorial Assistant H. B. Leech

P. H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer W. H. Lange, Jr., Advertising

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-

ings appearing in the January number. All communications regarding nonreceipt of

numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be

addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sci-

ences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.

Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be

addressed to the Secretary, Dr. Bobbin W. Thorp, Department of Entomology, Uni-

versity of California, Davis, California 95616

The annual dues, paid in advance, are $5.00 for regular members of the Society

or $6.00 for subscriptions only. Single copies are $1.50 each or $6.00 a volume.

Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific Entomologist.

The Pacific Coast Entomological Society

Officers for 1967

W. H. Lange, Jr., President Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer

K. S. Hagen, President-elect Bobbin W. Thorp, Secretary

Statement of Ownership

Title of Publication: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist

Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October)

Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher, Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast

Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California

94118.

Editor: Dr. Howell V. Daly, Room 214 T-9, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720

Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: none.

This issue mailed 14 July 1967.

Second Class Postage Paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A.

ALLEN PRESS, INC. LAWRENCE, KANSAS

U. S.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist

VoL. 43

April 1967

No. 2

darl ©udleg Buncan

2 November 1895-21 December 1966

Carl D. Duncan, entomologist, teacher, educator and cherished friend

of a host of colleagues and students, died in San Jose on 21 December

1966. Dr. Duncan was born in Fresno, California, spent a part of his

boyhood in Texas, and returned to California where he spent the re-

mainder of his life.

Dr. Duncan received his Bachelor of Arts in 1923, his Master’s

Degree in 1928, and the Doctor of Philosophy degree in 1931, all from

Stanford University. During most of his life he retained a post office

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 97-99, April 1967

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43, NO. 2

box at Stanford as his mailing address. “Dune,” as he was affectionately

known, came to teach at San Jose State College while still an under-

graduate. When the first Department of Natural Sciences was estab-

lished, he was one of the original faculty. He set up the curriculum in

both Entomology and Botany. He was successively Instructor, Professor

of Entomology and Botany, Chairman of Biological Sciences, and Head

of Natural Sciences. When he retired in 1965, he had served for forty-

three years, the longest service record of any individual in the history

of San Jose State College.

Dr. Duncan was associated with the Pacific Coast Entomological

Society for most of his professional life. He was elected an honorary

member in 1965. He served on numerous committees, was more than

once the featured speaker, and served as an officer. He was President

of the Society in 1937—38 and again in 1947. He was also a long time

member of the Entomological Society of America.

The published works of Dr. Dunean are in several fields. He made

significant contributions to education as well as to entomology. In

1939 he wrote the monograph, “A Contribution to the Biology of the

North American Vespine Wasps,” University of Stanford Press. He

was, with the late Dr. Gayle Piekwell, the author of a eollege text in

entomology, “The World of Insects,” McGraw-Hill Book Co. He also

served on committees on education and text books at both the college

and state levels.

He was married in 1925 to Neva Williams. They had no children

of their own, and the students became their family. Each year, for

many years, students and later the children of students, returned to

the Duncan’s home for steak barbecues that became legendary. To-

gether the Duncans had a long association with the Las Lomitas School

in Atherton. Both Dune and Neva were exceptional folk daneers, and

for many years gave free evening classes in folk daneing. Dr. Duncan

outlived his wife, who died in 1962. After her death Dune gave up

his home in Menlo Park and moved to an apartment in San Jose to

be closer to his work and friends.

Dr. Duncan is survived by two sisters, a brother, and several other

family members.

The most lasting monument to Dr. Duncan will be his numerous

students. Among the entomologists and biologists, teachers and school

administrators of California are many who received their first enthu-

siastic introduction to entomology and botany from Dune. There are

still more who, though they did not go on to professional fields, affee-

tionately remember the inspiration and tireless guidance of the little

April 1967]

VIRKKI MALE MEIOSIS IN BEETLES

gray-haired professor who was known to all as “Dune.” — J. W. Tilden,

San Jose State College, San Jose, California.

THE CARL AND NEVA DUNCAN MEMORIAL EUND

A scholarship fund in memory of the late Dr. Carl Duncan and his

wife, Neva Duncan, has been established at San Jose State College. The

purpose of this fund is to award a yearly scholarship to an outstanding

and deserving student in Biological Sciences. Members of the Pacific

Coast Entomological Society, and other friends of Dr. and Mrs. Duncan

who wish to remember him in a tangible way may do so by contributing

to this fund. Donations are deductible for tax purposes.

The address is: Dr. J. W. Tilden, Chairman of the committee for the Carl and

Neva Memorial Fund, San Jose State College Corporation, San Jose State College,

San Jose, California 95114.

Initiation and Course of Male Meiosis in Scarabaeoid Beetles,

with Special Reference to Pleocoma and Lichnanthe

(Coleoptera ; Scarabaeoidea)

Niilo Virkki

Agricultural Experiment Station, University of Puerto Rico, Rio Piedras

A cytologist studying insect chromosomes sometimes encounters great

difficulties in trying to find the meiotic divisions of the male. He soon

realizes that there are notable differences in the timing of spermato-

genesis between different insects. Lepidoptera presumably have the

earliest spermatogenesis: it is predominantly a larval event (Virkki

1963, Suomalainen 1964) , although it may continue until the adult

stage in Rhopalocera (Maeki and Remington 1960). Coleoptera, the

main subjects of my own studies, usually show the peak of meiotic

activity in young adults. This is, of course, a very general statement

since exceptions occur in all families.

A good example of the difficulties encountered in such a study is

given by our experience with scarabs of the genera Pleocoma and

Lichnanthe. Dr. Paul 0. Ritcher,^ who some years ago became in-

terested in the chromosomes of these species, sent me fixed material

of them over a period of 5 years. Attempts to encounter meiosis prac-

tically failed: only in one pupa of Pleocoma crinita Linsley were

meiotic stages seen, but not in sufficient quantity for study.

^ Head, Department of Entomology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon. The present study

is a contribution to Dr. Ritcher’s NSF Grant No. GB-3586.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 99-112, April 1967

100

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43, NO. 2

These adverse experiences convinced us of the necessity of studying

these genera in Oregon where the material is readily available and can

be collected and handled by entomologists acquainted with the group.

This plan materialized when my trip and one month’s stay in July-

August, 1965, in Oregon were made possible by Dr. Ritcher’s National

Science Foundation grant. Unfortunately, both genera could not be

studied simultaneously from living material, because they pupate at

different times of the year. Lichnanthe had to be checked from fixed

specimens preserved earlier in the year.

This time material of known age was used for study. Only the

Pleocoma studies were a success; for Lichnanthe rathvoni Leconte

we had only pupae less than 9 days old. Later, meiosis of Lichnanthe

was encountered in another fixed sample sent me by mail.

Pleocoma and Lichnanthe are the main subjects of the present study.

For comparison related observations are made on other scarabaeoid

beetles studied for chromosomes in Oregon (Virkki 1966 & 1967),

especially Trox of known age furnished by Mr. Charles W. Baker.^

Also, earlier observations made by me in connection with other chromo-

some studies in scarabs are taken into account, as well as unpublished

data on about 80 species of Neotropical scarabs.

Material and Methods

Pleocoma crinita Linsley was studied in most detail. Over 40 pre-

pupae and pupae of this species were dug from apple and pear orchards

near Hood River, Oregon. Two pupae of Pleocoma minor Linsley, the

other Hood River Valley species, were also obtained. Observations

were made on two pupae of Pleocoma dubitalis Davis, from McDonald

Forest (near Corvallis) and on one pupa of Pleocoma simi Leach, from

Spencer Butte Park south of Eugene, Oregon.

Age determination of the P. crinita pupae is based on specimens

found as prepupae. These were brought to the laboratory in metal

salve boxes partially filled with earth and kept in conditions simulating

their natural environment (in a temperature cabinet at 15° C). They

were examined daily and the date recorded when each pupated. Speci-

mens encountered as pupae were kept in the same way. Their age was

roughly determined by comparing their eye pigmentation with that of

the age-determined series of P. crinita pupae.

The testes of Pleocoma pupae are located dorsally, in the fourth to

^ Formerl}' Research Assistant, Department of Entomology, Oregon State University, Corvallis,

Oregon. Now Instructor in Biology, California Polytechnic Institute, San Luis Obispo, California.

April 1967]

VIRKKI MALE MEIOSIS IN BEETLES

101

fifth segments, just below the pupal integument. If the integument is

opened, the testis follicles are seen as water-grey globules against the

more opaque, structureless contents of the abdomen.

Several Pleocoma crinita pupae, and one of P. minor, were opened

with flame-sterilized instruments, and meiosis checked from one follicle.

The wound was then covered with a flame-sterilized coverslip, and the

pupae kept in their salve boxes at 15° C, where they survived about

ten days. One follicle was excised daily for study. Meiosis proceeded

very little during this time. The wound remained free of microbes,

but was attacked by ectoparasitic mites. Because eye pigmentation

proved to be a reliable sign for following the process of Pleocoma

meiosis, the operation method was abandoned.

For making meiosis preparations, Pleocoma pupae were pinned on

a cork board with the ventral side down, the dorsal abdominal integu-

ment opened, and Kahle-Smith fixative (6 parts formalin, 15 parts

95% alcohol, and 2 parts glacial acetic acid) dropped into the wound

for one to two minutes. Next, the testes were transferred to acetocar-

mine for about one hour. The process of meiosis was checked in the

follicles by counting the number of spermatocysts found in the first

prometaphase and metaphase. These phases were chosen because they

are well definable and short in duration. Because they are not easily

delimited from one another, especially with lower magnification, they

were both counted. Each of the follicles was squashed slightly, with-

out rupturing the cysts, on an albuminized slide. After counting the

PM I and M I cysts, the same preparation was squashed heavily for

chromosome studies.

Some pupae of the Pleocoma samples, and all of the Lichnanthe,

were studied from prepupal or pupal stages fixed in aceto-alcohol

(3:1). Because the fixed testes are opaque like the surrounding pupal

contents, it is difficult to find them, especially in Lichnanthe. In Pleo-

coma, some color difference forms between testes and the surrounding

body contents, if stained with acetic stains or Feulgen. For this, the

abdomen is cut away from the body and its posterior tip removed.

The abdomen is then stained in toto, and thereafter teased in 45%

acetic acid on a watchglass under a stereomicroscope, to find the testes.

With Lichnanthe, the same was done, but without staining, because

there was no differential staining of the testes. It is also best to tease

the abdomen in water rather than in acetic acid, which soon destroys

the delicate testis follicles of Lichnanthe. Strangely, the testes of the

Lichnanthe rathvoni prepupa and pupa are located closer to the ventral

than to the dorsal surface of the abdomen. These difficulties notably

Table 1. Course of Spermatogenesis in Pleocoma crinita Linsley

102

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[voL. 43, NO. 2

o o

i-H

O i-H

1—1

00 NO

1— 1 rf

I-H CM

1— 1 I-H

O NO

r-H

00 NO

r-H

1-H

i-H CM

1 — 1

NO NO

i-H fC

O CM

1— i

es 36

• rH

CO fV

CO ^

H-H

O •rH

I-H

S -

• ^

® d

■ CD

o -

S .s

o r- 1 -H

0^--^COuO\OfOLO

VO On CSI CSI I — ^ lO

VOr^Or-HCOO'C'llTO

OvDI-OlOONi — ^0\0

f^COir<|COCOr-HC^r— I

r-voONVor-iO'^'vo

i-HtNlTOf-'OirOONTf

(TO i-H C\1 i-H I— H CS] CSl

COLOONt'-VOi-Hi-Ht^

voLOvoTjfr-'^Lrjvo

i-H i-H C<l M (M

^ i“H On i-h cnj on f — h

1—1 I — i rH I — I CN|

• rH

C+H

l=!

cn:i

1—1

cn!

csi

!>.

Cl,

<i1

I — I

bj)

« ^

• rH

Lf5

<1 td

Eye color at Brownish Brownish very light light grey light grey light grey light grey grey dark grey dark grey dark grey dark grey

killing white white grey

April 1967]

VIRKKI MALE MEIOSIS IN BEETLES

103

reduced the Lichnanthe material, until sufficient experience in prepara-

tion was attained.

The safest way of all was to refix the abdomens in Bouin-Allen-Bauer

fixative, dehydrate, mount in paraffin, and section to 15 microns with

a microtome. This technique, although laborious, is excellent for check-

ing the condition of testis follicles, but inadequate for the study of

Lichnanthe chromosomes.

Acknowledgment. — ^For collection, rearing, and fixing of material,

for identification of adults, and for much useful advice, I am indebted

to Paul 0. Ritcher and Charles W. Baker of the Department of En-

tomology of Oregon State University. The assistance of James Cornell

and David Mays, Research Assistants, and Robert Zwick and Forrest

Peifer of the Experiment Station at Hood River is also acknowledged.

Observations on Pleocoma

The process of spermatogenesis was checked in 12 pupae of Pleocoma

crinita. Nine of them were obtained as prepupae, thus their exact age

was known at the time of study. Three were obtained as young pupae,

with the eyes still very light brown. Their age at the time of killing

was estimated based on eye pigmentation. The results are given in

Table 1.

Only two follicles were studied from the first two specimens (pupae

nos. 3 and 6) containing meiotic stages. Because there was variation

between follicles, ten follicles were checked per specimen later. Three

specimens were fixed and mailed afterwards from Corvallis: pupae

of 35, 37, and 42 days of age. Unfortunately, they arrived in poor

condition, and only 5 follicles of the last one could be studied.

The length of the pupal stage of Pleocoma crinita varied from 39 to

53 days under the laboratory conditions where they were kept. The

average is 44 days (Ellertson and Ritcher, 1959). The results in Table

1 show that almost half of this time passes without meiotic divisions

in the testes. Spermatogonial mitosis are found, and, especially, meiotic

prophase. The duration of the brownish-white eye color coincides with

this period.

The first meiotic divisions appear at about the 20th pupal day. At

the same time, the eyes become light grey in color. About ten days later

the eye color darkens, and at this time the frequency of the meiotic

divisions is the highest. Approximately one third of the testis content

is then in prometaphase or metaphase — first or second — , another third

in prophase, and the last third in postmeiotic stages. Details are lacking

for the last ten days of pupal life, but it is to be expected that meiosis

104

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

Table 2.

Spermatogenesis in

Lichnanthe

rathvoni Leconte

PM-M I

Ag;e of Pupa

Eye Clor

Form

Specimen

Follicles

Cysts

at Killing

of Fixed

No.

Studies

Found

( days )

Pupa

Follicle

I. Prepupae

—

round

—

■ —

—

long

—

round

—

0.42 PM-M I cysts per follicle

II. Pupae

pale violet grey

round

long

2-3

—

round

2-3

—

2-3

—

5-6

—

5-6

—

1 1

5-6

—

6-7

—

long

6-7

light brown

round

6-7

1 1

7-8

—

round

7-8

■ — ■

7-8

—

7-8

—

9-10

dark brown

0.15 PM-M I cysts per follicle

continues at the same rate. At the end of the pupal stage, the testes

contain only spermiohistogenesis and spermatozoon bundles. This is

invariably the situation in adults also.

Meiosis of male Pleocoma crinita thus starts and proceeds like a big

wave, affecting the entire germ line contents of the testis in a relatively

short time. It is a total process: no germarium is left for the future.

The material also shows a notable variation in the proceeding of

meiosis in the different testis follicles of the same specimen. Pupa No.

8 suggests individual variation also. This presumably depends on the

April 1967]

VIRKKI MALE MEIOSIS IN BEETLES

105

individual variation of the length of pupal stage even under stable

laboratory conditions, as found by Ellertson and Ritcher (1959).

The pupae of undetermined age of the three other Pleocoma species,

P. minor, P. dubitalis, and P. simi, were kept for chromosome studies

in the same way as the P. crinita pupae. With help of the above men-

tioned “eye clock” of P. crinita, they were sacrificed when their eyes

turned to grey or dark grey. In all cases, all meiotic stages were en-

countered. Thus the eye pigmentation seems a reliable sign of the

meiotic process in male Pleocoma. The general rule is that pupae with

light grey or grey eyes have meiotic division, those with dark grey

eyes may have, or may be too old.

The testis of Pleocoma is composed of 18 septate follicles. Thus,

there are 36 follicles in a male. Each follicle contains roughly 360

spermatocysts, these turning later to the same number of sperm bundles.

Each of the latter consists of 512 spermatozoa. Thus, the total amount

of spermatozoa produced by one male is about 36 X 360 X 512 =

6,635,520.

Observations on Lichnanthe rathvoni Leconte

The pupal stage of L. rathvoni is shorter than that of Pleocoma

species. Under laboratory conditions, at 15° C, the length of the pupal

stage of L. rathvoni varied from 30 to 33 days, the mean being 31.1

days. At room temperature (20° C), the length of the pupal stage is

only from 16 to 19 days, with a mean of 17.7 days (Ritcher, personal

communication) .

The proceeding of meiosis was checked in 7 prepupae of unknown

age, and 18 pupae of known age. The results differed greatly from

those of Pleocoma (Table 2) .

Here the highest frequency of prometaphase and metaphase I is en-

countered in the prepupa. Because we do not know the age of the

prepupae (nor the duration of that stage), it is hard to say whether

there is an age when the frequency is clearly highest. The material

gives the impression that meiosis proceeds very slowly, probably slow-

ing down in the first days of the pupal period and terminating usually

by the 8th pupal day, although scattered cases of last meiotic cysts may

occur in older specimens. As in Pleocoma, it is a total process: no

germarium is left. It can be safely said that pupae of over 10 days

(one third of pupal life) of age, with dark brown eyes, have passed

the meiotic period, and have only sperm bundles in their testes.

There is very notable individual variation in the proceeding of

meiosis. This is best seen in the three cases of long testis follicles,

the last of which was encountered as late as in the 6-7th pupal day

106

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

Table 3. Initiation and duration of spermatogenesis in some Oregon

Scarabaeoidea.

PREPUPA

PUPA

adult

SPECIES

Sinodendron rugosum Mannerheim

M V

Ceruchus striatus Leconte

M V

Aegialia blanchardi Horn

)

M X

Psammobius oregonensis Cartwright

Lichnanthe rathvoni Leconte

M X

Trox spp.

M X

Glaresis sp.

Pleocoma spp.

Serica falli Dawson

Diplotaxis spp.

Polyphylla decemlineata (Say)

M ^

Ligyrodes relictus (Say)

M ^

Cremastocheilus armatus Walker

(pupa no. 10) . Such a follicle is immature, containing mainly sperma-

togonia, although its proximal end may show all meiotic stages. Varia-

tion occurs also between the follicles, although the low frequency of

the cysts, due to the small size of the follicle, makes it less obvious than

in Pleocoma crinita.

As compared with the testis of Pleocoma, the Lichnanthe testis is

much smaller, and the number of spermatocytes much less, which ex-

plains why so few prometaphase and metaphase cysts are encountered

in the latter. The testis follicle of Lichnanthe rathvoni is divided by

septa into about 24 lobes. In a follicle, where the lobes fell neatly

apart from one another, I counted 7 spermatocysts (or sperm bundles)

in each. As the number of follicles is 18 (9 on both sides), and the

number of spermatozoa per bundle is 256, the total number of sperm

cells produced by a Lichnanthe rathvoni male is 18 X 24 X 7 X 56 =

774,144. This is about 8 times less than the number estimated lor

Pleocoma.

Comparison with Earlier Observations

To illustrate the variation in initiation and duration of spermato-

genesis, these variables of Lichnanthe and Pleocoma are compared in

Table 3 with those of the other Scarabaeoidea studied in Oregon in

1965. The lines ending abruptly indicate that meiosis is completed

April 1967]

VIRKKI MALE MEIOSIS IN BEETLES

107

with no germarium left, those with an arrowhead indicate the presence

of germarium, which provides the species with a potential of a new

spermatogenetic period. M means the point where meiotic metaphases

start. These estimates are quite reliable in the cases of Lichnanthe,

Trox, and Pleocoma, and more or less approximate in other cases.

Most lucanids have an early spermatogenesis. Earlier studies show

that the common Finnish species, Sinodeiidron cylindricum (Linnaeus)

and Systenocerus carahoides (Linnaeus), have only spermatozoa left

in adults, and the same is true with the “cerf volant,” Lucanus cervus

(Linnaeus), from Bois de Boulogne of Paris. On the other hand, one

adult male of Dorcus parallelipipedus (Linnaeus) in full meiosis was

found in the Pyrenees (Virkki 1959), and Ceruchus striatus Leconte

from Oregon has very late meiosis, probably with a permanent ger-

marium. Thus, the family shows quite variable relations despite the

few species studied.

Aphodiinae of Finland (Virkki 1951), Southern Europe (Virkki

1954), and North America (Virkki 1960a) have shown a very similar

course of spermatogenesis. Like in Aegialia blanchardi Horn and

Psammobius oregonensis Cartwright, the initiation coincides more or

less with emergence as adults, and the process continues probably until

the late summer. A residual germarium has been encountered in hiber-

nating Aphodius fimetarius (Linnaeus) in late fall in Finland. Aegialia

arenaria (Fabricius) has been found without gonia as early as August

(Virkki 1951). In contrast to these observations, a completely passed

meiosis was encountered in over 20 males of the Australian Aphodius

tasmaniae Hope, collected near Adelaide, 23 January 1963.®

Both Aphodius and Aegialia have small testis follicles and large

spermatocytes, which results in a smaller number of spermatozoa per

animal and per follicle, and also means that rapid meiotic stages are

rarely encountered. Thus, it is possible that metaphases are not present

in an individual at the height of its meiotic activity. Psammobius

oregonensis differs from these two genera by having one gonial division

more, and consequently more spermatozoa per cyst (128 in Aphodius,

254 in Psammobius) .

With its predominantly prepupal meiosis, Lichnanthe rathvoni pos-

sesses the record for earliness of spermatogenesis in all Coleoptera

checked. No similar cases nor systematically close cases are available

for comparison.

Trox shows a late adult initiation of spermatogenesis in cultures

^ By Dr. D. A. Maelzer, Waite Agricultural Research Institute, The University of Adelaide, Aus-

tralia.

108

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

(Virkki 1967) as well as in nature {Trox perrisi Fairmaire from Cen-

tral Europe; unpubl.). We have made, however, one contrary observa-

tion [Trox punctatus Germar, Purcell and Virkki 1966) which needs

confirmation. The geotrupids resemble Trox in that they also have a

late start, a long duration, and probably another spermatogenetic period

after hibernation (Virkki 1951, 1954, 1960a). That this similarity

hardly means any close kinship is seen in the different testis structure

(Virkki 1957) and different karyotype. Glaresis deviates from Trox

towards the trivial type: the initiation occurs in young adults and the

duration is presumably long.

The pupal spermatogenesis encountered in Pleocoma is not very

exceptional in itself; many scarabs, especially melolonthines, follow a

similar course. Its duration, about one week, or one sixth of the pupal

stage, seems unusually short.

Spermatogenesis is initiated in the pupal stage of melolonthines and

often is completed before the adult stage. The Finnish Serica brunnea

(Linnaeus) has no meiosis in adults, whereas Serica sericea (Illiger)

from Indiana (Virkki 1960a), as well as Serica falli Dawson from

Oregon still have abundant meiotic contents in adult testes. Spermato-

genesis is completed prior to the adult stage in Polyphylla decemlineata

(Say) and resembles the North American Phyllophaga drakii Kirby

and Dichelonyx elongatus (Fabricius) (Virkki 1960a), and the Finnish

Melolontha hippocastani Fabricius, of which a great number of adults

were checked without encountering any more divisions (Virkki 1951).

The closely related species Melolontha melolontha (Linnaeus), how-

ever, shows adult meiosis in Central Europe (Landa 1959).

The course of spermatogenesis of Ligyrodes relictus (Say) is quite

comparable with that of the only other Northern dynastid studied, the

Finnish Oryctes nasicornis (Linnaeus), which has meiosis from June

to late September (Virkki 1951) , The start may be earlier in Ligyrodes

than in Oryctes.

Adult cetonine males usually have meiosis, because it starts early in

the adult and lasts a long time. Cremastocheilus armatus Walker com-

pares best with the Finnish Potosia cuprea Fabricius; the latter has a

later initiation than the Finnish Cetonia aurata (Linnaeus) (Virkki

1951). However, Potosia cuprea from the Pyrenees already show all

meiotic stages in the first week of June (Virkki 1954) .

The above comparisons concern northern species. My experiences

since 1959 in the Neotropics have revealed much more simple relations

in tropical beetles. The general rule there is that an adult male beetle,

or a scarab in particular, when encountered, always has meiotic divi-

April 1967]

VIRKKI MALE MEIOSIS IN BEETLES

109

sions. It is necessary to emphasize the words “when encountered,” to

avoid the false impression that meiosis would he a year-around process:

most species have their season of occurrence even in the Tropics.

Very few Tropical Scarabaeoidea deviate from this rule. A few un-

identified pleurosticts have shown that meiosis was completed prior to

the adult stage, and sometimes coprophages like Copris may be too

young for divisions. The only definitely different group is the Pas-

salidae. In these beetles one repeatedly encounters males with immature

testes of merely gonial contents. My impression is that the initiation

of meiosis is very late, at least in Tropical species. To confirm this,

age-determined materials should be studied.

With Lichnanthe and passalids as extremes, the scarabaeoid beetles

cover a range of occurrence of spermatogenesis so ample, that it will

hardly be exceeded in other groups of the Coleoptera.

Causes Regulating the Meiotic Period

The above comparisons give one very general hint: northernness (in

the Northern Hemisphere) means earliness, or rapidity, or both, of

spermatogenesis. This is obviously an adaptation to the short breeding

period in the North. Thus in Finland, where the summer is of 3 months

or less, a preadult spermatogenesis is clearly an advantage in any species

that has to develop a new generation in that time. Life habits of the

adult are capable of modifying this principle, however. Thus, the Fin-

nish scolytid Blastophaga emerges as an adult in August, with immature

testes. The spermatogenesis may advance up to pachytene in the same

fall, but does not continue until the next spring, when the beetles feed

in pine shoots (Virkki 1960b),

If the adult life is very short, a preadult spermatogenesis is a must.

Thus one has to expect in ephemerids, for instance, an early, or mod-

erately early and rapid, spermatogenesis. Generally, where the adults

do not feed, their only remaining function being propagation, an early

spermatogenesis is to be expected. This is the case in Lichnanthe and

Pleocoma also: neither take food as adults (Ritcher 1958).

The rather late initiation of spermatogenesis in passalids is interest-

ing. Could it be that young males have some kind of asexual function

in the communities before they mature for breeding? Otherwise their

prolonged immature adulthood would be only a “public charge” for

the community.

The way in which spermatogenesis starts and proceeds seems adapted

then to the biology of the species. The adaptation is not necessarily

close; for instance, the prepupal spermatogenesis of Lichnanthe seems

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

unnecessarily early: as in Pleocoma, a pupal spermatogenesis would

secure an early availability of sperm as well.

For lack of experiments, it is not known to what extent the external

and physiological environments are capable of modifying the course

of spermatogenesis. The photoperiod is presumably of great influence.

Cold, through hibernation, certainly stops meiosis in nature as well as

in the laboratory (Virkki 1958), and so do possibly drought and many

other adverse conditions. Temperature affects radically the duration

of the pupal stage in Lichnanthe and Pleocoma (Ritcher, personal com-

munication; Ellertson and Ritcher 1959), and obviously also the dura-

tion of meiosis.

The individual variation encountered in the onset of meiosis of

Pleocoma and Lichnanthe kept under constant laboratory conditions,

could be due to differences in larval nutrition, because the larvae were

not under control. It could be, however, due to genetic variation. Cer-

tainly there are genes that control these processes. Some of them may

be of rigid, others of more modifiable, expression. This brings evolu-

tion into the picture. Genetic variability, subject to selection, must

have helped expanding species to adjust the spermatogenesis of their

forming local races to meet local conditions.

Despite their alleged basically genetic determination, the initiation

and course of spermatogenesis are too modifiable to be relied upon

as systematic characteristics. They may be useful, however, if con-

sidered together with other biological characteristics.

Practical Aspects

In recent years, insect spermatogenesis has become a subject of basic

radiation research as well as of practical attempts for eradication of

pest insects by means of radiation. A knowledge of the course of the

spermatogenetic period is necessary, or at least useful, for such work.

It is now generally agreed that different phases of spermatogenesis

show different radiosensitivity, and that there are differences also in

the effects according to the phase treated (for literature see Virkki

1963 and 1965).

Spermatogonia are, generally speaking, very sensitive cells that tend

to die even with low doses of radiation. Spermatocytes and spermatozoa

survive better, but accumulate mutations that can be transmitted to the

next generation. Phase differences in radiosensitivity occur in the

gonia as well as in the meiotic cells.

To study the sensitivity of short fragments of spermatogenesis, it is

necessary to know the duration of the process and of its phases. In

April 1967]

VIRKKI MALE MEIOSIS IN BEETLES

111

Drosophila it has been checked, and it is known with some accuracy

that sperm collected 8 to 13 days after radiation was in the stage of

spermatogonia at the time of treatment; that collected 6 to 7 days after

radiation was in the stage of spermatocytes, etc. A study from a slightly

different point was made of the spermatogenesis of Diatraea saccharalis

(Fabricius), a pest moth whose control by the male-sterile method has

been proposed in Puerto Rico. The larval ages were determined when

the peaks of the different phases of spermatogenesis occur (Virkki

1963).

It is likely that such a wide individual variation in initiation of

spermatogenesis as seen in Lichnanthe rathvoni is capable of disturb-

ing the results of delicate experiments with spermatogenesis. For such

purely practical applications of radiation as the male-sterile method

(Knipling 1963), it would seem less necessary to know the timing of

spermatogenesis in detail, because all meiotic and postmeiotic stages

are supposedly good for induction of the wanted lethal mutations. How-

ever, even related forms may differ so much in their course of sperma-

togenesis, that gonia could be treated instead of meiotic stages or

spermatozoa, if the treatment is oriented only by the developmental

stage of the insect.

The main importance of the present observations on scarabaeoids is,

indeed, in the demonstration of how much the timing relationships of

spermatogenesis can vary within a family and a genus, and even within

a species.

Summary

Initiation and duration of male meiosis were studied in detail in

Pleocoma crinita Linsley and Lichnanthe rathvoni Leconte, and the

results were compared with similar observations made in connection

with chromosome studies on other scarabaeoid beetles.

In Pleocoma, meiosis starts in early pupae, but the divisions do not

appear until the 20th pupal day. In about one week the divisions are

over, and no germarium is left.

Lichnanthe has the earliest known meiosis for Coleoptera. It occurs

during the prepupal stage, although sporadic cases of late divisions are

encountered up to the 10th day of pupal age. No germarium is left.

Variation in timing of spermatogenesis occurs between individuals

and between testis follicles of the same individual in Pleocoma as well

as in Lichnanthe, Eye pigmentation proceeds approximately simultane-

ously with meiotic divisions.

Comparison with other scarabaeoids shows that the initiation and

course of meiosis are quite variable events. Earliness and rapidity of

112

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43, NO. 2

spermatogenesis is an adaptation to the short breeding season of the

North. An early spermatogenesis may be expected in species with non-

feeding adults. Individual variation in the onset of meiosis could be

due to differences in larval nutrition or genetic variation.

Literature Cited

Ellertson, F. E. and P. 0. Ritcher. 1959. Biology of rain beetles, Pleocoma

spp., associated with fruit trees in Wasco and Hood River counties.

Oregon State College Tech. Bull. 44, pp. 1-42.

Knipling, E. F. 1963. The sterility principle. Agric. Sci. Rev., 1: 2-12.

Landa, V. 1959. Development and function of imaginal male reproductive organs

of the cockchafer Melolontha melolontha L., pp. 111-114 in: Hrdy

(Editor), The ontogeny of insects. Prague, Czechoslovak Academy of

Sciences, 406 pp.

Maeki, K. and C. L. Remington. 1960. Studies of the chromosomes of North

American Rhopalocera. 1. Papilionidae. J. Lepidopterists’ Soc., 13:

193-203.

Purcell, C. M. and N. Virkki. 1966. Two Trox karyotypes differing radically

in the location of centromeres. J. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico, 50: 158-

160.

Ritcher, P. 0. 1958. Biology of Scarabaeidae. Ann. Rev. Entomology, 3: 311-

334.

SuoMALAiNEN, E. 1964. On the chromosomes of the Geometrid moth genus

Cidaria. Chromosoma, 16: 166-184.

Virkki, N. 1951. Zur Zytologie einiger Scarabaeiden (Coleoptera) . Ann. Zool.

Soc. “Vanamo,” 14: 1-104.

1954. Weitere Spermatogenesestudien an Skarabaiden (Coleoptera). Ann.

Acad. Sci. Fenn., A IV 25: 1-58.

1957. Structure of the testis follicle in relation to evolution in the Scara-

baeidae (Coleoptera). Canad. J. Zool., 35: 265-277.

1958. Chiasma relations in an elaterid beetle, Agriotes mancus Say. Proc.

10th Intern. Congr. Entom. Montreal, II: 953-959.

1959. Neo-XY mechanism in two scarabaeoid beetles, Phanaeus vindex Mac L.

(Scarabaeidae) and Dorcus parallelipipedus L. (Lucanidae). Hereditas,

45: 481M.94.

1960a. Cytology of some Nearctic scarabs (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Ann.

Acad. Sci. Fenn., A IV 48: 1-12.

1960b. Cytology of the male meiosis in certain European forest beetles of the

families Scolytidae, Cleridae, and Anobiidae. Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn.,

A IV 49: 1-16.

1963. Gametogenesis in the sugarcane borer moth, Diatraea saccharalis (F.)

(Crambidae). J. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico, 47: 102-137.

1965. Insect gametogenesis as a target. Agric. Sci. Rev., 3: 24-37.

1966. Observations on the spermatogenesis of some scarabaeoid beetles. J.

Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico, 50.

1967. Chromosome relationships in some North American scarabaeoid beetles,

with special reference to Pleocoma and Trox. Canad. J. Genet. Cytol

April 1967] young — predation in dytiscid larvae

113

Predation in the Larvae of Dytiscus marginalis Linneaus

(Coleoptera : Dytiscidae)

Allen M. Young

U niversity of Chicago, Illinois

Adults and larvae of beetles belonging to the genus Dytiscus are

highly predaceous on a variety of other aquatic invertebrates and some

small vertebrates (Arnett, 1963). Late larval instars of larger species

are serious pests in some fisheries (Balfour-Browne, 1950; Dillon and

Dillon, 1961). However, differential survival of prey has not been

reported and such an observation would be relevant in assessing the

carnivorous role of dytiscids in aquatic ecosystems. Generally, in a

pond or slow stream, adult predation is less severe than larval predation

since imagoes often fly from one aquatic habitat to another while larvae

by necessity remain in one such habitat and feed heavily there. At

temperate latitudes, adults overwinter and breeding takes place during

early April with pupation occurring in late May and the new genera-

tion appearing in late June or early July. Routine observations for

two successive years in Illinois indicate that the large predaceous diving

beetle, Dytiscus marginalis Linneaus, breeds in both permanent and

vernal ponds, building up large larval populations during late April.

This paper reports the survivorships of some common food sources

when exposed to small, medium, and large larvae of this species in

the laboratory as an attempt to understand predation under natural

conditions.

Methods

Larvae were collected on successive days from a woodland vernal

pond (140 by 125 feet; average depth 1.5 feet) in Tinley Park, Illinois

during the final two weeks of April 1965 by dip net sampling at eight

uniformly-spaced stations. Samples were taken once each day at each

station, and yielded a total pond sample of 310 larvae varying in body

length from 5.0 to 33.0 mm with 70% being 14.3 to 14.7 mm. Balfour-

Browne (1950) reports the final instar of D. marginalis to vary be-

tween 28.0 and 32.5 mm and it is evident that final instar larvae were

included in the pond sample since the observed size range included

these lengths. Larvae less than 5.0 mm were not recovered, possibly

due to sampling error or perhaps all larvae had already completed the

earlier instars when the samples were taken. From the pond sample,

three distinct size groups were recognizable: small larvae (5.0 to 11.5

mm), medium larvae (17.0 to 23.0 mm), and large larvae (27.0 to

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 113-117, April 1967

114

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. 43, NO. 2

33.0 mm) . These measurements, while not precise since made on living

material, were adequate for this study. In the laboratory, larvae were

stored at low density in large jars kept under a cold water tap until

the experiment was begun. The experiment consisted of testing the

three size groups of larvae (predators) for the extent of predation on

five likely food sources (prey) for a given period of time and in a

defined volume of water. The prey-types were collected from the same

pond as the larvae and these were: late instar Lestes rectangularis

Say (Odonata; 16.0 to 18.0 mm), late instar Pachydiplax longipennis

(Burmeister) (Odonata; 19.0 to 21.5 mm), adult Eubranchipus vernalis

(Verrill) (Branchiopoda ; 15.3 to 16.3 mm), immature Pseudacris

nigrita triseriata (Wied) (Amphibia; 20.0 to 23.0 mm), and immature

Bufo americanus americanus Holbrook (Amphibia; 17.0 to 20.5 mm).

These prey-types were similar in length and this was desirable for

eliminating the possibility of a confounding effect of varying prey

length on prey survivorship. Specimens smaller or larger than the

ranges given were not recovered from the pond when the samples were

taken. The experimental design was: 5 prey-types X 1 prey size X 1

predator-type X 3 predator sizes = 15 treatments with 2 replicates per

treatment giving 30 independent observations of predation. There

were 5 controls at one replicate each of each prey-type treated exactly

as the experimental but without exposure to predation by D. marginalis

larvae. While larvae were being collected, the pond water temperature

was recorded at five stations daily for the two weeks from which an

overall pond mean water temperature was computed (13.7° C). The

laboratory tests were conducted in gallon jars % full of the pond water

kept within 13.5 to 14.0° C and each jar contained a piece of Elodea.

The 35 jars were placed on trays of crushed ice to maintain the de-

sired temperature range. From each predator size group, a sample of

20 larvae of almost identical lengths was drawn and from each of these

subgroups, 8 individuals were chosen at random and starved for 48

hours in separate containers at 13.5 to 14.0° C. To begin the experi-

ment, into each of the 30 experimental jars, 4 starved predators of the

appropriate size were introduced and exactly one hour later, 10 in-

dividuals of the appropriate prey-type were then gently introduced.

Variation in prey size could only be kept within the range given above

for each type. Control jars were begun at this time and each received

10 individuals of the appropriate prey-type alone. All jars were left

undisturbed in a shaded portion of the room for exactly 24 hours with

water temperature being recorded every 4 hours from a thermometer

suspended in each jar. At the end of this period, the jars were examined

April 1967] young — predation in dytiscid larvae

115

for prey mortality. The period of 24 hours was chosen because at the

density of 4 large dytiscid larvae, previous preliminary observations

revealed that most prey-types are destroyed within this period and if

these predators remain together longer, cannibalism will occur in the

volume of water used. Proportional overabundance of prey per jar

was used to prevent severe competition for food. Jars were also ex-

amined for predator mortality in the experimental series.

Results and Discussion

Water temperature in the jars had not varied more than 2.0° during

the experiment and there was no mortality of prey-types in the control

jars. Likewise, predator mortality was lacking in the experimental jars

and these larvae did not appear to be injured in any way. For each

treatment, there were no noticeable differences in the extent of preda-

tion between replicates. Figures 1 and 2 summarize the survivorships of

the invertebrate and vertebrate prey respectively in the experimental

jars with the plotted values being means computed for the two replicates

of each treatment. Figure 1 shows that L. rectangularis enjoyed high

survivorship when exposed to medium and large dytiscid larvae but

mortality was severe (80%) when exposed to small larvae. In all treat-

ments, prey were easily recognized as being destroyed by dytiscid

predation by their shriveled-up appearance resulting from traumatic

loss of body contents. The opposite survivorship pattern was seen for

P. longipennis where highest survivorship, while not as high as in

L. rectangularis, was when small larvae were the predators. Even

though both were odonate prey-types, the survivorship patterns were

markedly different (Fig. 1) and the high survivorship of L. rectan-

gularis when exposed to large dytiscid larvae could have been due to

the distance between the mandibles of these predators: the curved,

hollow, hydraulically-operated mandibles, being widely -spaced, perhaps

could not lodge in the thin body of this prey-type while this would have

been possible with the broader P. longipennis. Dytiscid larvae feed

by thrusting their needle-like mandibles into the prey followed by in-

jecting digestive protease enzymes which liquify the body contents.

Then, the resulting mixture of enzymes and nutrients is sucked up

through the mandibles and ingested. Due to their curvature, the man-

dibles have to lodge laterally rather than along the anterior-posterior

axis of the prey. It has been observed repeatedly that dytiscid larvae

attack in such a way so as to thrust the mandibles into the prey laterally.

In small dytiscid larvae where the mandibles are closer together, L.

rectangularis, even though very thin (laterally), could be utilized as

116

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

o L. rectangulQris

• R longipennis

A E. vernalis

PREDATOR SIZE

a p. nigntQ triseriata

■ B. amencanus

Fig. 1. Predation of D. marginalis larvae on three different invertebrates.

Fig. 2. Predation of D. marginalis larvae on two different vertebrates.

food. This was seen here (Fig. 1). The fate of E. vernalis followed

closely that of P. longipennis but survivorship was never as high (Fig.

1 ) . While this branchiopod was about the same thickness as P. longi-

pennis, it was more motile and considering that the predators are also

very motile, this could explain the devastating predation on this in-

April 1967] McPherson — anatomy of notonecta

117

vertebrate by all three size groups. The vertebrate prey-types were

extensively eaten by medium and large dytiscid larvae while not harmed

by small larvae (Fig. 2). Perhaps small larvae encountered difficulty

lodging their mandibles into the much larger prey because these prey

move very rapidly when disturbed slightly, even though they normally

remain motionless. It was observed that small dytiscid larvae would

repeatedly attack the tadpoles but never injured any of them. With the

exception of L. rectangularis, survivorships of invertebrate and verte-

brate prey with exposure to medium and large dytiscid larvae were

about equal (Figs. 1 and 2) and since under natural conditions the

majority of the larvae were most likely in this size range (recalling

70% of the pond sample larvae to be 14.3 to 14.7 mm) , similar survivor-

ships probably exist in nature. Within invertebrate and vertebrate

prey-types, the observed differential survivorship with exposure to each

of the three predator sizes, while not a function of prey length (since

constant), was probably due to factors such as width of prey in rela-

tion to distance between mandibles of predators, and the relative

motility of predators and prey. Overall, all five prey-types were utilized

as food by D. marginalis larvae with differential survivorship of prey

being between small, medium, and large predators.

Literature Cited

Arnett, R. H. 1963. The Beetles of the United States. The Catholic University

Press of America, Washington, D.C.

Balfour-Browne, F. 1950. British Water Beetles. Bartholomew Press, London.

Dillon, E. S., and L. S. Dillon. 1961. A Manual of Common Beetles of Eastern

North America. Row Peterson and Co., New York.

Brief Descriptions of the External Anatomy of the Various

Stages of Notonecta hoffmanni

(Hemiptera : Notonectidae)

J. E. McPherson^

San Diego State College, San Diego

This paper is the last in a series of three and concerns the gross ex-

ternal anatomical features of the developmental stages of Notonecta

hoffmanni Hungerford; since a brief discription of the adults has

already been given by Hungerford (1925), only a few additional notes

^ Present address : Michigan State University, East Lansing.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 117-121, April 1967

118

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

Figs. 1-4. Notonecta hoffmanni. Fig. 1. Dorsal view of 1st nymphal instar.

Fig. 2. Ventral view of 1st nymphal instar. Fig. 3. Ventral view of 2nd nymphal

instar. Fig. 4. Dorsal view of 5th nymphal instar.

are presented on this stage. In the two previous papers, notes on the

life history (1965) and laboratory rearing (1966) were presented.

Measurements were made with the aid of a monocular microscope

equipped with a graduated mechanical stage; the stage was calibrated

with a stage micrometer. With the exception of the eggs, descriptions

and measurements of the instars were made from specimens recently

captured in the field; the legs were removed for measurement. They

were first described in the living condition and then in greater detail,

using a binocular dissecting microscope, immediately after their pres-

ervation in 70 per cent isopropyl alcohol.

April 1967] mcPherson — anatomy of notonecta

119

The measurements and descriptions were taken from 10 specimens

of each instar. The dimensions are expressed in millimeters, each figure

being an average; the numbers in parentheses give the range.

Descriptions

Egg. — Size: Length 2.02 (1.86-2.16); width 0.81 (0.78-0.88). Color: White at

oviposition to dark brown during maturation. Structure: Ventral side flattened;

dorsal side convexly curved; rounded at both ends, wider at cephalic end. Chorion

hexagonally reticulated. Micropyle appears tubular, arising near center of cephalic

end.

The egg appearance is not characteristic of this species. Similar egg forms

have been found in other species of this genus by various workers, for example,

Hungerford (1919). The pattern of reticulation is diagnostic for many species

(possibly all) and together with size, has been used as an aid in separating the

eggs of a few species of Notonectidae (Rice, 1954).

First nympiial instar. — A full description of the first nymphal instar is given

below, but only changes, other than minor ones, which have occurred from the

previous instars are described for subsequent stages. The measurements of the

leg segments are their lengths.

Head broader than long; width 1.14 (1.08-1.18) ; dorsal synthlipsis 0.39 (0.29-

0.49). Eyes red, covering about % dorsal surface of head; remaining dorsal

area white, covered with short white hairs. Antennae arising ventrally posterior

to eyes; 3-segmented, brown, basal segment small and round, second bulbous,

third elongated and long as first two. Proboscis 4-segmented with ventral tuft of

hairs at base of first segment.

Dorsum of thorax white, covered with short white hairs. Prothorax width at

base 1.24 (1.18-1.27). Mesothorax posterior margin arcuate; wing pads evident,

extending back less than % combined lateral marginal lengths of meso-, meta-

thoraces (Fig, 1). Metathorax longest of thoracic segments. Ventrally on interior

lateral margins of last two segments, black hairs present.

Prothoracic coxa brown, long black hairs present distally on anterior side.

Trochanter yellowish-brown, darker on posterior border which has long black

hairs proximally; segment rounded proximally, truncated distally. Femur 0.49

(0.39-0.59), yellowish-brown, darker on posterior border, tuft of hairs on anterior

border proximally; small spines along the length of anterior border, larger stout

spines along the length of posterior border, semicircle of spines at femoral-tibial

articulation dor so -laterally. Femur, tibia and tarsus flattened on posterior border.

Tibia 0.55 (0.49-0.59), yellowish, rows of spines along entire length dorso-laterally.

Tarsus 0.43 (0.39-0.49) , yellowish, 1-segmented, spine pattern similar to tibia.

Tarsal claws uneven, dorsal one longer than ventral.

Mesothoracic coxa similar in appearance to prothoracic coxa. Trochanter yel-

lowish-brown, dark brown bar present ventrally; posterior border with black

hairs proximally, long black spines along the entire length, segment rounded

proximally, tapering to near point distally. Femur 0.56 (0.39-0.59), yellowish-

brown; anterior border with tuft of hairs proximally, longitudinal row of small

spines running entire length; posterior border with group of spines proximally,

longitudinal row of large spines, faint bar along entire length ventrally. Semi-

circle of spines at femoral-tibial articulation dorso-laterally. Femur, tibia and

120

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

tarsus flattened on posterior border. Tibia 0.58 (0.49-0.59) . Tarsus 0.39 (0.29-

0.49) . Last two segments similar in appearance to those of prothoracic leg. Tarsal

claws uneven, dorsal one longer than ventral.

Metathoracic coxa similar in appearance to pro-, mesothoracic coxae. Trochanter

similar to mesothoracic trochanter but with spines absent. Femur 0.88 (0.78-0.98) ,

similar in color and position of hairs to that of mesothoracic femur but with group

of spines proximally on posterior border absent; segment compressed laterally,

brown bar present ventrally along entire length. Tibia 0.94 (0.88-0.98) , similar

in appearance to those of pro-, mesothoracic tibiae. Tarsus 1.12 (0.98-1.18),

similar in color and segmentation to pro-, mesothoracic tarsi but with longitudinal

rows of spines entire length of segment in complete circle and two lateral rows of

swimming hairs. Tarsal claws uneven, dorsal one longer than ventral.

Abdomen apparently 8-segmented. Dorsal median area of first 6 segments

white, white narrowing posteriorly; posterior half of sixth segment brown, seventh

and eighth segments entirely brown. Mid-dorsal path of long white hairs present

on all abdominal segments. Last segment with semicircle of spines dorso-laterally.

Ventral side of abdomen brownish-yellow, with several rows of short dark hairs

down midline. Black hairs lining interior lateral margins long enough from third

segment back, when extending medially, to reach midline and cover entire ventral

surface (Fig. 2). Extremely long white hairs present on exterior lateral margins

from fourth segment back; short stout spines present on latter margins from

second abdominal segment back, increasing in length distally.

Total length of instar 3.07 (2.94-3.14).

Second nymphal instar. — Head width 1.41 (1.37-1.47) ; dorsal synthlipsis

0.38 (0.29-0.39). Prothorax width at base 1.56 (1.47-1.57). Wing pads extending

back 14 combined lateral marginal lengths of meso-, metathoraces. Prothoracic

trochanter with definite brown hair ventrally; femur 0.68 (0.59-0.69), tibia 0.84

(0.78-0.88), tarsus 0.55 (0.49-0.59). Mesothoracic femur 0.82 (0.78-0.88); pos-

terior border with 2 tubercles distally; tibia 0.88 (0.88-0.88), tarsus 0.63 (0.59-

0.69). Metathoracic femur 1.27 (1.27-1.27) ; tibia 1.31 (1.27-1.37) ; anterior edge

with brown bar running almost entire length. Segment with 2 lateral rows of

swimming hairs on distal %. Tarsus 1.44 (1.27-1.57). Median abdominal carina

ventrally, hairs covering ventral surface with exception of 4th sternite of which

hairs are confined to lateral aspects of keel (Fig. 3). The presence of the median

abdominal carina on the venter, in the second nymphal instar, has been found in

related species (Hungerford, 1919).

Total length of instar 4.26 (4.12-4.41).

Third nymphal instar. — Head width 1.84 (1.76-1.86) ; dorsal synthlipsis 0.43

(0.39-0.49). Prothorax width at base 2.01 (1.86-2.06) ; wing pads extending back

nearly % combined lateral marginal lengths of meso-, metathoraces. Prothoracic

femur 0.94 (0.88-0.98), tibia 1.16 (1.08-1.18), tarsus 0.80 (0.78-0.88). Meso-

thoracic femur 1.21 (1.18-1.27), tibia 1.26 (1.18-1.37), tarsus 0.86 (0.78-0.88);

a few long spines present on posterior borders of last 2 segments. Metathoracic

femur 1.76 (1.57-1.86), tibia 1.81 (1.76-1.86); anterior edge with dark brown

bar; tarsus 1.92 (1.76-2.06).

Total length of instar 5.66 (5.59-5.78).

Fourth nymphal instar. — Head width 2.30 (2.25-2.35) ; dorsal synthlipsis

0.45 (0.39-0.49). Prothorax width at base 2.58 (2.50-2.65) ; wing pads extending

back % combined lateral marginal lengths of meso-, metathoraces. Prothoracic

April 1967] McPherson — anatomy of notonecta

121

femur 1.25 (1.18-1.27); posterior border with long spines; tibia 1.53 (1.47-1.57),

tarsus 1.02 (0.98-1.08). Mesothoracic femur 1.61 (1.47-1.67), tibia 1.74 (1.67-

1.86), tarsus 1.12 (1.03-1.18). Metathoracic femur 2.43 (2.35-2.55), tibia 2.38

(2.25-2.45), tarsus 2.38 (2.25-2.45).

Total length of instar 7.43 (7.15-7.64).

Fifth nymphal instar. — Head width 2.91 (2.84-3.04) ; dorsal syntlilipsis 0.49

(0.39-0.59). Prothorax width at base 3.31 (3.14-3.43) ; wing pads extending back

to anterior part of second abdominal segment (Fig. 4). Prothoracic femur 1.74

(1.67-1.86), tibia 2.04 (1.96-2.16), tarsus 1.29 (1.20-1.47). Mesothoracic femur

2.24 (2.1^2.25), tibia 2.29 (2.25-2.35), tarsus 1.44 (1.37-1.47). Metathoracic

femur 3.31 (3.23-3.33), tibia 3.00 (2.84-3.14), tarsus 2.94 (2.84-3.04).

Total length of instar 9.76 (9.60-10.00).

Adult male. — These few points can be added to Hungerford’s original descrip-

tion (1925). Head width 3.30 (3.23-3.43). Prothoracic trochanter with small hook

on posterior border; femur 2.07 ( 2.06-2.16), tibia 2.43 (2.35-2.55), tarsus 1.38

(1.27-1.47). Mesothoracic femur 2.78 (2.65-2.84), tibia 2.71 (2.55-2.84), tarsus

1.58 (1.47-1.67). Metathoracic femur 3.97 (3.72-4.12), tibia 3.38 (3.33-3.53),

tarsus 3.05 (2.94-3.14).

Adult female. — Head width 3.32 (3.23-3.43). Prothoracic femur 2.07 (2.06-

2.16), tibia 2.34 (2.25-2.55), tarsus 1.39 (1.27-1.57). Mesothoracic femur 2.72

(2.57-2.84), tibia 2.69 (2.55-2.84), tarsus 1.61 (1.47-1.67). Metathoracic femur

4.03 (3.92-4.12), tibia 3.40 (3.33-3.43), tarsus 3.08 (2.94-3.33).

Spines absent on anterior borders of male and female metathoracic femora;

tarsi of all legs of male and female 2-segmented, antennae 4-segmented.

Diagnosis. — To distinguish between the nymphal instars, the total length seems

to be the best single character. However, the widths of the prothorax and the

head as well as the length of the wing pads in relation to that of the thorax can

also be used.

Acknowledgments

I wish to thank Mr. Calvert Norland, Dr. Kurt Bohnsack and Dr.

Don Hunsaker II, of the Life Science Department of San Diego State

College, for their guidance and encouragement during my studies of

this species. I am also grateful to Miss Carla Hosmer and Mr. Richard

Snider who, respectively, provided and mounted the illustrations for

use in this paper.

Literature Cited

Hungerford, H. B. 1919. Family Notonectidae Leach 1815. Kansas Univ. Sci.

Bull., 11: 164-198.

1925. Notonecta hoffmani [sic] sp. n. Can. EntomoL, 57 : 241.

McPherson, J. E. 1965. Notes on the life history of Notonecta hoffmanni

(Hemiptera : Notonectidae) . Pan-Pac. Entomol., 41: 86-89.

1966. Notes on the laboratory rearing of Notonecta hoffmanni (Hemiptera :

Notonectidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 42: 54-56.

Rice, Lucile A. 1954. Observations on the biology of ten notonectoid species

found in the Douglas Lake, Michigan region. Amer. Midland Natur.,

51: 105-132.

122

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[voL. 43, NO. 2

California Er gates and Tragosoma, with Keys to the Adult

and Immature Forms

(Coleoptera : Cerambycidae)

William H. Tyson

San Jose State College, California

Many new facts concerning larval habits and host preferences were

noted during the process of rearing experiments dealing with the Cer-

ambycidae (Tyson, 1966) , and several reliably identified larval and

pupal forms were preserved for study. The following information was

prepared to augment the information on the immature forms of this

group.

In California, two species of Tragosoma and two species of Er gates

are encountered. However, in both genera one species is common while

the other is rare. Because of this scarcity of specimens only a few were

available for study, and only the fifth instar larvae of some species

were seen. It is therefore possible that some of the characteristics used

to separate the species may only be applicable to these older larvae.

Key to the Adults of California Tragosoma^

Apical spines of elytra long, usually longer than the second antennal segment

or the pronotal spine; pronotum sparsely pubescent in both sexes; surface

of thoracic sterna not obscured by pubescence T. pilosicornis Casey

Apical spines of elytra short, usually not longer than the second antennal seg-

ment or the pronotal spine; pronotum sparsely pubescent in males only;

surface of thoracic sterna obscured by pubescence T. dep sarins (Linnaeus)

Key to the Larvae of California Tragosoma

Dorsal anal lobe rounded, not elongate, with its ventral surface hearing setae

which are mostly long (Fig. 1) T. pilosicornis Casey

Dorsal anal lobe elongate and conical, its ventral surface bearing setae of

several lengths (Fig. 2) T. depsarius (Linnaeus)

Key to the Pupae of California Tragosoma

Last abdominal segment without two long, dorsal processes; no conical spines

on last segment, setae sometimes present; abdominal tergites with numer-

ous short, conical spines of equal size (Fig. 3) T. pilosicornis Casey

Last abdominal segment with two long, divergent, dorsal, apical processes;

abdominal tergites with numerous, short, conical spines of varying size

(Fig. 4) T. depsarius (Linnaeus)

^Adapted from Linsley (1962).

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 122-126, April 1967

April 1967]

TYSON ERGATES AND TRAGOSOMA

123

Figs. 1-2. Ventral aspect of anal lobes of larvae of (1) Tragosoma depsarius

(Linnaeus) and (2) T. pilosicornis Casey. Figs. 3-4. Lateral aspect of last ab-

donainal segments of pupae of (3) Tragosoma depsarius (Linnaeus) and (4) T.

pilosicornis Casey.

Tragosoma pilosicornis Casey

This member of the Subfamily Prioninae is restricted to the dry

inner ranges of California (including the Sierra Nevada foothills) and

was reared by the author from Pinus sabiniana (digger pine) and Pinus

ponder osa (ponderosa pine) . The larvae were found mining the dead

heartwood of fallen limbs or tree trunks, both in sound wood and ex-

tremely rotten wood. The larvae reduce the center of the limb or trunk

to a soft spongy mass, but the outer inch of wood is usually not de-

stroyed. The larvae construct pupal chambers parallel with the surface,

usually in the sounder wood, and emerge in July from these chambers.

The general habits of the immature stages of this species and T. dep-

sarius are very similar to those of Trichoderes pini Chevrolat as re-

ported by Chemsak (1965). Normally only males are attracted to

ultra-violet light, but the females may occasionally come to white light.

The latter can be collected at night while they are ovipositing on the

under side of dead logs.

The larvae can be separated most easily from T. depsarius by the

form of the dorsal anal lobe, in addition to which T. pilosicornis larvae

are usually white in color while T. depsarius are yellowish. The pupae

of the two species can easily be separated by the presence or absence

124

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

Figs. 5-6. Ventral aspects of anal lobes of larvae of (5) Ergates spiculatus

(LeConte) and (6) E. pauper Linsley. Figs. 7-8. Dorsal aspect of last abdominal

segment of pupae of (7) Ergates spiculatus (LeConte) and (8) E. pauper Linsley.

of long, conical spines on the last abdominal segment, as illustrated

in Figures 3 and 4.

Tragosoma depsarius (Linnaeus)

The habits of this species have been summarized by Craighead (1915,

1923) and by Linsley (1962). In California, T. depsarius is usually

found in the more moist Coast Range and the higher Sierra Nevada.

Key to the Adults of California Ergates^

Elytra dark brown ; the inner apical tips of the elytra sharp, dentate, or spined ;

female with pronotal spines of various lengths, the first and last usually

the longest E. spiculatus (LeConte)

Elytra usually pale brown, giving the species a bicolored appearance; the

inner apical tips of the elytra are rounded and unarmed; female with

pronotal spines of various lengths, but with several long spines of equal

length E. pauper Linsley

^ Adapted from Linsley (1962) .

April 1967]

TYSON — ^ERGATES AND TRAGOSOMA

125

Key to the Larvae of California Ergates

Frontal processes elongate, each as long as their basal width; outer frontal

processes longer than inner processes; dorsal anal lobe slightly elongate,

and when viewed from below slightly truncate at its apex; infest conifers

(Fig. 5) E. spiculatus (LeConte)

Frontal processes only slightly elongate, wider than long; outer frontal proc-

esses equal to or shorter than the inner processes; dorsal anal lobe rounded

at its apex; infest oaks (Fig. 6) E. pauper Linsley

Key to the Pupae of California Ergates

Last abdominal segment with two short, blunt processes at apex, each with

sclerotized tubercles on its dorsal surface; no setae or chalazae on the

dorsum of the last abdominal segment (Fig. 7) E. spiculatus (LeConte)

Last abdominal segment with two acute, partially sclerotized apical processes,

each with several small heavily sclerotized tubercles along its sides;

several setae and chalazae on the dorsum of the last abdominal segment

(Fig. 8) E. pauper Linsley

Ergates spiculatus (LeConte)

The habits of this species were summarized by Craighead (1915) and

by Linsley (1962a). It is of interest that the larvae of this species

occur only in conifers, whereas those of E. pauper are specific to the

live oaks.

Ergates pauper Linsley

This uncommon species is found in the south-central Sierra Nevada

and Coast Ranges, and was reared by the author from Quercus chryso-

lepis (canon oak) and Q. wislizenii (interior live oak). The larvae

mine the heartwood of limbs and stumps of oak, and are usually asso-

ciated with wood which is in contact with the soil. However, larvae

have been taken from large dead limbs on living trees. Where con-

ditions are favorable the pupal chambers are constructed parallel with

the surface and preferably in sound wood. If sound wood is not avail-

able the chambers are constructed in the decaying wood and frass, and

are lined with a mixture of frass and regurgitated fluids. The adults

emerge in late June and July and, as in E. spiculatus, only the females

are attracted to ultra-violet light. No parasites are known, but a “rub-

berneck” larva of a snakefly was found feeding on a pupa of E. pauper.

Morphologically the larvae differ in the size and length of the frontal

processes, and the pupae can be separated by the nature of the dorsal,

apical abdominal processes.

126

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43 , NO. 2

Literature Cited

Chemsak, J. a. 1965. Notes on the Habits of Trichoderes pini Chevrolat. Pan-

Pac. Entomol. 41: 93-95.

Craighead, F. C. 1915. Larvae of the Prioninae. U. S. Dept. Agr. Report no.

107: 1-24, pis. 1-6.

1923. North American Cerambycid Larvae. Canada Dept. Agr. Bull, (n.s.)

27: 1-239, pis. 1-44, figs. 1-8.

Linsley, E. G. 1962. The Cerambycidae of North America. Part II. Taxonomy

and Classification of the Parandrinae, Prioninae, Spondylinae, and

Aseminae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 19: 1-102, 1 pi., figs. 1-34.

Tyson, W. H. 1966. Notes on Reared Cerambycidae. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 42:

201-207.

A New Phanerotoma Parasitic on Laspeyresia toreuta (Grote)

(Hymenoptera : Braconidae and Lepidoptera : Olethreutidae)

L. E. Caltagirone

University of California, Berkeley

A series of specimens of Phanerotoma has been reared from Las-

peyresia toreuta (Grote) attacking cones of Pinus hanksiana Lambert

and Pinus resinosa Solander by Dr. Kenneth J. Kraft of the Michigan

Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. I consider this species

an undescribed one, and I am naming and describing it at this time

so that a name will be available for use by Dr. Kraft and his associates

in their studies on Laspeyresia toreuta and its natural enemies. Addi-

tional specimens from the United States National Museum have been

studied and included in the series of specimens upon which the descrip-

tion is based.

The measurements of morphological characters in the following

description are relative, except for the length of the specimens which

is given in mm. Three figures are given for each measurement: the

first one corresponding to the holotype, and the other two, in paren-

theses, representing the range of the measurement as found in the para-

types.

Phanerotoma toreutae Caltagirone, new species

Length of holotype 4.5 mm; varying from 4.13 mm to 4.75 mm in 14 female,

and from 4.00 m m to 4.75 mm in 9 male paratypes.

Female. — Head seen from above quadrate, width 1.5 (1.45-1.68) times the

length (length measured from the anterior margin of the antennal sockets to an

imaginary, transverse, vertical plane touching the most posterior edge of the

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 126-129, April 1967

April 1967]

CALTAGIRONE — NEW PHANEROTOMA

127

Fig. 1. Phanerotoma toreutae, female, right forewing .

temples), width at eyes 1.08 (1.08-1.11) the maximum width at temples; eyes

large, salient, their largest diameter 1.36 (1.35-1.48) the width of temples, with

very short, sparse hairs; face width 1.88 (1.76-2.10) the height from base of

antennal sockets to base of clypeus, coarsely rugose, finely so in a longitudinal

median area in some specimens; clypeus width 1.81 (1.71-1.95) the length, sub-

polished, with punctures separated from each other for a distance greater than

twice their diameter, with three apical teeth, distance between lateral teeth 0.23

(0.18-0.24) the width of clypeus; genae 0.80 (0.76-0.82) the width of mandible

at base; temples convex, only slightly receding, finely rugose, longitudinally striate;

vertex transversely striate; frons coarsely rugose; ocelli in a right-angled triangle,

largest diameter of lateral ocelli 1.22 (1.08-1.42) the length of the posterior inter-

ocellar line, and 0.34 (0.31-0.38) the length of the ocellocular line; mandibles

with a well-developed subapical tooth somewhat removed basad; antennae 23-

segmented, length of first funicular segment > second > third > fourth, in the

holotype the ratios are 32 : 29 : 26 : 23, basal 7 funicular segments markedly longer

than wide, segments VI through XII somewhat wider, some of these segments as

wide as, or wider than, long, apical 5 segments moniliform.

Thorax length (from anterior margin of mesoscutum to tip of propodeum) 0.40

(0.38-0.43) the total length of body; mesoscutum evenly convex anteriorly, opaque,

chagreened, coarsely rugose on disc; notaulices distinct anteriorly, posteriorly

fading into the rugose area of mesoscutum; lateral lobes of mesoscutum slightly

raised; scutellar triangle opaque, lateral borders sharp, but not carinate; sides

of scutellum declivous, coarsely, longitudinally striate; a transverse area along

posterior margin polished, shiny; post-scutellum shiny, longitudinally striate;

propodeum coarsely rugose without well-defined carinae; forewings as long as

thorax and abdomen together, hyaline, two faint transverse infuscated bands, one

originating below the parastigma covering most of the first discoidal and part

of submedial and brachial cells, and the other originating below the stigma cover-

ing most of the first and second cubital and parts of second discoidal cells; radius

originating in the apical third of stigma, first abscissa 0.80 (0.80-1.28) the length

of second, second abscissa 1.19 (0.88-1.15) the length of second intercubitus, third

abscissa straight (slightly curved in a few specimens) ; second recurrent received

in second cubital cell in seven specimens, interstitial in other seven, and received

in first cubital cell in one specimen; nervulus postfurcal for a distance 1.0 (0.72-

128

Figs. 2-7. Phanerotoma toreutae, female. 2, clypeus. 3, tip of right mandible.

4, antenna. 5, head, right side lateral view, antennae and mouth parts not shown.

6, gaster, right side lateral view. 7, third tergite, outline of apical emargination.

1.05) its own length; middle tibiae not gibbous, slightly arched on basal half;

hind tibiae gradually increasing in width towards tip, maximum width 0.19 (0.16-

0.19) its length.

Gaster oval, length 1.09 (1.09-1.25) the length of thorax, 1.78 (1.68-1.94) its

own width; height 0.43 (0.43-0.60) the width; first and second tergites subequal

in length, coarsely rugose, third 0.42 (0.42-0.48) the length of gaster, finely rugose;

first tergite convex with two strong median carinae that barely reach the middle;

third tergite with an apical, moderately deep, wide emargination; ovipositor barely

excerted.

Black; head black to red, ocellar triangle always black; clypeus reddish black

in the black-headed specimens to tawny in the red-headed ones; scape from red-

dish brown to tawny; mandibles and legs tawny to stramineous; palpi black to

gray; posterior coxae, apex of hind tibiae, and sometimes apex of all tibiae and

posterior femora brown; last segment of tarsi black to brown; tegulae dark brown,

reddish brown, or tawny; wing venation brown, black in the areas covered by the

infuscated bands; second intercubitus very slightly sclerotized; stigma along pos-

terior margin paler.

Male. — Similar to female in general structure and coloration. All funicular

segments decidely longer than wide; funicle not widened; third tergite of gaster

without emargination.

April 1967]

CALTAGIRONE NEW PHANEROTOMA

129

Holotype female . — Ford Forestry Center, L’Anse, Baraga County,

Michigan; emerged in laboratory on 18 June 1965, from a larva of

Laspeyresia sp. in jack pine cone (K. J. Kraft) ; deposited in the United

States National Museum, Washington, D. C. (USNM No. 69395).

Paratypes. — Two females and two males, same data as type; one female and

one male, Baraga, Baraga County, Michigan, emerged in laboratory on 23 June

1965, from larvae of Laspeyresia sp. in red pine cone (K. J. Kraft) ; one female

and two males, Houghton County, Michigan, 15 May 1965, reared from Las-

peyresia toreuta (K. J. Kraft) ; two females and four males, same locality as type,

emerged from cones of Pinus banksiana collected 14 June 1965 (K. J. Kraft) ;

five females, Hayward Nursery, Sawyer County, Wisconsin, one specimen collected

on 29 May 1951, and four on 16 June 1951 (R. D. Shenefelt) ; two females, Douglas

County, Wisconsin, 18 May 1956; one female, Marinette County, Wisconsin, 15

May 1956. Series of paratypes in the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.,

Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan, and University of Cali-

fornia, Berkeley, California.

In general appearance Phanerotoma toreutae resembles Phanerotoma

laspeyresiae Rohwer, and Phanerotoma erythrocephala Rohwer, the two

other known North American Phanerotoma that are predominantly

black in color. These three species can be separated by the characters

in the following key;

1. Clypeus bidentate, strongly convex, anterior margin projected, more than

twice as wide as long; face more than twice as wide as long

Phanerotoma laspeyresiae Rohwer

Clypeus tridentate, flat, anterior margin not projected, less than twice as

wide as long; face less than twice as wide as long 2

2. First tergite of gaster flat above, without carinae; antennae of female with

all segments longer than wide, not widened beyond middle

Phanerotoma erythrocephala Rohwer

First tergite of gaster convex above, with well-defined longitudinal carinae;

antennae of female with some segments beyond the VI funicular wider

than long, somewhat widened beyond middle

Phanerotoma toreutae Caltagirone

130

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43 , NO. 2

Caliscelis bonellii (Latreille), a European Genus of Issidae

New to the United States

(Homoptera : Fulgoroidea)

Lois Breimeier O’Brien

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco

During the summer of 1965, eleven males and one female of Calis-

celis honellii (Latreille) were collected in Sonoma County, California,

in two localities approximately 15 miles apart; this is the first record

of the genus on this continent. This species was described by Latreille

in 1807 and is recorded from Italy, France, Sardinia, Sicily, Austria,

Hungary, Spain, Yugoslavia, Portugal, and Russia. Thirteen other

species are found in Eurasia, one in Ceylon, and one in Brazil.

During the summer of 1966 several observations were made to sup-

plement the 1965 collecting data and the European references on ecology.

Metcalf’s Catalogue of the Homoptera (1958) cites three references

to the ecology of this species. Melichar (1907) says it occurs “auf

sonnigen stellen”; in 1901 he says both sexes are found “auf sonnigen

Anhohen.” Graeffe (1903) says “Diese interessante siidliche Cicade

findet sich nicht selten auf recht sonnigen diirren Grasplatzen bei

Tries! und in Istrien vom July bis in den Herbst. Weibliche Thiere

noch in November gefunden, die wahrscheinlich iiberwintern.”

In 1965, nine males were collected at Healdsburg, 17 June 1965, on

Bermuda grass, on a railroad right of way by W. Wiard (labelled

Calif. Dept. Agr. 65 F 24r-19) and one male was collected two miles

north of Sebastopol, 24 July 1965, by myself. One male and one female

were collected there one week later by C. W. O’Brien; 28 males, 2

nymphs, and 18 females, 3 July 1966, by us; 1 nymph, 22 May 1966,

by us; and one nymph 1 mile south of Sebastopol, 10 September 1966,

by W. C. Gagne. One nymph has been collected one mile northeast of

Occidental, Sonoma County, 17 May 1964, by C. W. O’Brien, but was

not recognized as this genus until the adults and other nymphs were

collected.

The collection site north of Sebastopol is a pasture with a few broad

leaved plants, chiefly Cichorium and Grindelia. In July that part of

the pasture where Caliscelis is found is dry, with most of the grass

brown and the earth cracked. The pasture slopes in a westerly direction

toward a creek bed and on this slope is an elongate depression approxi-

mately 75 feet long and 20 feet wide and 8 feet deep, with steeply slop-

ing sides. It runs from east to west and in 1966 was filled with hay.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 130-133, April 1967

April 1967]

O’BRIEN INTRODUCED ISSID

131

Fig. 1. Lateral view of Caliscelis bonellii (Latreille), male. Crosshatching

indicates yellow coloration; black, black or ferruginous; white, white.

It is along its south side that most of the specimens of Caliscelis

bonellii were found. Collecting started at 2 PM and the whole pasture

area was swept with a net, with only two specimens being found, these

near the depression. It was swept again, and again specimens were

obtained in the same area. By five o’clock almost every swing over

the same area produced more specimens and several males were watched

as they ran about on the plants. Their black color made them stand

out on both green and golden plants and they ran along the stems and

stopped, ran and stopped, often on the pauses reaching out with one

front leg, touching it down, raising it again, and again placing it down

before shifting weight on it and repeating the procedure with the other

leg. This movement was easily seen because of the foliaceous femur

and tibia. The whole action gave one the impression of watching a

jumping spider. The drab female was not observed displaying the

front legs. Since each sweep in the late afternoon produced more in-

sects than were collected in the same area earlier in the afternoon, I

assume they were at the base of plants or in cracks in the ground

earlier in the day.

Six adults and two nymphs were brought into the laboratory for study.

Two of the adults, placed on dry weed and grass stems, died overnight.

Those in vials with green stems of Grindelia, Cichorium, and grasses

132

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43, NO. 2

were observed with mouthparts inserted into all three at one time or

another. After two days, the plant stems seemed dry and were replaced

with fresh Bermuda grass every second day. One nymph became adult

and the two females laid five eggs within the week they lived. The eggs

were 1 mm long, 0.4 mm in diameter, oval, and pale, with a small

cylindrical opaque projection at the head end; they were glued longi-

tudinally along the stems. At room temperature, three nymphs hatched

within 23 days after the first egg was laid; they were placed out of

doors on living Bermuda grass in a vial, but were trapped in dew and

died.

How Caliscelis bonellii overwinters in California is not known;

nymphs have been collected on 17 and 22 May without finding adults;

adults and two last instar nymphs were found on 3 July, and another

nymph 10 September. If the species overwinters as an active nymph

or adult or hibernates in the ground, recent introduction would seem

to be indicated. Since spring is the collecting period in this part of

California, Van Duzee or other Hemipterists might have been expected

to collect it. However, collecting in the coastal range and central Cali-

fornia valleys commonly stops in very early summer when the vegetation

turns brown, so it is not impossible that even so striking a species

should go undetected, given this habitat, if it is adult only during the

dry summer period. In this case, it might have been introduced by

early ships from the Mediterranean region as eggs on hay, or hiber-

nating in hay.

Systematics

In Dr. Kathleen C. Doering’s key to the genera of Issidae north of

Mexico (1938), Caliscelis bonellii keys to couplet 20, where it can be

separated from Aphelonema and Papagona by its expanded fore femora

and tibiae; head, including eyes, narrower than pronotum or base of

closed tegmina; vertex short. Distinctive characters of this genus are

the abbreviated wings, the greatly expanded fore femora and tibiae,

the rounded clypeus not expanded into a snout, sexual dimorphism,

and, like Osbornia, vestigial or no circular pits on the head and thorax;

Aphelonema, Fitchiella, Bruchomorpha, and Papagona have very dis-

tinct circular pits.

Male. — 2.5 mm long, 1.1 mm wide across tegmina. Color: black except yellow

pronotum, mesonotum, and tegmina; tegmen with black border along eostal margin,

white stripe along claval suture and black stripe medially of white stripe; tarsi,

apical half of hind tibiae, middle femora and tibiae and membranes around coxae

and eyes brownish yellow; papillae on antennae pale. Pronotum sometimes bor-

April 1967]

O’BRIEN INTRODUCED ISSID

133

dered anteriorly and laterally with black; sometimes it and mesonotum spotted

with black; notum under wings yellow or yellowish.

Lateral view as figured. Vertex half as long as broad, chevron shaped except

anterior edge truncate, lateral edges along eye elevated, carina along posterior

margin. Frons medially depi'essed, apical fifth produced anteriorly, subequal to

clypeus. Clypeus with median carina; in lateral view smoothly convex. Pronotum

pentagonal, depressed medially. Mesonotum with anterior transverse carina arched

anteriorly, sinuate laterad of each lateral carina; median carina poorly developed

or absent on meso- and pronotum and vertex. Fore femora and tibiae expanded

leaflike with axes thickened; femur %, tibia iis broad as long. Hind tibia with

a single spine. Veins of tegmina indistinct.

Female. — 4.1 mm long, 1.75 mm wide across tegmina. Color brown, spotted with

dark brown. Pale median stripe from vertex to anal flap, with brown line bisect-

ing it from tegmina posteriorly; this stripe flanked by two other pale stripes on

each side from tegmina posteriorly. Frons darkly spotted medially, clypeus solid

dark brown color.

Structure similar to male except frons and vertex only slightly concave, so that

vertex is % as long as broad. All carinae less distinct than in male. Fore femur

about %, fore tibia about % as broad as long.

I am indebted to Mr. R. G. Fennah, Assistant Director, Common-

wealth Institute of Entomology, London, for comparing a specimen

with continental representatives of the species and confirming my de-

termination; to Dr. R. F. Wilkey, California Department of Agriculture,

for calling my attention to and loaning their specimens; to Mr. Virgil

Whitlatch, for granting permission to collect insects on his property;

and to the National Science Foundation for the Graduate Fellowship

which I held during this research.

Literature Cited

Doerikg, K. C. 1938. A contribution to tbe taxonomy of the subfamily Issinae

in America north of Mexico (Fulgoridae, Homoptera). Univ. Kansas

Sci. Bull., 25: 447-575.

Graeffe, E. 1903. Beitrage zur Cicadinenfauna des Osterr. Kustenlandes. Boll.

Soc. Adriatica Sci. Nat. Trieste, 21: 41-63.

Melichar, L. 1901. Rhynchota (Juli). Entomol. Jahrb., 1901: 42-43.

1907. Bericht iiber die mit Subvention der kaiserl. Akademie der Wissen-

schaften unternommene entomologische Studienreise nach Spanien und

Marokko. Sitzungberichte. Akad. Wiss., 116: 1038.

Metcalf, Z. P. 1958. General Catalogue cf the Homoptera, Fasc. IV, Part 15,

Issidae. Waverly Press, Inc., Baltimore, Md. 561 pp.

134

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

'Rog ^egmour Rlafiner

29 November 1895—15 October 1958

Roy Wagner, age 63, a talented amateur entomologist, died in Fresno,

California, 15 October 1958, following a long illness.

He was self-taught, yet set a high standard in curating his material,

and formed one of the important private collections of California

beetles. He brought together an excellent technical library on Cole-

optera, but did not publish himself. His specimens were clean, well

mounted, and often in good series, especially in the Tenebrionidae

which he particularly liked; Dr. F. E. Blaisdell based a new genus

and species on a Death Valley tenebrionid from the Wagner collection.

The greater part of his collecting ground was in Fresno County, adjacent

Madera County to the north, and Kings and Tulare counties to the

south, but he made trips to both ends of the state. In addition to the

plain of the San Joaquin Valley, he worked the nearby foothills of the

Sierra. He also enjoyed the eastern slopes of the Diablo Range west

of Mendota and Coalinga; there, in rattlesnake county, he was once

seen roaming the hills shod in carpet slippers!

He and his friend Franklin T. Scott,^ the only other resident coleop-

terist in the San Joaquin Valley, found a virtual gold mine of beetles

^ The authors are indebted to Mr. Scott for some of the information included here.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 134-136, April 1967

April 1967]

LEECH & SIMMONS ROY S. WAGNER

135

just outside the western edge of Sequoia National Park. There large

flumes carrying water for hydroelectric purposes enter reservoirs, where

all the floating debris collects in large eddies. Beetles of all sorts, many

of them rarities, fall into the flumes and are carried down to the reser-

voirs where they cling to bits of wood and trash. Brought to the bank

and carefully picked over as it dried, this rich accumulation provided

a good deal of Mr. Wagner’s exchange material. In fact he got so

many specimens that he could not keep up with the labeling, and used

temporary typewritten labels which were never replaced and may puzzle

students. His “kphr” should be translated as Kaweah Power House

Reservoir, Tulare County, California. The site is by Power House

No. 3, a little to the east of the Three Rivers entrance road (Highway

198) to the park, and less than a mile south of the park boundary.

Ralph Hopping labeled his material from there as “Dam near Ash

Mountain,” tempting one to question how dam near. Dr. E. C. Van

Dyke and some of his students collected at the same spot in 1929.

They used a general label reading “Potwisha, Sequoia Nat’l. Park,

Calif. Alt. 2000-5000 ft.,” but reference to Dr. Van Dyke’s field note

book for one of the dates will show an entry such as that for June 13:

“Drove down grade [from Potwisha camp] to below Ash Fork Station

& coll, at flume dam.” Mr. Wagner collected at some other flumes, for

instance at Riverton, Eldorado County.

Roy Wagner was most active in the late 20’s and early to mid 30’s,

during which period he sent material to specialists to be named, in-

cluding many Tenebrionidae to F. E. Blaisdell. He also exchanged

with correspondents, especially with J. F. Brimley in Ontario, J. Ouellet

in Montreal, W. Benedict in Kansas, D. K. Duncan and F. Parker in

Arizona, and H. B. Leech in British Columbia. The earliest date of

collection in Roy Wagner material now in the California Academy of

Sciences is for an example of Dytiscus marginicollis Le Conte taken

by him at Hanford, Kings Co., California, in April 1917. He encour-

aged others to begin collecting, notably Loyal Weitz, now of Mill

Valley, California.

In the late 30’s Roy began to feel that some of his college student

visitors were exploiting him by noting the localities and dates of cap-

ture of rarities, and then making special trips to get them in numbers.

His outlook was somewhat restricted, but that was doubtless the result

of his being self-taught and working largely on his own. At any rate

he gradually lost interest in collecting and began to study the literature

of Romance languages, teaching himself to read both French and Ger-

man. He gave up the grocery business for a more congenial one, the

136

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. 43, NO. 2

operation of a book store in Fresno; during much of 1935 and 1936

he was . . putting in houses and selling them,” as he stated in a

letter to Ralph Hopping. According to Mr. Scott he was living near

Clovis, northeast of Fresno, in 1955.

Mr. Wagner’s collection was kept in four 24-drawer cases, all finely

constructed and all of professional quality. Still in the original drawers,

about half of it now belongs to his longtime friend F. T. Scott; most

of the rest was bought by the County of Tulare, and is in the Agri-

cultural Commissioner’s office in Visalia. A few families were sold to

H. B. Leech in 1939, including the Dytiscidae, Gyrinidae, Hydrophilidae,

Silphidae (s. lat.) and Staphylinidae. The aquatics are now in the

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, the smaller silphoids

in the Canadian National Collection at Ottawa and the larger in Dr.

M. H. Hatch’s collection in the Burke Museum at the University of

Washington, Seattle.

Mr. Wagner served in the U. S. Marine Corps in World War I. He

is survived by his widow, Mrs. Ann F. Wagner of Fresno, California;

by a son, Dr. Robert M. Wagner at the Naval Weapons Station, Port

Chicago, California, and by a granddaughter, Roberta.

Roy Wagner did not publish on beetles, but several were named in

his honor and in appreciation of his abilities. In his revision of the

species of Centronopus Dr. Blaisdell wrote (1933, p. 215) “Mr. Roy

S. Wagner of Fresno, California, very recently called my attention to

marked differences in the form of the metafemora of certain specimens,

as well as in the distribution and character of the pubescence of the

femora. As a result of the keen observation of Mr. Wagner, two new

species will be described below.”

Histeridae

Hetaerius wagneri Ross, 1938. Entomol. News, 49(2): 49-50.

Cebrionidae

Euthysanius wagneri Van Dyke, 1943. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 19(2): 42-43.

Tenebrionidae

Centronopus wagneri Blaisdell, 1933. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 59(976) :

218-219.

Eschatomoxys wagneri Blaisdell, 1935. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 11(3) : 125-129.

The types of Dacnochilus fresnoensis Leech, 1939. Canadian Entomol.,

71(12) :261 (Staphylinidae), were collected by Roy Wagner, as was

the type of Dendrophilus tularensis Ross, 1937. Pan-Pacific Entomol.,

13(1-2) :67-68 (Histeridae), and that of Hippomelas pacifica Cham-

berlin, 1938. Jour. New York Entomol. Soc., 46(4) : 446-447 (Bupres-

tidae) . — Hugh B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences, San Fran-

cisco, AND Perez Simmons, Fresno, California.

April 1967]

KENNETT — A NEW PHYTOSEIUS

137

An Undescribed Species of Phytoseius from California

(Acarina : Phytoseiidae)

C. E. Kennett

University of California, Berkeley

In his revision of the genus Phytoseius, Denmark (1966) recognized

40 species. Of these species, only one, Phytoseius finitimus Rihaga,

has been collected previously in California. Schuster and Pritchard

(1963) recorded only one collection of this species from grapevine in

Sonoma County. Recent collections of Phytoseiidae from wild black-

berry, Ruhus spp., resulted in the discovery of an additional undescribed

species of Phytoseius in the acarine fauna of California.

Phytoseius (Phytoseius) calif ornicus Kennett, new species

(Figs. 1-6)

Female. — Clielicera with three subapical teeth on fixed digit, one on movable

digit. Dorsal shield smooth, faintly reticulate, lateral margins nearly parallel,

with two pairs of notocephalic pores, the anterior pair smaller, mesad of prolateral

setae IV, the larger pair immediately posterior to promediolateral setae, two pairs

of small pores on posterior half of dorsum; bearing 16 pairs of setae composed

of seven laterals, four dorsals, two medians, one sublateral and the verticals and

clunals. Vertical setae 18 /r; dorsocentral setae I-III 1 (x, IV 10^; clunals 7 /U,;

prolateral setae I 39 ii, II 14 fx, III 46 fx, IV 25 /x, V 53 /x, VI 63 postlateral setae

I 42 /r; promediolateral setae 7^; postmediolateral setae 29 sublateral setae

I 32^, II (on membrane) 18 ^a. Prolateral setae I, III, V, VI and postlaterals all

weakly serrate. Peritreme short, extending anteriorly to coxa II. Sternal plate

lightly sclerotized, usually indistinct, with two pairs of setae and a pair of minute

pores. Third and fourth pairs of sternal setae arising from interscutal membrane.

Cervix of spermatheca 14 /x in length, tapering acutely to small bulbous-shaped

atrium, the major duct broad. Ventrianal plate slender, 88 /x long, 42 /x wide,

widest opposite posterior margin of anal opening, with three pairs of preanal

setae. Two pairs of slender metapodal platelets, the larger pair 28 /x in length.

Venter with two pairs of ventrolateral setae. Leg IV lacking macrosetae.

Female measurements . — Dorsal shield, length 259-273 /r, greatest width 112-

137 fx. Peritreme, length 56-66 ix (Range — 10 specimens) .

Male. — Smaller than female, dorsal setal pattern as in female. Chelicerae with

spur-shaped spermatodactyl. Ventrianal plate with three pairs of preanal setae.

Male measurements . — Dorsal shield, length 217-220 /x, greatest width 102-105 jx

(Range — 7 specimens).

Type locality. — Eaton, Fresno County, California.

Type material. — The female holotype and six female paratypes

were collected on Ruhus sp. 10 November 1964 by J. Nakata, type no.

3233 in the U. S. National Museum. Allotype male and five addi-

tional female paratypes from Ruhus sp., collected 19 October 1966 at

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 137-139, April 1967

138

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43, NO. 2

Fig. 1. Phytoseius californicus Kennett, new species, female liolotype, dorsal

shield. Fig. 2. Female, posteroventral aspect. Fig. 3. Female chelicera. Fig. 4.

Spermatheca. Fig. 5. Male ventrianal plate. Fig. 6. Male chelicera.

Springville, Tulare County, California by C. E. Kennett and D. L.

Flaherty. Additional records, all from Rubus sp.: China Slough, Cen-

terville, Fresno County, 15 April 1965 by J. Nakata; Centerville, Fresno

County, 18 October 1966 by C. E. Kennett and J. Nakata; Eaton,

Fresno County, 18 October 1966 by C. E. Kennett and J. Nakata; Red-

wood Park, Oakland, Alemeda County, California, 6 January 1967 by

C. E. Kennett and J. Hamai.

April 1967]

KENNETT A NEW PHYTOSEIUS

139

This new species is readily distinguished from all other species of

the subgenus Phytoseius by the absence of macrosetae on leg IV and

by the short peritreme. P. californicus is similar to P. finitimus Ribaga,

but P. californicus has notocephalic pores, a much shorter peritreme

and the postlateral and postmediolateral setae are much shorter. P.

scrobis Denmark also appears closely allied to P. californicus but P.

scrohis has fewer preanal setae and much longer peritremes.

Acknowledgments

I wish to express my appreciation to J. Nakata (UCB) and D. L.

Flaherty (UCB) for their assistance in obtaining a majority of the

specimens employed in this study.

Literature Cited

Denmark, H. A. 1966. Revision of the genus Phytoseius Ribaga, 1904 (Acarina:

Phytoseiidae) . Fla. Dept. Agri. Bull., No. 6 : 1-105.

Schuster, R. 0., and A. E. Pritchard. 1963. Phytoseiid mites of California.

Hilgardia, 34(7) : 191-285.

Employment Opportunity

Navy Overseas Employment Office (Atlantic), Office of Civilian Manpower

Management, Washington Navy Yard, Washington, D. C. 20390, is seeking an

entomologist for duty with the Navy in London, England. Incumbent serves as

special assistant for applied biology and performs research, design and training

in entomology, wood preservation and marine and general biology. Salary $10,927

per annum to start. Three year tour of duty. Transportation of employee and de-

pendents, shipment or storage of liberal amount of household goods and shipment

of automobile at government expense. Housing allowance. Interested persons should

contact address above.

140

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. 43, NO. 2

A New South American Species of Bothy nostethus^

(Hymenoptera : Sphecidae)

A. S. Menke

University of California, Davis

The following new species was discovered during the course of a

generic review of the tribe Bothynostethini which was undertaken as

part of a larger study directed towards a worldwide generic revision

of the Sphecidae. The type of the new species will be deposited in the

collection of the Department of Entomology, University of California,

Davis.

Bothynostethus duckei Menke, new species

Holotype female. — Length 10.5 mm. Color black; outer face of scape pale yellow;

midcoxa near outer condyle of trochanter with a very small pale yellow spot; outer

face of midtibia with a small, subapical, pale yellow spot; hindcoxa with an elon-

gate narrow pale yellow spot on outer upper surface; outer side of hind femur

broadly yellow except for basal one-third; forewing infumate except median and

submedian cells (base of wing clear) ; apical half of hindwing infumate.

Vestiture: head and mesosomal hair short, densest on face, scutum and espe-

cially on the propodeum; hair color silver on face and propodeum, brown or reddish

brown on vertex, collar, scutum, scutellum, metanotum; hair elsewhere silvery and

sparse; gastral hair, including that of pygidium, decumbent and brownish except

on tergite I where it is silvery.

Structure-, flagellomeres VI-IX noticeably shorter than preceding articles

(Fig. 2) ; clypeus only slightly swollen, teeth of free margin as in Figure 2;

outer margin of mandible deeply notched; ratio of least interocular distance to

greatest interocular distance: 28 :41; collar not sulcate mesally, nor carinate

anteriorly; scutellum with a central prominence; propodeal areolation rather fine,

the average diameter of the areoles slightly less than an ocellus diameter; meso-

sternal area with a remnant of an acetabular carina at midline; marginal cell of

forewing obliquely truncate, weakly appendiculate (Fig. 1) ; first recurrent vein

interstitial between submarginal cells I and II, second recurrent vein variable,

received by submarginal II or IIP (Fig. 1) ; basal vein of forewing arising before

(basad) of crossvein cu-a.

Bothynostethus duckei is known only by the holotype female from

Villarrica, Paraguay. The dense silver hair on the propodeum, the

dense brown hair of the scutum, the clear membrane at the base of the

wing, and the large body size are good sight identification features.

Structurally, B. duckei differs in several respects from its congeners.

The truncate marginal cell is unique. In other Bothynostethus the

^ Research supported by a Grant from the National Science Foundation, ^GB-3074.

^ The second recurrent vein is received by the second submarginal cell in the left wing of the

holotype. This is the normal configuration for the genus. The second recurrent vein of the right

wing, however, is received by the third submarginal cell.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 140-I4I, April 1967

April 1967] menke — new species of odontosphex

141

Fig. 1. Portion of right forewing of the type of Bothynostethus duckei. Fig. 2.

Anterior view of the head of the type of Bothynostethus duckei.

marginal cell is acuminate. The prominence on the scutellum is also

distinctive in B. duckei, and the notched mandible is found only in

three [B. nitens Handlirsch, B. kohlii Ducke, B. duhius Ducke) of the

nine described species.

Bothy nostetus duckei is named in honor of Adolf Ducke.

Odontosphex Arnold, a Genus of the Philanthinae, with a Key

to the Tribes and Genera of the Subfamily^

(Hymenoptera : Sphecidae)

A. S. Menke

University of California, Davis

The late G. Arnold described the genus Odontosphex in 1951 for a

new species from the west African country of Mauritania. This species,

0. hidens, still is known only by the holotype male. Arnold assigned

Odontosphex to the subfamily Larrinae, but stated that the midtibia

had two apical spurs, a feature not found in any other larrine. Recently,

Manfredo Fritz of Valparaiso, Chile, sent me some Sphecidae for identi-

fication collected in Argentina. In this material were several species

which appeared to fit Arnold’s diagnosis of Odontosphex except that

^ A product of research directed towards a world generic revision of the family Sphecidae and

supported by a National Science Foundation grant, #GB-3074.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 141-148, April 1967

142

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43 , NO. 2

Fig. 1. Wings of Odontosphex willinki. Fig. 2. Femur and tibia of left hindleg

of Odontosphex paradoxus. Fig. 3. Sternite VIII of Odontosphex paradoxus (holo-

type). Fig. 4. Penis valve of Odontosphex willinki (holotype). Fig. 5. Ventral

view of right half of genitalia of Odontosphex paradoxus (holotype) . Figs. 6-8.

Clypeus of: 6, 0. fritzi male (holotype); 7, 0. fritzi, female; 8, 0. willinki, female.

April 1967] menke — new species of odontosphex

143

they had one midtibial spur. Dr. I. H. H. Yarrow of the British Museum

(Natural History) examined Arnold’s type for me and found that 0.

hidens has only one midtibial spur, not two as stated by Arnold. Dr.

Yarrow kindly arranged a loan of 0. bidens, and my examination of

it confirmed his finding of only one midtibial spur. Furthermore, com-

parison of O. bidens with the Argentine species has demonstrated that

they are congeneric and that the true relationship of Odontosphex is

with the Philanthinae.

The inclusion of Odontosphex in the Philanthinae prompted a review

of the tribal classification of the subfamily. The results of this study

are illustrated by the key to tribes and genera at the end of this paper.

The reasons for the classification presented here will be thoroughly

discussed in a world revision of the genera of the Sphecidae now being

prepared for publication by R. M. Bohart and the author.

Acknowledgments. — I would like to thank the Trustees of the

British Museum and Dr. I. H. H. Yarrow for the loan of the holotype

of Odontosphex bidens.

Odontosphex Arnold

Diagnosis. — Inner orbits of the eyes strongly converging above, eyes nearly

holoptic in male being separated at vertex by a midocellus diameter or less (Figs.

9, 11) ; midocellus normal; lateral ocelli vestigial and located very close to mid-

ocellus, each represented only by a longitudinally oriented, weakly impressed line

which is situated on a polished prominence; antenna short, flagellomeres about

as long as wide, some flagellomeres in male usually bearing flattened, polished

areas ventrally; antennal sockets not contiguous with frontoclypeal suture (suture

often indistinct between tentorial pits however) ; frons between antennal sockets

with a small tubercle; clypeus transverse, free margin dentate medially; mandible

simple, without inner teeth or outer notch; labrum transverse, free margin visible

below clypeus when not folded; mouthparts short, palpi 6-4; oceipital carina

complete, meeting hypostomal carina at its apex; pronotal collar thin, closely

appressed to, and much below scutum; mesopleuron without episternal sulcus or

other landmark sulci (some females with scrobal sulcus weakly indicated) ; pro-

podeum about as long as scutum, dorsal enclosure defined, triangular, with a

median longitudinal carina, apex of enclosure extending onto vertical posterior

face; female foretarsus essentially symmetrical, with a feeble rake composed of

widely spaced, short spines; midcoxae nearly contiguous; midtibia with one apical

spur; hindfemur obliquely truncate apically, truncation kidney-shaped in female

(Fig. 2), truncation weaker in male but femur with an apicoventral process;

Fig. 9. Anterior view of head of Odontosphex hidens Arnold (holotype) . Fig. 10.

Two views of male antenna of Odontosphex fritzi (holotype). Figs. 11-12. An-

terior view of head of Odontosphex paradoxus: 11, male (holotype) with two views

of antenna and mandible; 12, female.

144

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. 43, NO. 2

pulvilli rather small, equal on all legs in both sexes; forewing with three sub-

marginal cells, the second receiving both recurrent veins, marginal cell narrowly

truncate apically, appendiculate (Fig. 1) ; media of hindwing arising before cross-

vein cu-a, jugal lobe large, about four-fifths as long as anal area (Fig. 1) ; gaster

sessile, tergites and sternites simple, female with a well defined pygidium the

surface of which is smooth and devoid of hair, female gastral tergite V covered

with long, decumbent, hairlike setae which project posteriorly; gastral sternite

VIII of male as in Figure 3; volsella with a digitus and cuspis (Fig. 5) ; aedeagus

as in Figure 4.

Distribution. — Northwest Africa and southern South America. The

discovery of Odontosphex in Argentina is very interesting zoogeograph-

ically, and would seem to indicate that the genus is a relict.

Discussion. — Arnold (1951) related Odontosphex to the larrine

genus Tachysphex and admittedly there is a similarity in general body

form. The deformed lateral ocelli and rather large hindwing jugal

lobe enhance Arnold’s hypothesis, but other features of Odontosphex

are not at all larroid. Most important among these are: 1) media of

hindwing arising before crossvein cu-a, 2) volsella of male genitalia

with a digitus and cuspis, and 3) the form of the eighth male sternite

(Fig. 3).

Except for Scapheutes, a rather atypical larrine genus of the tribe

Bothynostethini, the media of the hindwing always arises after cross-

vein cu-a in the Larrinae. The volsella is simple in all larrines (e.g.

without a digitus and cuspis) and often greatly reduced. An eighth

sternite of the type found in Odontosphex is unknown in the Larrinae

although the form of the sternite in few Paranysson shows some

similarity.

To find groups which possess the hindwing and genitalic characteris-

tics of Odontosphex one is led to the Astatinae and Philanthinae. How-

ever, the two midtibial spurs in the Astatinae as well as the inner sub-

apical mandibular tooth and presence of pygostyles argue against plac-

ing Odontosphex in this subfamily. On the other hand, Odontosphex

fits very well into the Philanthinae and in fact is very similar to the

Old World genus Pseudoscolia, differing from it mainly in having-

deformed ocelli, a larger jugal lobe and nearly contiguous midcoxae.

Both genera have obliquely truncate bindfemora, simple mandibles,

similar eighth male sternites and lack an episternal sulcus. In addition,

some of the articles of the male antenna are usually flattened ventrally

in both taxa. The only features of Odontosphex which are not typical

of the Philanthinae are the deformed ocelli and the form of the clypeus

(without a trapeziform lobe between tentorial pits). This suggests that

Odontosphex be placed in a new tribe, the Odontosphecini. A key to

April 1967] menke — new species of odontosphex

145

the tribes and genera of the Philanthinae is given at the end of this

paper to illustrate my current ideas on the classification of the sub-

family.

Species differences in Odontosphex are found in the antenna of the

male, and the structure of the clypeal free margin in both sexes. Aside

from these head features the species are very similar, and females are

especially difficult to separate. Slight differences in scutal punctation

are apparent in the females, but these are difficult to evaluate because

in two of the three species in which the female is known, this sex is

represented by a single specimen, and two females in the third species.

Odontosphex paradoxus Menke, new species

Holotype male. — Length 7 mm.

Color: Black, mandible yellowish at middle, reddish at tip; tegula transparent;

gastral segments II-III and sternite IV reddish brown; tarsi faintly reddish; wings

clear, veins yellowish basally, light brown beyond.

Vestiture: Frons and clypeus covered with short, dense silver hair; gena and

mesosoma with sparser short silver hair (scutellum and posterior two-thirds of

scutum glabrous) ; gaster with sparse, changeable silver hair.

Structure: Eyes separated at vertex by slightly less than one-fourth the trans-

verse diameter of median ocellus (1.5 : 8) ; flagellomere II about same length

as IV, flagellomeres II-VI with flattened polished areas ventrally, that of IV

largest and concave, that of VI very small (Fig. 11) ; clypeal free margin with

five small teeth, lateralmost tooth weakly bidentate.

Female. — Length 7.5 mm.

Color: As in male except gaster entirely reddish and only hindtarsus reddish.

Vestiture: As in male but decumbent hair-like setae of tergite V dark brown.

Structure: Clypeal free margin with seven teeth (Fig. 12) ; scutal punctation

much sparser around parapsidal line, scutum impunctate medioposteriorly.

Types. — Holotype male and one female paratype collected at Mas-

CASIN, La Rioja, Argentina by F. Walz. Both specimens deposited in

the collection of the University of California, Davis.

Odontosphex fritzi Menke, new species

Holotype male. — Length 6 mm.

Color: Black; mandible yellowish apically; tegula transparent; wings clear,

veins yellowish basally, brownish beyond.

Vestiture: As in paradoxus.

Structure: Eyes separated at vertex by nearly the transverse diameter of median

ocellus (7 : 9.5) ; flagellomere II about two-thirds the length of IV, flagellomeres

III-V with flattened polished areas, that of III small, those of IV— V large and

concave (Fig. 10) ; clypeal free margin with a small dimpled median lobe and

a weakly bidentate lateral tooth (Fig. 6) .

Female. — Length 7 mm.

Color: Differs from male as follows: gastral tergite I apically, II, and III

146

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. 43, NO. 2

laterally, reddish; sternites II-III, and apex of VI, reddish; hindfemoral trunca-

tion, hind tibia and all tarsi reddish.

Vestiture: As in paradoxus except decumbent hair of tergite V reddish brown.

Structure'. Clypeal free margin with five teeth, lateralmost tooth largest, acute

and pointing obliquely (Fig. 7) ; scutal punctation sparser at parapsidal line and

medioposteriorly.

Types. — Holotype male and one paratype female collected at La-

marque, Rio Negro, Argentina by U. Fritz. Both specimens deposited

in the personal collection of Manfredo Fritz, Valparaiso, Chile. This

species is named in honor of Senor Manfredo Fritz in recognition of

his work on the Sphecidae of Argentina.

Odontosphex willinki Menke, new species

Holotype male. — Length 6 mm.

Color: Black; mandible yellow in middle, reddish at tip; tegula transparent;

gastral sternites II-III reddish, tergites I-III with faint reddish apically; hind

femoral process, hind tibia and all tarsi, reddish; wings clear, veins yellowish

basally, brown beyond.

Vestiture: As in paradoxus.

Structure: Eyes separated at vertex by nearly the transverse diameter of median

ocellus (5.5 : 7.5) ; length of flagallomere II equal to length of IV, flagellomeres

without polished flat areas; clypeal free margin with five teeth, the lateral most

tooth weakly bidentate (similar to Figure 11).

Female. — Length 7 mm.

Color: As in male except gastral tergite I apically, II, and VI, reddish, sternites

II-III reddish, rest of gaster black.

Vestiture: As in male but decumbent hair-like setae of tergite V reddish.

Structure: Clypeal free margin with five teeth, lateral most tooth weakly biden-

tate (Fig. 8) ; scutal punctation only slightly less dense at parapsidal line and

medioposteriorly.

Types. — Holotype male and one paratype female collected at La-

marque, Rio Negro, Argentina by U. and M. Fritz. One paratype

female with same data collected by the Fritz brothers. The type and

one paratype will be deposited in the Institute Miguel Lillo, Tucuman,

Argentina. The other paratype will go to the M. Fritz collection, Val-

paraiso, Chile. This species is named in honor of Dr. Abraham Willink,

a specialist in Argentine wasps.

Key to the Species of Odontosphex^

1. Males, antenna with 13 articles 2

Females, antenna with 12 articles 5

2. Free margin of clypeus with two large teeth (Fig. 9) ; flagellomeres VI-

IX with flattened polished areas ventrally, VI-VII enlarged ventrally

- 0. hidens is known only by the male.

April 1967] menke — new species of odontosphex

147

(Fig. 9) ; Africa ...bidens Arnold

Free margin of clypeus with four or more small teeth (Figs. 6, 11) ;

Argentina 3

3. Flagellomeres without polished areas willinki Menke

Some flagellomeres with ventral polished areas 4

4. Flagellomeres II-VI with polished areas; eyes separated at vertex by

slightly less than one-fourth the transverse diameter of median ocellus

paradoxus Menke

Flagellomeres III-V with polished areas; eyes separated at vertex by

nearly the diameter of median ocellus fritzi Menke

5. Clypeal free margin with seven distinct teeth (Fig. 12) ...paradoxus Menke

Clypeal free margin with five teeth, lateral most tooth sometimes weakly

bidentate (Figs. 7-8) 6

6. Lateral clypeal tooth broad, apex bidentate (Fig. 8) willinki Menke

Lateral clypeal tooth sharply acuminate (Fig. 7) jritzi Menke

Key to Tribes and Genera of the Philanthinae

(tribes and subtribes followed by an asterisk are proposed as new)

1. Apex of hindfemur flattened forming a kidney shaped plate, or obliquely

truncate, or with an apicoventral process; episternal sulcus absent or

very short; volsella variable 2

Apex of hindfemur normal; episternal sulcus present and usually extend-

ing nearly to ventral region of mesopleuron; volsella with a digitus and

cuspis 6

2. Mesopleuron with a broad deep horizontal sulcus which runs from scrobe

to a point below pronotal lobe; media of hindwing arising after cu-a;

volsella simple, without digitus and cuspis tribe Cercerini 3

Mesopleuron without a horizontal sulcus; media of hindwing arising be-

fore cu-a; volsella with a digitus and cuspis 5

3. Outer veinlet (r-mi) of third submarginal cell meeting marginal cell near

its midpoint 4

Outer veinlet of third submarginal cell meeting marginal cell near or at

its apex; New World Eucerceris Cresson

4. Second submarginal cell petiolate; Cosmopolitan Cerceris Latreille

Second submarginal cell four sided, not petiolate; Mediterranean Region

Nectanebus Spinola

5. Lateral ocelli normal; second recurrent vein of forewing received by third

submarginal cell; jugal lobe of hindwing about one-half length of anal

area; midcoxae widely separated; Mediterranean Region

tribe Pseudoscoliini* Pseudoscolia Radoszkowski

Lateral ocelli strongly deformed, nearly obsolete, second recurrent vein

received by second submarginal cell; jugal lobe large, nearly as long

as anal area; midcoxae nearly contiguous; North Africa, Argentina

tribe Odontosphecini* Odontosphex Arnold

6. Inner orbit of eye sharply angulate or notched (may be weak in some

male Philanthus but eyes strongly converge towards vertex)

tribe Philanthini

Inner orbit not interrupted by a sharp angle

148

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43 , NO. 2

7. Gaster sessile, first segment expanding rapidly from base; Old and New

World Philanthus Fabricius

Gaster petiolate, first segment long and slender although usually nodose

apically; New World Trachypus Klug

8. First recurrent vein of forewing received by second submarginal cell,

second recurrent received by third submarginal; maxillary palpi with 6

articles, labial with 4; antennal sockets not contiguous with frontoclypeal

suture, usually separated by at least one-half the diameter of the socket;

male without pygostyles Tribe Aphilanthopsini (new status) 9

First recurrent vein received by first submarginal or interstitial between

submarginals I and II, second recurrent interstitial between II and III;

maxillary palpi with 5 articles, labial with 3; antennal sockets essentially

contiguous with frontoclypeal suture; male with pygostyles; very tiny

Mediterranean and Transcaspian wasps (2-4.5 mm)

Trihe Eremiaspheciini* Eremiasphecium Kohl

9. Media of hindwing arising after cu-a; inner orbits of eyes bowed inward

slightly (towards midline) ; pronotal collar about as high as scutum;

North America subtribe Aphilanthopsina 10

Media of hindwing arising before cu-a; inner orbits bowed outward; pro-

notal collar much below scutum and closely appressed to it; Mediter-

ranean Region subtribe Philanthinina* Philanthinus Beaumont^

10. Female pygidium triangular, apex rounded; sternite VI of female simple,

not concave nor apically emarginate; posterior apex of triangular plate

of metanotum (plate between lateral metanotal depression and base of

hindwing) not projecting beyond hind margin of metanotum

Aphilanthops Patton

Female pygidium quadrate, surface concave; female sternite VI with a

hypopygium, concave, apex emarginate; posterior apex of triangular

plate of metanotum projecting beyond hind margin of metanotum (only

slightly in Listropygia but basal flagellomeres in male strongly flattened) 11

11. Ocellocular distance equal to two lateral ocellus diameters or more; female

pygidium without a medioapical knob ; basal male flagellomeres cylin-

drical; sternites III-V of male not densely clothed with wool-like hair

Clypeadon Patton

Ocellocular distance slightly greater than diameter of lateral ocellus;

female pygidium with a medioapical knob; basal male flagellomeres

strongly flattened; sternites III-V of male clothed with dense wool-like

hair Listropygia Bohart

Literature Cited

Arnold, F. 1951. Sphecidae and Pompilidae collected by Mr. K. M. Guichard

in West Africa and Ethiopia. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Natur. Hist.), EntomoL,

2(3): 95-183.

^ This was originally proposed as a subgeniis of Philanthus by Beaumont but should be given

generic status.

April 1967] spilman — new ulomine genus and species

149

A New North American Ulomine Genus and Species,

Doliodesmus chariest

(Coleoptera : Tenebrionidae)

T. J. Spilman^

Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service,

U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

In 1894, Horn described the new genus and species Doliopines cucu-

jinus from the southern tip of Baja California, Mexico. It is an odd

beetle, but Horn correctly placed it in the tenebrionid tribe Ulomini

near Doliema. Since 1894, almost nothing has been added to our

knowledge of the genus and species. Now, however, intensive collecting

in Arizona and Baja California has brought forth a different but re-

lated ulomine which is described below as a new genus and species.

In addition the known distribution of Doliopines cucujinus is greatly

extended.

Doliodesmus Spilman, new genus

Head broad, evenly rounded laterally, epistoma expanded laterally to form an

almost continuous border with eyes; length anterior to eyes equal to one-fourth

width; anterior border weakly incurved; lateral borders posterior to eyes mod-

erately converging posteriorly. Eye of moderate size, strongly emarginate; length

of dorsal lobe and ventral lobe subequal. Labrum small, completely visible in

dorsal view when protruded, invisible when retracted. Mandibles apically blunt,

visible in dorsal view when protruded, invisible when closed. Maxillary palpi with

elongate segments, segment 4 securiform with oblique apical border. Mentum

small, slightly wider than long; lateral borders diverging anteriorly, and with

sharp margin; posterior border straight and with bead; anterior border weakly

delimited; surface weakly convex. Antenna relatively slender and short, extending

to posterior border of pronotum, not clavate or capitate; 1st segment not incras-

sate, 3rd long, 1st and 2nd each equal to half length of 3rd, 4th and 5th slightly

longer than wide, 6th through 10th as wide as long, 11th one and one-half times

length of 10th; 2nd and 3rd cylindrical and slightly diverging apically, 4th

through 11th compressed and with constricted bases, 4th through 10th triangular

but with apical angles rounded, 11th ovate.

Pronotum wider than long, ratio of width to length is 5 : 3, widest in posterior-

third; moderately convex transversely, not convex longitudinally, disc almost flat.

Anterior border weakly incurved, with fine carina laterally; anterior angles

rounded; lateral borders excurved, weakly so in anterior two-thirds, strongly so

in posterior third, with moderate carina; posterior angles broadly rounded; pos-

terior border evenly excurved, with moderate carina; lateral border sharp in

cross-section. Scutellum triangular but with sides moderately excurved.

^ I wish to express my appreciation to the following for their help : Ross H. Arnett, Jr., now of

Purdue University, for making available his Arizona beetles and for generously depositing the holotype

and a paratype of the new species in the USNM collection; Hugh B. Leech, of the California Academy

of Sciences, for allowing me to study the Horn specimens and Baja California collection; Floyd G.

Werner, of the University of Arizona, for helping with difficult locality labels; Arthur D. Cushman,

of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, for making Figures 1 and 2.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 149-154, April 1967

150

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43, NO. 2

Figs. 1-2, Doliodesmus chariest. 1. Holotype, dorsal view. 2. Apex of male

aedeagus, ventral view. Fig. 3, Distribution of Doliodesmus chariest (dots) cmd

Doliopines cucujinus (stars) . Figs. 4-7, Diagram of dorsal view of parts of penis;

dorsal parts above, ventral parts below. 4. Doliodesmus. 5. Doliopines. 6. Doliema.

7. Sitophagus.

Elytra parallel-sided, moderately convex transversely; pseudopleuron abruptly

ending at middle of last visible sternum; with distinct humeri; striate; intervals

without carinae. Metathoracic wings fully developed.

Ventral surface with procoxae moderately separated, procoxal process arched,

apically widened slightly. Mesosternum with broad V-shaped depression. Meso-

April 1967] spilman — new ulomine genus and species

151

coxal cavities open laterally. Metasternum long. Abdomen -with metacoxal process

triangular; 5th visible sternum with fine sulcus on posterior border; with large

internal oil glands.

Legs with femora not strongly incrassate. Protibiae slender, rounded but not

expanded dorsally, smooth dorsally; with long golden setae espeeially dense

ventroapically; apical spurs straight, subequal in length. Tarsi slender; with

dense golden setae ventrally; protarsal segments 1-4 short and subequal, 5 long;

mesotarsal segments 2-3 short and subequal, 1 long, 5 longest; metatarsal segments

2-3 short and subequal, 1 and 5 longer and subequal.

Male genitalia (Fig. 2) with paramere apically entire; apical half with longi-

tudinal groove dorsally and paired longitudinal carinae ventrally. Pars basalis

twice as long as paramere, basally asymmetrical. Penis complex; with four stout

apical laciniae connected by membrane to a short heavily sclerotized tube; with

two dorsal struts emanating from base of tube; with pair of broad setose clavae

lying ventral to tube and joined by membrane to tube and paramere but more

firmly to former; with vas deferens passing through tube and opening in mem-

brane between the four laciniae.

External sexual dimorphism not evident.

Type-species. — Doliodesmus charlesi Spilman, new species.

Doliodesmus has much in common with Sitophagus, Doliema, and

Doliopines, and it should he placed between Doliema and Doliopines,

hut closer to the latter. Their major similarities and differences are

as follows: The posterior pronotal angles are rounded in Doliodesmus

and Doliopines, but sharp in Doliema and Sitophagus ; the eyes are of

moderate size in Doliodesmus and Doliopines but exceptionally large

in Doliema and Sitophagus; the epistoma is unarmed in Doliodesmus

and Doliopines, but armed with protuberances in the males of Doliema

and Sitophagus; the prosternal process is narrow and arched in Dolio-

desmus, Doliopines, and Sitophagus, but widely separated and flat in

Doliema; the elytra are simple in Doliodesmus, Doliopines, and Sito-

phagus, but with a carinate 8th interval in Doliema; the mentum is only

slightly wider than long in Doliodesmus, Doliema, and Sitophagus, but

strongly transverse in Doliopines; the antennal segments are triangular

in Doliodesmus and Sitophagus, but parallel-sided in Doliopines and

Doliema.

In addition, Doliodesmus differs from Doliopines, Doliema, and

Sitophagus in the following ways: The protibiae are smooth, not finely

serrate dorsally and with each serration having very minute serrations;

the male first protarsal segment is symmetrical, not prolonged at the

anterior ventral angle; the anterior apical protibial spur is slender and

straight, not broad and curved: the head posterior to the eyes is

moderately converging posteriorly, not strongly converging.

These four genera have very interesting male aedeagi. The penis is

rather complicated. Two long rods, called basal struts by Koch (1955:

152

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[vOL. 43, NO. 2

fig. 2E) and basal sclerotized processes by Blaisdell (1909: pi. 9, fig.

11), extend cephalad to the area of the base of the pars basalis. A pair

of setose lobes, called clavae by Blaisdell (1909:21, pi. 7, fig. 6, pi. 9,

figs. 11, 12), are attached to the dorsal parts of the penis and to the

ventral base of the paramere; the lobes lie parallel when the penis is

retracted and flare outward when the penis is protruded. In addition,

the apex of the penis has projections, called lacinia by Koch (1955:2,

fig. 2E) . The four genera differ in the number and attachment of the

laciniae and in the relationship of all the parts. In the penis of Dolio-

desmus (Fig. 4) the basal struts are firmly attached to a heavily sclero-

tized tube (the struts and tube are of one piece) ; four stout, subequal

laciniae are loosely articulated to the apex of the tube; the clavae lie

ventral to the tube ; the vas deferens passes through the tube and opens

in the membrane connecting the four laciniae. In the penis of Dolio-

pines (Fig. 5) the basal struts are joined near tbeir caudal ends by a

small bridge; two long, slender, apically attenuated, sigmoid ventral

laciniae are articulated to the struts, and two short dorsal laciniae lie

just above the ventral laciniae; the clavae lie ventral to the bridge and

laciniae; the vas deferens passes under the bridge and opens in the

membrane connecting the four laciniae. In the penis of Doliema (Fig.

6), the basal struts are joined at their caudal ends by a bridge; two

long, slender, lightly sclerotized dorsal laciniae are fused to the bridge

of the struts (the struts and laciniae are of one piece) ; the clavae lie

ventral to the laciniae; two stout, heavily sclerotized ventral laciniae

are attached to the mediodorsal edges of the bases of the clavae; the

vas deferens passes under the bridge of the basal struts and opens in

tbe membrane connecting the four laciniae. In the penis of Sitophagus

(Fig. 7), the basal struts are ventral; a pair of slender, straight, weakly

sclerotized laciniae emanate from a narrow dorsal plate (the laciniae

and plate are of one piece) ; the clavae lie ventral to the plate and

laciniae and are articulated to the basal struts by short, heavily sclero-

tized, internal projections; ventral laciniae are absent; the vas deferens

passes under the dorsal plate and opens in the membrane connecting

the two laciniae and clavae.

Doliodesmus would cause confusion at couplet 13 in recent keys to

the Ulomini of America north of Mexico (Spilman 1962:61 and Arnett

1962:659). Couplet 13 should be rewritten, couplet 14 would remain

as previously written, and a new couplet, couplet 15, should be added

as follows:

13. Pronotum in dorsal view with posterior border evenly convex 15

Pronotum in dorsal view with posterior border bisinuate 14

April 1967] spilman — new ulomine genus and species

153

14. Antennal segments 2 and 4 subequal in length Sitophagus

Antennal segment 4 twice as long as segment 2 Cynaeus

15. Pronotum with posterior angles rounded Doliodesmus

Pronotum with posterior angles sharp Gnathocerus

Doliodesmus charlesi Spilman, new species

Holotype male (Fig. 1), elongate, parallel-sided, weakly convex transversely,

length 6.75 mm. Dark brown dorsally, light brown ventrally; moderately shiny.

Head and pronotum with dense, moderately large punctures; shallow transverse

depression on disc of epistoma; otherwise head evenly convex. Mentum with a

few erect setae on disc. Elytral striae not impressed and not with long sulcus

connecting punctures; strial punctures slightly larger and interval punctures

slightly smaller than punctures of pronotal disc.

Paratypes, length 6.20-7.25 mm. Compared with holotype: a few specimens

with lighter brown color dorsally and flatter pronotal disc.

Distribution . — The known geographic distribution of this species is

shown on the accompanying map (Fig. 3). All specimens examined

are in the California Academy of Sciences except two; the Pena Blanca

specimens are in the U. S. National Museum.

Holotype male, Pena Blanca, Santa Cruz Co., Arizona, U. S. A.,

20 July 1959, R. H. Arnett, Jr., Lot No. 420 (USNM type number 69207).

Paratypes. — Arizona. — Pena Blanca, Pajarito Mts., Santa Cruz Co., 23 July

1962, R. H. Arnett, Jr., and E. R. Van Tassell, Lot No. 600, 1 specimen; Tucson,

Pima Co., 8 August 1935, Bryant, 1 specimen. Baja California. — San Eernando,

31 July 1938, Michelbacher and Ross, 4 specimens; 15 miles north Punta Prieta,

29 July 1938, Michelbacher and Ross, 1 specimen; Coyote Cove, Concepcion Bay,

24 July 1938, Michelbacher and Ross, 1 specimen. Territorio de Baja California

Sur. — ^25 miles south Santa Rosalia, 25 July 1938, Michelbacher and Ross, 1 speci-

men; 15 miles north El Refugio, 4 July 1938, Michelbacher and Ross, 1 specimen;

22 miles northwest Penjamo, 29 August 1959, D. W. Radford and F. G. Werner,

light trap, 8 specimens; 15 miles west La Paz, 5 July 1938, Michelbacher and

Ross, 6 specimens; 2.8 miles south-southeast Todos Santos, 25 December 1958,

H. B. Leech, by beating dead leaves of living Yucca valida, 1 specimen; 5 miles

west San Bartolo, 13 July 1938, Michelbacher and Ross, 1 specimen; Santiago,

8 July 1938, Michelbacher and Ross, 1 specimen; 5 miles south Miraflores, 10

July 1938, Michelbacher and Ross, 1 specimen.

This species is named in memory of my father, Charles L. Spilman,

1890-1965.

Doliopines cucujinus Horn

Doliopines cucujinus Horn, 1894: 428, pi. 7, figs. 11, 12

Doliopinus [sic] cucujinus-. Blaisdell, 1943: 270

Blaisdell merely redescribed this species and reported on additional

specimens from the type locality. More collecting has extended the

154

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43, NO. 2

known distribution to other areas of the southern half of the Baja

California peninsula, into the northern half, and even to the coast of

northern Sonora (Fig. 3). I have seen Horn’s material and am herein

designating a lectotype from the three cotypes used in the original

description. All specimens are in the California Academy of Sciences.

Lectotype male, San Jose del Cabo. (Of the following labels also

attached to the specimen, some are definitely not Horn’s original labels :

Horn Type/ $ /No.91.A/10574. A large identification label, probably

written by Fuchs, is also attached; it indicates that the specimen is

Cal. Acad. Sci. Type No. 129).

Paralectotypes, 2 females, same locality data as on lectotype.

Additional specimens examined. Sonora. — Desemboque, 1-15 July 1953, B.

Malkin, 1 male. Baja California. — Millers Landing, 5 kilometers north Viscaino

Bay, 22 November 1950, Annette Carter and Louise Kellogg, under lichen on

Macherocereus gummosa, 1 male, 1 female. Territorio de Baja California Sur. —

Coyote Cove, Concepcion Bay, 24 July 1938, Michelbacher and Ross, 1 male; 20

miles north Comondu, 23 July 1938, Michelbacher and Ross, 1 male; San Jose

del Cabo, Fenyes Collection and Blaisdell Collection, 2 females; San Jose del

Cabo, 1 November 1959, D. W. Radford and F. E. Werner, light trap, 2 females.

Literature Cited

Arnett, R. H. Jr. 1962. Beetles of the United States (A manual for identifica-

tion) . Part 5. pp. 645-850, illus. Catholic University of America Press,

Washington, D. C.

Blaisdell, F. E., Sr. 1909. A monographic revision of the Coleoptera belonging

to the Tenebrionidae tribe Eleodiini inhabiting the United States, Lower

California, and adjacent islands. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 63: i-xi, and

1-524, 8 figs., 13 pis.

1943. Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of Lower Cali-

fornia. No. 7. Coleoptera : Tenebrionidae. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.,

(4)24(7): 171-288, 2 pis.

Horn, G. H. 1894. The Coleoptera of Baja California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.,

(2)4: 302-449, 2 pis.

Koch, C. 1955. Monograph of the Tenebrionidae of Southern Africa. Vol. 1.

xiii and 242 pp., 158 figs., 24 pis., 2 maps. Transvaal Museum, Pretoria.

Spilman, T. J. 1962. A few rearrangements in the Tenebrionidae, with a key

to the genera of the Ulomini and Tenebrionini of America, north of

Mexico (Coleoptera). Coleop. Bull., 16(2): 57-63.

April 1967]

BOHART NEW GENERA OF GORYTINI

155

New Genera of Gorytini^

(Hymenoptera : Sphecidae : Nyssoninae)

R. M. Bohart

University of California, Davis

In the course of a phylogenetic study of the family Sphecidae it was

discovered that a number of elements treated previously as subgenera

or species groups were deserving of generic status. In this connection

the large and worldwide tribe Gorytini contains some 29 genera of

which five are described below.

Austrogorytes R. Bohart, new genus

Type of genus. — Gorytes bellicosus F. Smith.

Eyes converging toward clypeus, sometimes strongly (Fig. 1) ; mandible with

two subteeth toward inner apex; ocelli normal, an impressed line usually discern-

ible from midocellus to interantennal area; basal flagellomere two to three times

as long as broad; male antenna with 13 articles, many with tyloides beneath;

scutum distinctly and often closely punctate, an oblique carina present postero-

laterally opposite tegula; omaulus well developed, sternaulus and acetabular carina

sometimes present; episternal sulcus with lower part continued forward almost

horizontally to omaulus but forming an obtuse angle with scrobal sulcus; meta-

pleuron broad above, abruptly narrowed in lower one-half; stigmatal groove

present; propodeum mostly with coarse sculpture; forewing media arising before

cu-a, posterior veinlet of second submarginal cell not more than one-fifth as long

as first discoidal cell but longer than veinlet on either side and twice as long as

opposite anterior veinlet (Fig. 3) ; hindwing media diverging beyond cu-a, usually

well beyond; jugal lobe smaller in outline than tegula; foretarsal comb present

in female, sometimes in male; outer edge of female fore basitarsus with two or

three long setae; female forepulvillus much larger than those of other legs; mid-

tibia with two apical spurs or only one in males of some species; abdomen not

petiolate but first segment sometimes rather narrow; female with a plate-like

pygidium (Fig. 2) ; male with 7 visible tergites, sternites IV to VI nearly always

with apical fimbriae, VIII narrowly to broadly blade-like.

The species of Austrogorytes have previously been contained in the

portmanteau genus Gorytes. It differs from other gorytines by the

combination of, (1) oblique lateral scutal carina, (2) posterior veinlet

of second submarginal cell as long as basal veinlet of second discoidal

cell (Fig. 3), (3) omaulus distinct, (4) hindwing jugal lobe smaller

in outline than tegula. Its distribution is limited to Australia where it

appears to take the place of Gorytes. Known species are: A. aurantiacus

Turner, A. bellicosus F. Smith, A. browni Turner, A. chrysozonus

Turner, A. ciliatus Handlirsch, A. consuetipes Turner, A. cygnorum

^ This study was supported in part by National Science Foundation Grant NSF GB-3074.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 155-161, April 1967

156

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

Fig. 1. Face of female. Fig. 2. Pygidium of female. Fig. 3. Wing. Fig. 4. Face

of female. Fig. 5. Meso- and metapleura of female; a, episternal-scrobal sulcus;

b, metapleura. Fig. 6. Wing. Fig. 7. Pygidium of female. Fig. 8. Face of female.

Fig. 9. Male sternite VIII, sclerotized part. Fig. 10. Pygidium of female. Fig. 11.

Sagenista cayennensis (Handlirsch) , midtibia of female, outer view. Figs. 12-17.

Sagenista scutellaris (Spinola). Fig. 12. Propodeum in posterior view. Fig. 13.

April 1967]

BOHART NEW GENERA OF GORYTINI

157

Turner, A. eximius F. Smith, A. frenchii Turner, A. obesus Turner,

A. perkinsi Turner, A. pretiosus Turner, A. spinicornis Turner, A.

spryi Turner, and A. tarsatus F. Smith.

Sagenista R. Bohart, new genus

Type of genus. — Hoplisas scutellaris Spinola.

Eyes converging toward clypeus, head broader than long in front view (Fig. 15) ;

mandible with inner subteeth; ocelli normal, front usually with a weakly impressed

longitudinal line; basal flagellomere two or three times as long as broad but

shorter than scape; male with last four flagellomeres flattened or concave beneath;

scutum impunctate, an oblique carina present posterolaterally ; omaulus and

acetabular carina present; scrobal sulcus weak or absent, sternaulus complete or

partial; metapleuron gradually narrowing below; stigmatal groove undeveloped;

propodeum coarsely areolate (Fig. 12), enclosure striate and/or areolate; fore-

wing media arising before cu-a, posterior veinlet of second submarginal cell shorter

than basal veinlet of second discoidal cell; forewing spotted, banded or strongly

darkened basally; hindwing media arising at or very slightly beyond cu-a, jugal

lobe much larger in outline than tegula; female with foretarsal comb of which

three setae are on basitarsus before apex, forepulvillus of female much larger

than other pulvilli (Figs. 16, 17) ; midtibia with two apical spurs, female midtibia

stoutly produced at upper apex and bearing a finger-like spine (Fig. 11) ; gastral

segment I rather narrow to moderately stout but swelling evenly into II; female

pygidium plate-like, most of disc slightly raised and punctate as opposed to ter-

minal smooth part (Fig. 3) ; male with seven visible tergites, sternites without

fimbriae, sternite VIII usually protruding and sting-like (Fig. 14) .

Sagenista is closely related to Hoplisoides Gribodo but differs from

it by the coarsely areolate propodeum in conjunction with the smooth

scutum, enlarged female forepulvillus, distinctive female pygidium and

oddly spined midtibia. The genus is found in the Neotropical Region

from Mexico to southern Brazil. Described species are: 5. austerus

Handlirsch, S. hrasiliensis Shuckard, S. cayennensis Spinola, S. scutel-

laris Spinola, S. seminiger Dahlbom, and S. sepulchralis Handlirsch.

Pterygorytes R. Bohart, new genus

Type of genus. — Gorytes valens W. Fox

Eyes converging strongly toward clypeus (Fig. 4) ; mandible subapically dentate

within; ocelli normal, an impressed line from midocellus to interantennal area;

basal flagellomere more than twice as long as broad; seulum densely punctate,

an oblique carina present posterolaterally opposite tegula; omaulus, sternaulus

and aeetabular carinae absent (Fig. 5) ; episternal-serobal sulcus distinct; meta-

Pygidium of female. Fig. 14. Male sternite VIII, sclerotized part. Fig. 15. Face

of female. Fig. 16. Hind pulvillus of female. Fig. 17. Forepulvillus of female, to

same scale as Fig. 16.

158

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43, NO. 2

Liogorytes

Figs. 18-22. Features of Liogorytes catarinae, new species, female paratype.

Fig. 18. Face. Fig. 19. Gaster, profile. Fig. 20. Propodeal enclosure. Fig. 21.

Meso- and metapleura; a, episternal-scrobal sulcus; b, metapleura; c, forward

extension of episternal-scrobal sulcus; d, omaulus-sternaulus. Fig. 22. Pygidium.

Fig. 23. Male mid basitarsus of L. catarinae, holotype. Figs. 24-26, male sternite

VIII, sclerotized part. Fig. 24. L. catarinae, bolotype. Fig. 25. L. anaetis (Pate) ,

Willcox, Arizona. Fig. 26. L. patagonicus (Fritz), paratype, Rio Negro, Argentina.

pleuron abruptly and strongly narrowed below, stigmatal groove absent; scutum,

scutellum, metanotum and propodeum divided by simple suture, fitting smoothly

and flatly (as in Stizus) ; forewing media arising before cu-a, posterior veinlet of

second submarginal cell about one-seventh as long as first discoidal cell, shorter

than preceding attached veinlet, and shorter than basal veinlet of second discoidal

cell (Fig. 6) ; basal area of forewing costal margin gently convex; hindwing media

diverging a little in front of cu-a which is nearly straight, jugal lobe undeveloped;

foretarsal comb present, fore basitarsus with three long setae on outer edge before

apex, forepulvilli much larger than others; midtibia with two apical spurs; gaster

stout, sternite II swollen subbasally and topped by a median shiny tubercle; pygid-

ium plate-like, densely covered with stout setae (Fig. 7) (as in Tachytes). Male

unknown.

The phylogenetic position of P. valens and the related P. triangularis

F. Smith, both species from Brazil, has never been evaluated. Both

species descriptions were based largely on markings and it was not

April 1967]

BOHART NEW GENERA OF GORYTINI

159

until I studied the type of P. triangularis at the British Museum and

the syntypes of P. valens hy courtesy of the Carnegie Museum, that the

peculiarities became evident. The thoracic structure is remarkably

Stizine but the wings with a normal-sized first submarginal cell are

clearly Gorytine. The only Gorytini without an omaulus are the South

African H andlirschia Kohl, with nearly parallel inner eye margins, and

the Old World Ammatomus Costa in which the jugal lobe of the hind-

wing is well developed. I am designating one of the three syntypes of

P. valens as a lectotype, the other two as paralectotypes. All are from

Chapada da Santa Anna, Mato Grosso, Brazil. The type of P. tri-

angularis came from Para, Brazil.

Neoplisus R. Bohart, new genus

Type of genus. — Gorytes notahilis Handlirsch

Eyes converging strongly toward clypeus (Fig. 8) ; mandible subapically den-

tate within; ocelli normal, an impressed line from midocellus to interantennal

area; basal flagellomere about two (females) or less than two (males) times as

long as broad; last four or more articles of male antenna with polished spots be-

neath ; scutum impunctate, an oblique carina present posterolaterally opposite

tegula; omaulus and sternaulus well developed, acetabular carina discernible at

midventer only; scrobal sulcus continued to omaulus by a gently curved groove;

metapleuron gradually narrowed below; stigmatal groove hardly evident, dis-

appearing in lower one-half; propodeum smooth, lateral grooves of enclosure not

pitted; forewing media arising before cu-a, posterior veinlet of second submarginal

cell shorter than basal veinlet of second discoidal cell, not more than one-fifth

as long as first discoidal cell, and shorter than preceding attached veinlet, basal

lobe of forewing costal margin gently curved outward; hindwing media diverging

before cu-a which is strongly curved or angled near forward end, jugal lohe much

larger in outline than tegula; foretarsal comb present in female, weak in male;

female fore basitarsus with three or four flattened setae on outer edge before apex,

female forepulvilli larger than others; midtibia with two apical spurs; female with

a plate-like pygidium with mamy longitudinal striae, the apex smooth (Fig. 10) ;

male with seven visible tergites, sternites IV-VI without specialized hairs, VIII

deeply bifureate and usually appearing as two protruding spines (Fig. 9).

Neoplisus has been treated previously under Gorytes, to which it is

obviously related. It differs from other gorytines by the combination

of (1) oblique lateral scutal carina, (2) second submarginal cell of

forewing with posterior veinlet shorter than preceding attached veinlet,

(3) omaulus distinct, (4) hindwing with media diverging before cu-a

and with jugal lobe larger in outline than tegula, (5) stigmatal groove

indistinct, (6) lateral sulci of propodeal enclosure simple lines, (7)

male sternite VIII bispinose (Fig. 9). The genus seems confined to

South America except for the type species which ranges northward

into Mexico and N. halteatus which occurs in Guatemala. In Neoplisus

160

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43, NO. 2

I have placed the following: N. balteatus Cameron, N. bergii Hand-

lirsch, N. bruchi Schrottky, N. cearensis Ducke, N. facilis F. Smith,

N. foxii Handlirsch, N. fumipennis F. Smith, N. imitator Handlirsch,

N. notabilis Handlirsch, N. partitas W. Fox, N. polybia Handlirsch,

N. schrottkyi Fritz, and N. specialis F. Smith.

Liogorytes R. Bohart, new genus

Type of genus. — Liogorytes catarinae R. Bohart, new species

Eyes converging moderately towards clypeus (Fig. 18) ; mandible subapically

dentate within; ocelli normal, an impressed line from midocellus to interantennal

area; basal flagellomere 2.0 to 3.0 (females) or 1.5 to 2.0 (males) times as long

as broad; last four articles of male antenna concave and polished beneath; scutum

smooth to coarsely (but not densely) punctate, an oblique carina present postero-

laterally opposite tegula; omaulus and sternaulus well developed, no acetabular

carina; scrobal sulcus continued at an oblique angle forward and downward toward

omaulus from juncture with episternal sulcus proper (Fig. 21); metapleuron gradually

narrowed below; stigmatal groove present; groove between scutum and scutellum

coarsely pitted; lateral grooves of propodeal enclosure pitted or “stitched” (Fig.

20), in one species {L. anaetis Pate) carinulae extending obliquely over most or

all of enclosure, median groove well developed; forewing media arising before

cu-a, posterior veinlet of second submarginal cell less than one-sixth as long as

first discoidal cell and shorter than basal veinlet of second discoidal cell, basal

lobe of forewing costal margin moderately to rather strongly bowed out; hindwing

media diverging 0.1 to 1.0 midocellus diameter before cu-a which is rather strongly

curved or angled anteriorly, jugal lobe much larger in outline than tegula; fore-

tarsal comb present in female and including three long setae on outer edge of

basitarsus before apex, female pulvilli all similar in size; midtibia with two apical

spurs; male mid basitarsus usually curved and spinose in front (Fig. 23) ; gaster

narrowed basally, sometimes subpedunculate or stoutly pedunculate; female with

plate-like and longitudinally striate pygidium, smoother at apex (Fig. 22) ; male

with seven visible tergites, sternite without specialized hairs, VIII plainly notched

at apex (Figs. 24-26) .

This genus is confined to the New World and except for one rather

atypical species from southwestern United States (L. anaetis) it is South

American. Some of the species have been described in Harpactostigma

Spinola and have been compared with its type species, H. velutinum

Spinola, from Chile. However, I consider this and others from North

America previously placed in Harpactostigma to belong in Oryttus

Spinola, which has several Palearctic species. Liogorytes differs from

Oryttus most obviously in the angular forward production of the

episternal-scrobal sulcus (Fig. 21-c) . Also, the female forepulvilli of

Liogorytes are not larger than those on other legs. Additional characters

which taken together distinguish Liogorytes from all other Gorytini

are (1) hindwing media not diverging beyond cu-a, (2) omaulus present

(Fig. 21), (3) oblique scutal carina present opposite tegula, (4) pos-

April 1967] slobodchikoff — grotea bionomics

161

terior veinlet of second submarginal cell shorter than basal veinlet of

second discoidal cell, and (5) frons longitudinally grooved. Named

species are: L. anaetis Pate, L. catarinae R. Bohart (described below),

L. cordohensis Fritz, L. joergenseni Brethes, L. Hanoi Fritz, L. pata-

gonicus Fritz, and L. unicinctus Brethes.

Liogorytes catarinae R. Bohart, new species

(Figs. 18-24)

Holotype male (U. C. Davis). — Length 10 mm. Black, marked with yellow as

follows: obscure mark on hind tibia, moderate apical bands on tergites II to

VII and sternites II to VI; wings reddish brown, lighter distally in posterior one-

half of second submarginal cell, posterior two-thirds of third submarginal, and

nearly all of second discoidal. Pubescence minute, fulvous and rather velvety.

Punctation faint on clypeus, frons and sternites, practically absent elsewhere except

for pitting of anterior scutellar groove and of sulci of propodeal enclosure. Eyes

moderately converging below; superior metapleural pit and supracoxal pit un-

usually large (as in Fig 21) ; mid basitarsus curved and spinose in front (Fig.

23) ; basal costal swelling of forewing moderate; hindwing media diverging dis-

tinctly before cu-a which is strongly curved anteriorly; sternite VIII narrowly but

deeply notched at apex (Fig. 24).

Female. — Face (Fig. 18), clypeus more strongly punctate below than in male,

clypeus and least interocular distance a little broader, flagellomere I about twice

as long as broad, flagellum moderately clavate, pygidium finely, densely, longi-

tudinally striate (Fig. 22).

Holotype male, Nova Teutonia, Santa Catarina, Brazil, January,

1965 (F. Plaumann). Paratypes, 1 male and 2 females (UCD), same

data as holotype except for dates: November, 1951; November, 1960;

December, 1964.

Bionomics of Grotea californica Cresson, with a Description

of the Larva and Pupa

(Hymenoptera : Ichneumonidae)

C. N. Slobodchikoff

University of California, Berkeley

In America north of Mexico there are two known species of Grotea,

G. anguina Cresson and G. californica Cresson. Observations on the

biology of G. anguina have been made by Graenicher (1905) and Rau

(1922; 1928). Graenicher gave a brief description of the egg and

cocoon, and made extensive observations on the manner of larval feed-

ing. Rau made several observations on the effect of G. anguina on the

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 161-168, April 1967

162

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. 43, NO. 2

0.5mm

Fig. 1. Head capsule, anterior view, last instar larva of G. californica. Stippling

indicates areas of heavier sclerotization. Fig. 2. Head, male pupa, G. californica.

April 1967] slobodchikoff — grotea bionomics

163

Ceratina nest. The biology of G. californica was presumed to be similar

to that of G. anguina, but was unknown. Recently Daly et al. (1967)

published a description of the cocoon of G. californica, information

concerning the position of the cocoon in a Geratina nest, and a list of

hosts in California. The purpose of this present paper is to provide

information on the manner of larval feeding and the manner of ovi-

position, and to provide a description of the last larval instar and the

pupa of Grotea californica. Descriptions of the adults of both species

may be found in Rohwer (1920) and Townes et al. (1960) . Terminology

used in the larval description is that of Short ( 1959) .

The author would like to thank Dr. H. V. Daly, University of Cali-

fornia, Berkeley, whose specimens, advice, and encouragement made

this paper possible. Dr. Daly kindly provided determinations of the

Ceratina mentioned as hosts.

Methods and Materials. — Larvae of Grotea californica were re-

moved from Ceratina nests and placed in 6.8 X 18.5 mm gelatin cap-

sules. The larvae were kept in the laboratory in the capsules at an

average air temperature of 22° C and an average room relative humidity

of 45%. Observations on the method of larval feeding were made with

a Leitz microscope at 30X. For studying the manner of oviposition,

twigs containing Ceratina nests were fastened in a battery jar in an

upright position with small bits of modeling clay. All drawings were

made with an ocular grid.

Biological observations.— Three G. californica larvae were ob-

served feeding on the larvae and pollen loaves of Ceratina sp. Each

Grotea larva was introduced into a gelatin capsule containing a Ceratina

larva and a pollen loaf. All three Grotea larvae commenced feeding on

the Ceratina larva within 5 minutes of introduction. Each larva at-

tached itself to the posterior 0.12 of the Ceratina larva by puncturing

the integument with its mandibles and inserting its stipital sclerites into

the puncture. This apparently produced the effect of keeping the punc-

ture from closing. Immediately following attachment by the Grotea,

each Ceratina larva exhibited a series of violent rhythmic pulsations

in the region of attachment, pulsations which diminished in intensity

with time, ceasing altogether within 10—15 minutes following attach-

ment. These pulsations seemed to coincide with lateral head movements

of the Grotea larva, both occurring simultaneously and ceasing within

the same time interval. Throughout feeding the mandibles, stipital

sclerites, and sclerotic spurs were moved away from and then towards

the head in a recurring motion resembling rhythmic abduction-adduc-

tion. Feeding ceased within 2.25-4.5 hours after attachment, during

164

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

0.25mm

2 mm

Fig. 3. Male pupa, G. californica. Fig. 4. Last instar larva, lateral view, G.

californica. Fig. 5. Spiracular closing apparatus, G. californica.

April 1967] slobodchikoff — grotea bionomics

165

which time the Ceratina larva shrank to approximately 0.25 its former

size. Upon cessation of feeding, the Grotea larvae withdrew and re-

mained quiescent within their capsules for 12-15 hours, following

which they commenced feeding on the pollen loaves in each capsule.

The pollen loaves were completely consumed within 24 hours after the

larvae began feeding on them.

Graenicher (1905) found a somewhat different behavioral pattern

in Grotea anguina larvae. He found that the parasite larva attaches to

the anterior portion of its host larva, and remains in this position for

about 24 hours, at which time the anterior portion of the host has

been drained of its contents. The parasite then reverses its position,

attaches to the posterior half of the host, and within the following 24

hours drains the remaining portion. Once the parasite has fed on the

larva, it then proceeds to feed on the pollen loaf, consuming the loaf

within 3-4 days. Further work must be done to ascertain whether the

indicated behavioral difference exists consistently between the larvae

of the two species, or whether the difference is due to differences in

laboratory environments or methods of observation.

Within the Ceratina nest, a G. californica larva destroys the contents

of about 2 cells. A precise statement of the number of cells destroyed

is not possible, since the larva destroys the cell partitions, but an

estimate based on the length of the cocoon and the length of each cell

indicates that 2 cells are commonly affected. Following feeding the

parasite larva spins a cocoon and pupates. Daly et al. (1967) have

described the cocoon and its position within the nest. They have found

that for 21 nests the average ratio for the location of the cocoon in

relation to the nest as a whole is 0.29 from the bottom. The cocoon

itself, as described by these authors, has an average length of 2.86 cm

(range, 1. 7-4.0 cm; sample size, 21), is a thin white membranous web

applied to the wall of the nest, and has a thicker disc-like septum across

the nest diameter at each end. Grotea adults are able to chew through

the disc-like septum, while Ceratina adults are unable to do so. Thus,

approximately one-third of the nest is directly or indirectly destroyed

by G. californica. Comparable observations have been made by Grae-

nicher (1905) and Rau (1928) on the destructive effect of G. anguina

in Ceratina nests. The larvae of G. californica overwinter in the cocoon

as larvae, pupate the following spring, and emerge as adults in May

and June.

Adults reared from Ceratina nests lived approximately two weeks

in the laboratory, during which time they had access to honey for

nourishment. Two adult females were placed in a large battery jar

166

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

together with freshly collected Ceratina nests. The Ceratina nests were

arranged in upright positions duplicating the actual position of the

nests in the field. All of the nests were in dead Brassica sp. twigs.

Both females exhibited identical behavioral patterns upon alighting on

a nest. First, each female approached the nest entrance and, clinging

to the twig in close proximity to the entrance, curved her antennae and

inserted approximately half of the flagellar length into the nest opening.

Following this the female reversed her position on the twig, so that

her head was pointing downward and her ovipositor pointing upward.

Immediately after reversing position, the female proceeded down toward

the nest bottom, tapping on the twig with her antennae and with her

ovipositor. The tapping behavior, once begun, continued even though

the females reversed direction several times on the twig. Depending

on the individual nest, the female went up and down the nest several

times, or only went part-way down the nest once. In each case, after

stopping, the female tapped with her antennae the portion of the twig

immediately anterior to her head, oriented herself in a head-downward

position if her head was pointing upward, curled her abdomen, posi-

tioned her ovipositor between her metacoxae, and inserted the ovipositor

into the stem in the region just anterior to her head. The ovipositor

was inserted for almost its entire length, so that the posterior tip of

the abdomen was brought into contact with the stem. The ovipositor

was kept in the stem for an average of 87 seconds (44—167 sec.). No

Grotea eggs were located on subsequent opening of the nests.

Grotea californica apparently attacks several species of Ceratina in

California. Daly et al. (1967) have found Grotea larvae in the nests of

the following five species: Ceratina acantha Provancher, C. dallator-

reana Friese, C. gigantea H. S. Smith, C. nanula Cockerell, and C.

punctigena Cockerell.

Description of the Last Larval instar of Grotea

CALIFORNICA

Color white; size large, range 9.0-11.5 mm; mean, 10.2 mm; sample size, 6;

labial sclerite heavily sclerotized, slightly enlarged ventrally, somewhat gondola-

shaped, with a pair of short ventral posteriorly-projecting processes; sclerotic

spur heavily sclerotized, fused at its ventral end with the stipital sclerite; stipital

sclerite heavily sclerotized, irregularly trapezoidal, fused at one end with the labial

sclerite; hypostoma lightly sclerotized, with a broad ventral projection on its

posterior 0.5; posterior pleurostomal process quadrate in side view; anterior

pleurostomal process short, as wide as long; pleurostoma lightly sclerotized, com-

plete, with a short lateral process 0.33 from its ventral end; broad, lightly sclero-

tized area, irregular in shape, extending from the pleurostoma, its dorsal limit

marked by the lateral pleurostomal process, its ventral limit marked by the hypo-

April 1967]

SLOBODCHIKOFF GROTEA BIONOMICS

167

stoma; epistomal arch lightly sclerotized, hemispheroid ; mandibles falcate an-

teriorly, broadly trapezoidal in shape posteriorly; labrum quadrate, ventral edge

lightly sclerotized, undulate, with a median and a pair of broad latero-ventral

extensions; labial sclerite strongly sclerotized; ocular line present; antenna papilli-

form; maxillary and labial palps disc-shaped; no apparent setae on head or body;

pair of spiracles present on what appears to be the first thoracic segment, and on

the first 8 abdominal segments; thoracic segments each with one pair of prominent

lateral lobes and a wing-shaped postero-ventral sclerite; postero-ventral sclerite

on each thoracic segment 0.33 times as wide at its midpoint as long, with a pair

of sclerotized perforations, each equidistant from the midpoint and the lateral

limit of the sclerite; abdominal segments 1-8 each with a prominent dorsal tuber-

cule and each with a pair of prominent lateral cuticular folds resembling lobes;

spiracular atrium cyathiform, closing apparatus large, thick-walled.

Locality and collection data. — California. Alameda Co.: Bowles

Hall, U. C. campus, 11 August 1965, 2 specimens, T. Brown, host

Ceratina nanula; Contra Costa Co.: Lafayette Reservoir, 23 July 1965,

2 specimens, H. V. Daly, host C. nanula\ Russell Tree Farm, 4 airline

miles northeast Orinda, 8 July 1965, 1 specimen, H. V. Daly, host C.

gigantea-, Russell Tree Farm, 23 July 1965, 1 specimen, H. V. Daly,

host prohahly C. punctigena.

Description of Male Pupa of Grotea California

Size 13.5 mm; color white; eyes light purple; antennal sockets prominent,

projecting out from head; scape stout, 1.6 as long as pedicel; labrum and clypeus

elevated, projecting outward from head at almost a right angle to the anterior-

posterior plane of the head; clypeus pentagonal, 1.4 as long at its midpoint as

at its lateral edges; labrum ovoid-elliptical in its dorsal view; 2 interocular grooves

present, each extending from its respective scape to the clypeal margin and the

anterior tentorial pit; mandibles bidentate, with an anterior and posterior tooth

of equal length; maxilla differentiated into a cardo, maxillary palp, and a broadly

lobiform stipes; labrum large, conspicuous; postmentum broadly quadrate, with

an undulating margin; postero-ventral margin of gena with a broad hook-like

process; all tibiae with several rows of short, stout spines on their outer surfaces;

front tibia with one stout apical spur; middle and hind tibiae each with two stout

apical spurs of equal length; tarsal segment 1 as long as segments 2 and 3 com-

bined, segment 4 is 0.33 as long as segment 5; all tarsal segments with longitudinal

ventro-lateral rows of small spines; segments 1-4 each with an apical ring of

stout spines; fore and hind wing lobiform; forewing 8 times as long as wide at

its widest point; hind wing 10 times as long as wide at its widest point; petiole

not appressed to propodeum, and with a pair of razor-like prominent dorsal

carinae, 2 pairs of lateral razor-like carinae, and a single ventral median carina;

last visible abdominal segment with a prominent dorsal projection to which re-

mains of larval cuticle are attached.

Locality and collection data. — California. Alameda Co.: Bowles Hall, U. C.

campus, 11 August 1965, 1 specimen, T. Brown, host Ceratina nanula.

168

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43, NO. 2

Comments. — The above pupa was compared with a pupa collected

at Mission, Kansas, 16 August 1965, host C. metallica, and thus pre-

sumably Grotea anguina. No morphological differences between the

two pupae were found.

Literature Cited

Daly, H. V., G. I. Stage, and T. Brown. 1967. Natural enemies of bees of the

genus Ceratina. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. (in press).

Graenicher, S. 1905. On the habits of two ichneumonid parasites of the bee

Ceratina dupla Say. Ent. News, 16: 43-49.

Rau, P. 1922. Ecological and behavioral notes on Missouri insects. Trans. Acad.

Sci. St. Louis, 24(7) : 1-71.

1928. The nesting habits of the little carpenter bee, Ceratina calcarata. Ann.

Ent. Soc. Amer., 21: 380-397.

Rohwer, S. a. 1920. The North American ichneumon-flies of the tribes Labe-

nini, Rhyssini, Xoridini, Odontomerini, and Phytodietini. Proc. U. S.

National Mus., 57: 405-474.

Short, J. R. T. 1959. A description and classification of the final instar larvae

of the Ichneumonidae. Proc. U. S. National Mus., 110: 391-511.

Townes, H. K., M. Townes, and others. 1960. Ichneumon-flies of America

north of Mexico: 2. Subfamilies Ephialtinae, Xoridinae, Acaenitinae.

Bull. U. S. National Mus., 216(2) : 1-676.

A New Genus of Cerambycidae Near Pleuromenus Bates

(Coleoptera)

E. Gorton Linsley

University oj California, Berkeley

The genus Pleuromenus was proposed by Bates (1872) for two new

species from Nicaragua, P. baccifer and P. semicostatus. A more de-

tailed study of the Bates material, together with specimens collected

subsequently, reveals that P. baccifer and P. semicostatus are not con-

generic. The object of the present paper is to differentiate the two

genera and to make known a new species in the second genus.

Chemsakia Linsley, new genus

Form elongate, subparallel, somewhat flattened, but convex and not depressed.

Head short, moderately exerted; eyes deeply emarginate, finely faceted; an-

tennal tubercles scarcely elevated; antennae more than twice the length of

the body in the male, shorter than the body in the female. Pronotum polished

and subglabrous, with a single lateral tubercle on each side, disc convex, arcuately

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 168-171, April 1967

April 1967] linsley — new genus near pleuromenus 169

Fig. 1. Chemsakia suharmata Linsley, female holotype

170

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. 43, NO. 2

impressed on each side; prosternum with intercoxal process arched, not projecting

above and behind the coxae; mesosternum moderate; metasternum with anterior

intercoxal process projecting between the intermediate coxae for less than half

their diameters. Elytra quadricostate medially, becoming evanescent apically,

sutural pairs longer; apices rounded almost to suture, then abruptly emarginate

to suture which is feebly produced. Legs slender; femora not clavate; posterior

tarsi slightly more than half as long as tibiae.

TYVE.—Pleuromenus semicostatus Bates.

Although generic relationships in the Purpuricinini are in great need

of clarification, for the time being Chemsakia may best be placed near

Pleuromenus Bates, where the type species was assigned by that author.

The more obvious structural differences between the two genera are as

follows :

Antennal tubercles elevated, approximate, subacute; pronotum with paired

lateral and sublateral polished tubercles and a prominent median polished

discal tubercle; elytral costae entire; prosternum with intercoxal process

projecting above and behind the coxae; mesosternum short, anterior

intercoxal process of metasternum projecting between intermediate coxae

for at least half their diameters, (type: P. baccifer Bates) Pleuromenus

Antennal tubercles scarcely elevated, separated, obtuse; pronotum with

sides convex or with a single tubercle, disc convex, arcuately impressed

on each side; elytral costae obsolete basally, evanescent apically; pro-

sternum with intercoxal process arched, not projecting above and behind

coxae; mesosternum moderate, anterior intercoxal process of metaster-

num projecting between intermediate coxae for less than half their diam-

eters. (type: Pleuromenus semicostatus Bates) Chemsakia

This genus is named for my friend and colleague, John A. Chemsak,

with whom I have had many pleasant field trips and stimulating col-

laboration in the study of cerambycid biosystematics.

Chemsakia subarmata Linsley, new species

(Fig. 1)

Female. — Form moderately large; integument black, shining, lateral pronotal

bossae bright orange-red, elytra with transverse orange, ante-median and subapical

bands. Head finely punctate between upper eye lobes except for median carina;

antennae slightly shorter than the body, apical angles of segments four to eleven

produced, acute, eleventh segment about as long as tenth, feebly appendiculate.

Pronotum polished and subglabrous, disc finely, sparsely punctate ; lateral tubercles

prominant. Elytra finely, sparsely punctate and subglcibrous at base, more coarsely,

sparsely punctate on transverse orange bands, and densely punctate and black

pubescent between transverse bands, except costae, apical dark area also densely

punctate and black pubescent. Prosternum thinly clothed with long, erect, pale

hairs; metasternum with scattered erect pale hairs, denser and less erect near

posterior and postero-lateral margins; abdomen polished, subglabrous, with scat-

tered punctures and suberect hairs. Length 23 mm.

April 1967] linsley — new genus near pleuromenus

171

Holotype female (Coleccion Entomologica del Institute Nacional de

Investigaciones Agricolas, Mexico) from Mapastepec, Chiapas,

Mexico, 13 November 1945 (“A. J. Sharp y E. Hdez.”).

This species differs from Chemsakia semicostata (Bates), which is

known from Chontales, Nicaragua, and Istapa, Oaxaca, Mexico (Bates,

1884-1885), by having a strongly laterally tuberculate, rather than

obtusely angulate pronotum, and the head between the dorsal eye

lobes, the pronotal disc, and the elytra at base, finely punctate. Judging

from the limited material at hand, the size of C. suharmata is larger,

23 mm, as against 13-16 mm for C. semicostata.

Acknowledgment

This paper is a by-product of a monographic study of North Ameri-

can Cerambycidae supported by National Science Foundation Grant

GB 4944X. The illustration was prepared by Celeste Green.

Literature Cited

Bates, H. W. 1872. On the longicorn Coleoptera of Chontales, Nicaragua. Trans.

Ent. Soc. London, 1872: 163-238.

1884-85. Longicornia. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Coleoptera, 5(suppl.): 225-436.

James (5. IE. CWIIcott

19 June 1929 - 20 April 1967

Many warm friends and colleagues will be saddened to learn that

Dr. James G. T. Chillcott suffered a fatal heart attack on 20 April

1967 near Katmandu in Nepal. He was 37 years old. Throughout his

career he was associated with the Entomology Research Branch of the

Canada Department of Agriculture in Ottawa. His contributions, some

unpublished, include systematic studies in the Empididae, Muscidae,

and Rhagionidae. He was also coordinating the preparation of a manual

for the Diptera of North America. — Howell V. Daly, University of

California, Berkeley.

172

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43, NO. 2

SCIENTIFIC NOTE

New records of Dasymutilla in California (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). —

The collection of two female specimens of Dasymutilla albiceris Mickel at Deep

Creek Public Camp, seven miles southeast of Hesperia, San Bernardino County,

represents the first record of this species for the United States and consequently

for California. One specimen was taken by the author 22 July 1965, and the other

by W. W. Dyer on 18 July 1966.

The original description of D. albiceris was published in 1936 by C. E. Mickel

(Pan-Pac. EntomoL, 12: 91-96) and was based upon specimens collected at Valle

de la Trinidad, Lower California.

Superficially D. albiceris resembles Dasymutilla sackenii (Cresson) but is

easily separated by the less elongate shape of the thorax, lack of scutellar scale,

and less shaggy pubescence. Its general coloration is a light gray which is of

obvious cryptic value when observed on the river silt at the collection site.

In his 1951 study of the genus Dasymutilla, P. D. Hurd (Calif. Insect Serv.,

1: 89-118) presented a key to the species recorded from California. This key

may be amended to include D. albiceris by making the following insertion on

page 93 of that publication:

39 (37) Pubescence of abdominal tergites 2-5 (except anterior margin of

tergite 2) unicolorous 39 A

Pubescence of abdominal tergites 2-5 bicolorous, that of tergites 2-3

orange or yellow, that of tergites 4-5 black atricauda

(page 95)

39A (39) Pygidium irregularly rugose not strongly convex 40

Pygidium finely granulate, strongly convex albiceris

The recording of extensions in range of some Dasymutilla not yet known from

both sexes is included herein for workers who may wish to analyze distributional

data as an aid in establishing possible sex associations. All collections were made

by the author and represent an extension of range to an additional county within

the State.

One female Dasymutilla paenulata Mickel collected 10 July 1948, at Apple

Valley, San Bernardino County, previously recorded in California from Imperial

County.

Nine male Dasymutilla megalophthalma Mickel taken 13 August 1964, six miles

southwest of Kelso in San Bernardino County, previously reported from Riverside

County.

Two male Dasymutilla testaceiventris (Fox) taken at Saugus in Los Angeles

County 24 August 1965. This species has been collected in a number of counties

but for some reason never before recorded from Los Angeles County.

Collection records for D. paenulata are still too fragmentary to be of any

significance. However, as more data becomes available on the range of D. mega-

lophthalma and D. testaceiventris, support is added to the views expressed by

P. D. Hurd {Loc. cit.) when he indicated D. megalophthalma might well be the

male of D. arenivaga Mickel and D. testaceiventris the male of D. flammifera

Mickel. Certainly when one plots collection data of the four species on a map,

he is impressed by this possibility.

The author wishes to express his gratitude to Professor C. E. Mickel for con-

firming the identification of Dasymutilla albiceris and to Dr. Paul Hurd for his

encouragement and assistance. — W. D. Dyer, Los Angeles County Agricultural

Commissioner’s office.

April 1967]

BOOK REVIEWS

173

BOOK REVIEWS

Insect Pests of Farm, Garden and Orchard. Sixth Edition. By R. H. Davidson

and the late L. M. Peairs. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York. 675 pages,

illus. 1966. $17.50.

This is the latest edition of a hook which appeared first in 1912, at which time

its author was E. D. Sanderson. Subsequent revisions took place in 1921, 1931,

1941, and 1956. Under a single cover, the authors give brief coverage to a wide

variety of topics appropriate to such a volume on economic entomology. Single

chapters each are devoted to the importance of insects to mankind, structure and

metamorphosis, and classification. Four chapters are utilized for a discussion of

general insect control procedures. The remainder of the volume, 16 chapters, is

commodity oriented and deals mainly with pests destructive to agricultural crops,

although some attention is given also to the pests of crop products, household

goods, man, and domestic animals.

Of several new U. S. books dealing with general economic entomology which

have appeared in the past few years. Insect Pests of Farm, Garden and Orchard

continues to stand as the best of the lot. While its commodity sections tend to

be oriented to the eastern half of the U. S., there is rather good, although neces-

sarily brief, coverage of all the major pests found throughout the country. Certain

insects and mites of regional importance in the West are either omitted or are

given very cursory treatment.

A special feature of this edition noted on the jacket is an updated discussion

of insect control which is synonymized with “pest population management.” While

this term is a relatively new one in economic entomology circles, the controls

mentioned here are similar to those appearing in the 1956' edition, excepting that

a few new chemicals have been added and several old ones deleted. In a few

instances where new information might have enabled the authors to discuss true

management of specific pests and where the management in question depended

in part on utilization of a narrow-spectrum pesticide, the authors chose instead to

enter a long list of pesticides, most of them clearly antagonistic to sound pest

management.

Despite the above shortcoming, this book should find wide acceptance as a

general reference for undergraduate and graduate courses in economic or agri-

cultural entomology. — C. S. Koehler, University of California, Berkeley.

Trap-nesting Wasps and Bees: Life Histories, Nests, and Associates. 1967.

By Karl V. Krombein, Smithsonian Press, Washington, D. C. vi + 570 pp.,

2 text figures, 139 photographs.

This is a truly unique compilation of information on wood-nesting wasps and

bees. Dr. Krombein’s studies began in 1953 and reached a peak of activity in

1961. During that year he set out 1400 traps and recovered and processed 986.

In the twelve years of the investigation 3400 nests were examined. Since each

nest provides much valuable information, notes were taken on standardized data

sheets. The immature inseets were maintained in the laboratory until they reached

maturity, often a year later. The management of so many insects and the synthesis

of so much data are admirable achivements. The techniques for preparing the

174

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 43, NO. 2

nests, placing them in the field, and the methods for rearing are described in detail.

The most important findings are reviewed in the first 38 pages of the hook.

Here the reader learns how various terms will be used. Under the headings

“Supersedure and competition,” “Nest architecture,” “Life cycle,” “Adult emer-

gence,” “Sequence of the sexes in nests,” “Correlation of sex with cell size and

amount of food,” “Prey,” “Seasonal abundance of common species” and “Miscel-

laneous occupants of traps,” many new and interesting facts are discussed. In

some cases evolutionary or functional explanations are proposed. This section is

well worth reading by any entomologist. The student of wasps and bees will also

want to read the detailed accounts of his favorite groups.

Information is presented on 75 different predaceous wasps, 43 nonparasitic bees,

and 83 parasites and predators which were associated with the wasps and bees.

Previously the life history and nesting habits were known for only about a third

of the species. Where possible, the discussion of each species is divided into the

following sections: introductory remarks, supersedure and competition, nest archi-

tecture, prey (for wasps only) or larval food (for bees only), life history, parasites

and predators, previous observations (a summary of many, but not all, up to

1965) , source materials, and identifications. The extent to which Dr. Krombein

has documented the treatment of each species is remarkable. The subsections are

replete with measurements (sample sizes, means, and ranges are given), counts,

and periods of time spent in various stages. Some of the quantitative information

is arranged in the 36 tables. Photographs of habitats, nesting behavior, and nest

contents, all totaling 139, are placed at the end of the book. Of great aid for

future studies is the large collection preserved in the U. S. National Museum.

The specimens on deposit there can be associated with the notes by code numbers.

Dr. Krombein is certainly to be thanked for providing this valuable reference

on the biology of wasps and bees. — Howell V. Daly, University of California,

Berkeley.

Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico. Synoptic Catalog. February,

1967. Prepared by the staff and collaborators of the Hymenoptera Unit,

Identification and Parasite Introduction Research Branch, Entomology Re-

search Division, Agricultural Research Service, under the direction of Karl

V. Krombein and B. D. Burks. U. S. Dept. Agriculture, Agriculture Monograph

No. 2, second supplement. 584 pp. |2.75.

This is the second supplement to the synoptic catalog published in 1951 (the

first supplement appeared in 1958). In addition to the authors (B. D. Burks,

K. V. Krombein, L. Masner, C. F. W. Muesebeck, M. R. Smith, L. M. Walkley

and the late L. W. Weld) , 37 other hymenopterists contributed information. The

second supplement covers the literature which has appeared during the years

1957 through 1963. In some sections the literature of 1964 is also included. The

form of the supplement remains largely the same and abbreviations and symbols

are preserved. A useful addition is the appropriate family name at the top of each

right-hand page. References to new taxa are cited in full throughout. Other fre-

quently cited works, however, are given in full once and thereafter a shortened

citation is used, often with the indication loc. cit. supra. This reader found little

difficulty with the new style, but the method does make the entries no longer

self-contained and understandable at a glance.

April 1967]

BOOK REVIEWS

175

Unfortunately the centered subfamily and tribe headings are very misleading.

Presumably for economy only those suprageneric taxa affected by recent changes

are given in certain sections of the catalog. After such a heading genera are

listed, but some obviously do not belong to the last heading.

Five new names for species are included and a new genus, Nanium Townes

(p. 174) is described. The large size of the second supplement attests the great

amount of work being done on the Hymenoptera. Noteworthy are the revisionary

studies of the Ichneumonidae and the truly impressive lists of references dealing

with all aspects of the biology of the Formicidae. Not included is a summary of

biological information on the honeybee, Apis mellifera L. — Howell V. Daly,

University of California, Berkeley.

Insect Physiology, Sixth Edition. 1966. By Sir Vincent B. Wigglesworth.

London: Methuen & Co. Ltd. x + 134 pp. $3.75.

This is the sixth revised edition of Wigglesworth’s well known pocket-sized

monograph on insect physiology. Ten years have elapsed since the last revision

and more than thirty since it was first published. The reader must again marvel

at the lucid description and explanation of so wide a variety of subjects. Many

advances have been made in insect physiology as a result of the increased em-

phasis on molecular biology and biochemistry. Fortunately for the student, several

large volumes on insect physiology have been published and separate reviews

appear each year. As an introduction, however, this little book provides the best

overall review and incorporates the most recent information. It is ideal reading

for undergraduates in entomology and invertebrate zoology and will be well worn

by graduates preparing for their examinations. The inviting size, only 5 by 7.5

inches, assures that it will go with the reader to be read at his leisure rather than

remain unused on the shelf. — Howell V. Daly, University of California, Berkeley.

Insect Behaviour. 1966. Edited by P. T. Haskell. Symposia of the Royal En-

tomological Society of London: Number 3. 41, Queen’s Gate, S.W. 7, London.

£2.5.0.

The Royal Entomological Society of London has again made a valuable con-

tribution to the spread of information on insect biology. This volume brings to-

gether articles by eight outstanding behaviorists : “Orientation behaviour in insects

and factors which influence it,” by G. Birukow; “The role of rhythms in insect

behaviour,” by P. S. Corbet; “Flight behaviour,” by P. T. Haskell; “Feeding

behaviour,” by V. G. Dethier; “Sexual behaviour,” by A. Manning; “Insect

communication,” by J. D. Carthy; “Behaviour of social insects,” by E, 0. Wilson;

and “Some outstanding questions in insect behaviour,” by J. S. Kennedy. Each

presentation is followed by an exchange of questions and answers and an extensive

list of references. Only three of the articles, however, contain illustrations. —

Howell V. Daly, University of California, Berkeley.

176

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 43, NO. 2

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOO-

LOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. — Required six-months’ public notice is given on

the possible use of plenary powers by the International Commission on Zoological

Nomenclature in connection with the following names, listed by Case Number.

See Bull. zool. Nomencl. 23, pt. 5, 20 December 1966:

1761. Type-species for Patanga Uvarov, 1923; Neotypes for Acridium assectator

Fischer von Waldheim, 1833, and Gryllus succinctus Linnaeus, 1763 (In-

secta, Orthoptera) .

1763. Type-species for Proteinus Latreille, 1796 (Insecta, Coleoptera).

1764. Suppression of Musca lateralis Linnaeus, 1758 (Insecta, Diptera).

1768. Type-species for Thrix Doherty, 1891 (Insecta, Lepidoptera) .

1770. Suppression of Attus obscurus Taczanowski, 1872 (Araneae).

1771. Type-species for Hypaeus Simon, 1900 (Araneae) .

See Bull. zool. Nomencl. 23, pt. 2/3, 29 July 1966:

1642. Suppression of Bryaxis schneideri Kugelann, 1794; Type-species for Bryaxis

Kugelann, 1794 (Insecta, Coleoptera).

1732. Neotypes for Anthocoris nigrellus Zetterstedt, 1838; Anthocoris nigricornis

Zetterstedt, 1838; Lygaeus pygmaeus Fallen, 1807 (Insecta, Hemiptera).

1741. Type-species for Phlaeothrips Haliday, 1836 (Insecta, Thysanoptera) .

See Bull. zool. Nomencl. 23, pt. 4, 14 October 1966:

1742. Type-species for Cosmopterix Hiibner, 1825 (Insecta, Lepidoptera).

1745. Suppression of Macrochoeta Macquart, 1851 (Insecta, Diptera).

1748. Suppression of Scoptes Hiibner, (1819) (Inseeta, Lepidoptera).

1747. Emendation of STENOPODINAE Stal, 1859, to STENOPODAINAE (In-

secta, Hemiptera).

1758. Type-species for Neolycaena de Niceville, 1890 (Insecta, Lepidoptera).

1760. Suppression of Cellia errahunda Swellengrebel, 1925 (Insecta, Diptera).

1762. Type-species for Enithares Spinola, 1837 (Insecta, Hemiptera) .

See Bull. zool. Nomencl. 24, pt. 1, 6 March 1967:

1689. Grant of availability for certain “section” names of de Saussure (Hymen-

optera) .

1785. Validation of emendation to Polyxenus of Pollyxenus Latreille, 1802-1803

(Diplopoda) .

Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing Case Number, to the Secretary,

International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum

(Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W. 7, England. Those received

early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature.

PATRONIZE

OUR

ADVERTISERS

Advertisers Index

Name I

Colloidal Products Corporation

American Cyanamid Company

Chevron Chemical Company — Ortho Division

Shell Chemical Company

Velsicol Chemical Corporation

Mountain Copper Company, Ltd.

Trojan Laboratories

Hercules Powder Company

Niagara Chemical Division — Food Machinery Corporation

Stauffer Chemical Company

United States Rubber Company

Insect Pins

D-Vac Company

E. Leitz, Incorporated

Chemagro Corporation

Rohm & Haas

What is a spray

adjuvant?

A substance added to a spray

formula to improve the

performance of the active

ingredient.

Your Agricultural Chemical

Distributor will be happy

to supply literature and

recommendations as to

the proper Multi- Film

Spray Adjuvant for your

specific application, or write

direct to :

Colloidal Products Corporation

100 Gate 5 Road, Sausalito, California

^^PTof

m£CT

^OHTHol

For more than half a century, Cyanamid has consistently led the

chemical industry in developing new products and application

techniques that have helped immeasurably to bolster our na-

tional farm economy. ■ Topping the list of Cyanamid 'Tirsts" is